Categories
Accountant in the Park Accountant Services Alberta Accounting Airdrie Corporate Income Tax Services Airdrie Personal Income Tax Services Alberta Accountant Blog Alberta Accountant Services Alberta Accounting Firm Alberta Bookkeeping services Alcomdale Corporate Income Tax Services Alcomdale Personal Income Tax Services Beaumont Corporate Income Tax Services Beaumont Personal Income Tax Services Brooks Corporate Income Tax Services Brooks Personal Income Tax Services Calahoo Corporate Income Tax Services Calahoo Personal Income Tax Services Calgary Corporate Income Tax Services Calgary Personal Income Tax Services Camrose Corporate Income Tax Services Camrose Personal Income Tax Services Canada Tax Services Canada Virtual Accounting Firm Canmore Corporate Income Tax Services Canmore Personal Income Tax Services Chestermere Corporate Income Tax Services Chestermere Personal Income Tax Services Claresholm Corporate Income Tax Services Claresholm Personal Income Tax Services Cold Lake Corporate Income Tax Services Cold Lake Personal Income Tax Services Corporate Tax Returns Edmonton Alberta Corporate Tax Returns Sherwood Park Alberta Drumheller Corporate Income Tax Services Drumheller Personal Income Tax Services Edmonton Accounting Firm Edmonton Alberta Accounting Firm Edmonton Alberta Accounting Services Edmonton Alberta Bookkeeping Services Edmonton Corporate Income Tax Services Edmonton Corporate Income Tax Services Edmonton Personal Income Tax Services Edmonton Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Fort McMurray Corporate Income Tax Services Fort McMurray Personal Income Tax Services Grande Cache Corporate Income Tax Services Grande Cache Personal Income Tax Services Grande Prairie Corporate Income Tax Services Grande Prairie Personal Income Tax Services Hanna Corporate Income Tax Services Hanna Personal Income Tax Services Hinton Corporate Income Tax Services Hinton Personal Income Tax Services Income Tax Preparation Service Edmonton Alberta Income Tax Preparation Service Sherwood Park Alberta Incorporate Sherwood Park Accountants Lacombe Corporate Income Tax Services Lacombe Personal Income Tax Services Leduc Corporate Income Tax Services Leduc Personal Income Tax Services Lethbridge Corporate Income Tax Services Lethbridge Personal Income Tax Services Lloydminster Corporate Income Tax Services Lloydminster Personal Income Tax Services Medicine Hat Corporate Income Tax Services Medicine Hat Personal Income Tax Services Other Accounting Services Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Payroll Accounting services in Edmonton Alberta Personal income tax Personal Income Tax Return Accountant Edmonton Alberta Professional Tax Accounting Services Edmonton & Sherwood Park Alberta Red Deer Corporate Income Tax Services Red Deer Personal Income Tax Services Rocky Mountain House Corporate Income Tax Services Rocky Mountain House Personal Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Alberta Accounting Firm Sherwood Park Corporate Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Personal Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Slave Lake Corporate Income Tax Services Slave Lake Personal Income Tax Services Small Business Accounting and Taxes Services in Edmonton Alberta Spruce Grove Corporate Income Tax Services Spruce Grove Personal Income Tax Services St Albert Corporate Income Tax Services St Albert Personal Income Tax Services Strathcona Corporate Income Tax Services Strathcona Personal Income Tax Services Strathmore Corporate Income Tax Services Strathmore Personal Income Tax Services Tax Tax Accountant Sherwood Park Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Tax Preparation Sherwood Park Wainwright Corporate Income Tax Services Wainwright Personal Income Tax Services Wetaskiwin Corporate Income Tax Services Wetaskiwin Personal Income Tax Services Whitecourt Corporate Income Tax Services Whitecourt Personal Income Tax Services YEG ACCOUNTANT

Income Tax Audit

Income Tax Audit Manual

Compliance Programs Branch (CPB)

Information

This chapter was last updated November 2019

Disclaimer

Hyperlinks to external or unaffiliated websites are for information purposes only. The Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) is not responsible for the content or practices of such websites. While efforts are made to ensure that hyperlinks are current and up-to-date, it is not guaranteed.

Chapter 24.0 Transactions involving related persons, corporations and shareholders, dividends, etc.

Table of contents

24.10.0 Benefits conferred on shareholders

24.10.1 Introduction

Shareholders may be in a position to profit from their relationship with a corporation by receiving personal advantages in the form of “benefits” from the corporation. The Income Tax Act (ITA) does not define a “benefit” conferred on a shareholder. In Vine et al. v the Queen, 1989 (FCTD) 89 DTC 5528, the definition used was a “benefit refers to monetary amounts received from the corporation by the shareholder and not the shareholder’s overall financial or physical well-being.”

Here are some examples of benefits:

  • a payment to a shareholder by a corporation other than under a bona fide business transaction
  • the payment of the shareholder’s personal expenses by the corporation
  • the sale of goods by a shareholder to a corporation for an amount greater than the fair market value (FMV)
  • the sale of goods by a corporation to a shareholder for an amount less than FMV
  • an addition or improvement to a shareholder’s property paid by the corporation
  • the personal use of the corporation’s property (for example, house, car, yacht) without a FMV charge or return
  • the theft or embezzlement of funds by a shareholder
  • training costs reimbursed to the shareholder
  • private health-care plans
  • shareholder’s life insurance premiums paid by the corporation
  • a guarantee provided by the corporation in respect of the shareholder’s personal loans

Under subsection 15(1) of the ITA, the amount or value of a benefit conferred on a shareholder, or on a person in contemplation of becoming a shareholder, by a corporation in a tax year is included in the shareholder’s income for the year, except to the extent that the benefit is deemed by section 84 to be a dividend. The auditor must:

  • determine whether the shareholder received a benefit, then
  • determine whether one of the exceptions in paragraphs 15(1)(a) to (d) applies and, if not,
  • determine its value for income tax purposes.

Read this subchapter together with Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT432R2, Benefits Conferred on Shareholders.

24.10.2 Income tax implications

General comments

Subsection 15(1) of the ITA generally applies when a corporation confers a benefit on a shareholder. The value of the benefit, other than that set out in the exceptions, must be included in computing the shareholder’s income in the year the shareholder received the benefit, or had the right to the property that constituted the benefit, except to the extent that the benefit is deemed by section 84 to be a dividend. The benefit is to be assessed as income from property.

Subsection 15(1) prevents benefits from flowing to shareholders without the appropriate payment of tax. The benefits are not deductible by the corporation and are similar to dividends.

Subsection 15(7) confirms that subsection 15(1) applies to a resident shareholder of a non-resident corporation, whether or not the corporation was resident in Canada or carried on business in Canada.

Meaning of “confer”

For subsection 15(1) to apply, a benefit must have been “conferred” on a “shareholder.” It does not apply if the benefit was conferred on a taxpayer in the capacity as a customer, vendor, or employee of the corporation.

“Confer” means to grant or to bestow. For the benefit to be included in the shareholder’s income under subsection 15(1), the shareholder must have been aware that the benefit had been conferred or the corporation must have intended to confer the benefit. Determining whether the corporation had intended to confer a benefit on the shareholder is a question of fact.

This means if a shareholder is not aware of the benefit, subsection 15(1) cannot apply. For example, in The Queen v Chopp , 1998 (FCA) 98 DTC 6014, the Federal Court of Appeal (FCA) refused to overturn the lower court’s finding of fact that the circumstances surrounding the transaction indicated an innocent accounting error that should not lead to tax. However, the court agreed that, in interpreting the ITA, a benefit can be conferred on a shareholder without the corporation or the shareholder intending to do so, or being aware of the fact, if the following two conditions are met:

  1. The circumstances are such that the corporation or shareholder “ought to have known” that a benefit was conferred.
  2. The corporation or shareholder did nothing to rectify the conferring of the benefit.

While the burden of proof is on the taxpayer to prove that a reassessment is incorrect, only when the facts clearly show the parties in question knew or “ought to have known” that a benefit had been conferred, should the income be reassessed under subsection 15(1). To determine whether one of the parties “ought to have known” that a benefit had been conferred, consider the size of the benefit in relation to the corporation’s revenues, expenses, or shareholder loan account.

The Franklin case

Include a review of the Franklin decision to determine whether a benefit is considered to have been conferred on a shareholder.

Facts of Franklin:

  1. The taxpayer was a shareholder of the corporation Homeguard Video Systems Ltd. (HVSL). HVSL purchased a condominium unit (the “Unit”).
  2. All monies required by HVSL to acquire the Unit were advanced to the corporation by the taxpayer out of his personal resources (including a personal line of credit). The advances were reflected in the corporation’s financial statements as a credit to the shareholder loan account.
  3. Shortly after acquiring the Unit, HVSL sold an undivided 50% interest of it to an arm’s length third party for about $59,000.
  4. Of this amount, about $21,399 was deposited to the taxpayer’s personal bank account and $22,400 was used to pay off his personal line of credit.
  5. The sale was not recorded in the financial statements of HVSL, nor was the shareholder loan account reduced to reflect the funds received by the taxpayer. The shareholder loan account at that time had a credit balance of about $154,000.
  6. The taxpayer was assessed a subsection 15(1) benefit for the proceeds he received from the sale.

Franklin et al. v The Queen, 2000 (TCC), 2000 DTC 2455

The Tax Court concluded that even though the taxpayer had deliberately failed to report the transaction, no benefit had been conferred on the taxpayer as contemplated by subsection 15(1). The basis for the Court’s decision was that a series of bookkeeping errors occurred, which were caused by the taxpayer on purpose or inadvertently, none of which gave the taxpayer any identified benefit. The Court also found that the taxpayer had not withdrawn any money from the corporation in excess of the credit balance in his shareholder loan account, nor was there any evidence that the taxpayer used the incorrect financial statements to obtain a benefit elsewhere for himself.

The Queen v Franklin, 2002 FCA 38

The decision at the Federal Court of Appeal (FCA) was split. The majority agreed with the Tax Court’s finding that there was no benefit conferred on the taxpayer according to subsection 15(1). The FCA agreed with the Tax Court’s assessment of facts. However, the judge went on to say: “…this judgment is not to be interpreted as condoning taxpayers negligently keeping inaccurate records or deliberately not disclosing transactions.”

Go to 24.10.4 section, Application of subsection 15(1) – Credit balance in the shareholder loan account, which discusses the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA)’s guidelines for reassessing shareholder benefits under subsection 15(1) as a result of the Franklin decision.

Shareholder or person “in contemplation” of becoming a shareholder

A benefit may be included under subsection 15(1) if the person was not a shareholder, but was intending to become a shareholder. The expression “in contemplation” means to be in a position to, to be on the point of. This expression is aimed at preventing a person from avoiding subsection 15(1) by simply choosing the right moment to become a shareholder. As long as the person had the intent of becoming a shareholder, subsection 15(1) may apply.

Subsection 15(1) was amended in conjunction with the introduction of subsection 15(1.4) for benefits conferred after October 30, 2011. Subsection 15(1.4) expands on the meaning of a contemplated shareholder to include certain members of a partnership. Subsection 15(1.4) also applies to benefits conferred on an individual who does not deal at arm’s length with, or is affiliated with, a shareholder of the corporation.

Subsection 15(1.4)

Subsection 15(1) applies where a benefit is conferred by a corporation on a shareholder or a person contemplating becoming a shareholder. Paragraph 15(1.4)(a) clarifies that subsection 15(1) also applies to a member of a partnership in contemplation of the partnership becoming a shareholder of the corporation. This amendment means that subsection 15(1) now treats persons and partnerships in the same way.

Paragraph 15(1.4)(b) provides a partnership look-through rule to establish who is a member of a partnership that is a shareholder or contemplated shareholder of a corporation. Specifically, the paragraph provides that a “person or partnership” that is a member of a particular partnership that is a member of another partnership, is deemed to be a member of the other partnership.

Previously, subsection 15(1) applied only to shareholders or contemplated shareholders of corporations. Paragraph 15(1.4)(c) expands the meaning of shareholder or contemplated shareholder to include an individual who does not deal at arm’s length with, or who is affiliated with, a shareholder or a contemplated shareholder of the corporation. Paragraph 15(1.4)(c) also applies to a member of a partnership that is a shareholder of the corporation or a contemplated shareholder of the corporation. Therefore when a corporation conferred a benefit to the non-arm’s length or affiliated individual (such as the spouse) of either a shareholder, a member of a partnership or a contemplated shareholder, subsection 15(1) will apply to the shareholder, the member of the partnership or the contemplated shareholder, as the case may be.

Paragraph 15(1.4)(c) does not apply to the extent that the benefit is conferred on an individual who is required to include the value of the benefit in computing the income of the individual or any other person. However, this exception does not apply if the individual is an excluded trust as defined in paragraph 15(1.4)(d).

Paragraph 15(1.4)(e) deems a non-resident corporation to have conferred a benefit on its shareholder, in certain situations, where the non-resident corporation underwent a specific type of corporate reorganization under the laws of the foreign jurisdiction.

Paragraphs 15(1.4)(a) to (d) apply in respect of benefits conferred on or after October 31, 2011. Paragraph 15(1.4)(e) applies in respect of corporate reorganizations of non-resident corporations that occur on or after October 24, 2012.

Exceptions to the application of subsection 15(1) 

If a transaction involving a corporation and a shareholder is a bona fide business transaction, there is no benefit conferred to the shareholder under subsection 15(1). Normally, a transaction is considered to be bona fide when the terms and conditions are essentially the same as they would be if parties dealing at arm’s length entered into the transaction.

A shareholder benefit cannot be included in income under subsection 15(1) if it falls within any of the exceptions described in paragraphs 15(1)(a) to (d). For more information, go to paragraph two of Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT432R2, Benefits Conferred on Shareholders.

Benefits – Non-resident shareholders

The tax treatment of a benefit conferred on a non-resident shareholder who is also an employee depends on whether the person received the benefit in their capacity as a shareholder or an employee.

When the non-resident shareholder receives an amount or a benefit in the shareholder’s capacity as an employee, subsection 2(3) of the ITA applies. When the non-resident shareholder receives an amount or a benefit in the role of a shareholder, paragraph 214(3)(a) deems such an amount to be a dividend to which the normal non-resident tax rules under

Part XIII  of the ITA apply. In this case, the auditor must confirm with the Non-Resident Section that the applicable procedure has been followed.

Determining the amount or value of the benefit

The taxable value of the benefit calculated for the purposes of subsection 15(1) can be determined in two ways:

  1. based on the expenses and the purchase price of a property that the corporation did not use to produce income from a business or property
  2. based on the FMV of the property or benefit conferred on the shareholder

For 1996 and the subsequent tax years, if the cost of purchasing or leasing a property or service is used to determine the amount of the benefit under subsection 15(1), that cost shall include any tax payable (for example, goods and services tax/harmonized sales tax (GST/HST), provincial sales tax (PST), luxury tax) on the property or service. Before 1996, the GST/HST was calculated separately.

Forgiveness of shareholder debt

Subsection 15(1.2) of the ITA says that the subsection 15(1) amount from the settlement or extinguishment of a loan or other obligation issued by a debtor is the “forgiven amount,” as defined in subsection 15(1.21). The “forgiven amount” is the amount of the outstanding obligation that was settled, less the amount paid by the shareholder on the settlement of the obligation, and less the amount included in the shareholder’s income at the time the obligation arose.

If a forgiven amount is included as a benefit under subsection 15(1), the rules on debt forgiveness under section 80  do not apply to the debt’s principal.

24.10.3 For future use

24.10.4 Audit issues

Interrelationship of subsection 15(1) and paragraph 6(1)(a)

If a benefit is conferred on a shareholder who is also an officer or an employee of the corporation, it is necessary to determine the facts of whether the benefit was received by the taxpayer in the role of a shareholder or an employee. If it was received as a shareholder, subsection 15(1) applies and subsection 18(1) does not allow a deduction to the corporation. If it was received as an employee, paragraph 6(1)(a) applies. In this case, the amount of the benefit is allowed as a deduction to the corporation if the amount is reasonable.

If a corporation continues charging payments on behalf of a shareholder-employee’s payments to its expense accounts after having been informed that it is improper, such action will indicate that the benefits were received in that person’s capacity as a shareholder. The benefits will be taxable under subsection 15(1).

Benefits unrelated to the corporation’s normal activities

Subsection 15(1) will also apply to payments, appropriations, benefits, or advantages for the shareholder, which are not related to the normal operations of the business. These could include the purchase of clothing and other personal items for the shareholder and family and the forgiveness of a debt owing by the shareholder to the corporation.

Benefits related to the corporation’s business activities

Benefits made to a shareholder who is also an officer or employee, which relate to the business activities of the corporation or can reasonably be viewed as additional salary, will be taxed under paragraph 6(1)(a). These expenses could include such items as promotion and entertainment outlays and the payment of the expenses of the shareholder-employee’s spouse or common-law partner at a business convention.

Go to:

If an amount is treated by a corporation as wages to a shareholder-employee, regardless of the actual payee of the amount, the CRA will consider it to be wages to that employee. Therefore, if an amount is paid to a third party on behalf of the shareholder-employee, and the corporation treats the amount as wages, the CRA will not assess a subsection 15(1) benefit for that amount. However, source deductions must be made and the amount must be included on the individual’s T4 slip.

In what capacity did the shareholder-employee receive a benefit?

The auditor needs to determine if the shareholder received the benefit as a shareholder or as an employee. Consider these factors:

  • Did the corporation offer the benefit to all employees or to one category of employees (for example, based on number of years of service, management vs non-management duties)?
  • Did the corporation offer the benefit to shareholders only?
  • What level of control do the held shares represent?
  • How do the benefits compare with the employee’s remuneration and shares held?
  • What was the nature of the benefit?
  • What is the importance for the corporation of the services the beneficiaries provided in their role as employees?

Go to Bernstein v MNR, 77 DTC 5187 (FCA) for the factors to consider.

Doubtful cases

If there is a genuine doubt as to the capacity in which a shareholder-employee received a benefit, the amount may be taxed under paragraph 6(1)(a). Some of the factors that would justify this treatment include:

  • The taxpayer has a reasonable explanation for charging the business with personal expenses.
  • The adjustment is of an isolated nature and there is no audit evidence of other abuses by the shareholder.
  • There is no reason to believe that the shareholder has made a practice of writing off personal expenses to the business.
  • There is nothing to indicate that a deliberate attempt was made to avoid the payment of tax.
  • The amount is not material.

Document review

The auditor should review these documents:

  • employment contracts
  • shareholder agreements
  • minutes of board of director meetings
  • guidelines setting out the corporation’s policy
  • corporate minute books

Corporate deduction – Voluntary disclosures

As a rule, no deduction will be allowed to the corporation in respect of an amount included in the income of a shareholder under subsection 15(1) of the ITA.

However, when the corporation is controlled by persons with whom the current owners deal at arm’s length, the corporation is permitted to deduct the amount of the benefit or appropriation when these criteria are met:

  • The benefit was conferred upon or appropriated by a former shareholder or employee.
  • The current owners or shareholders:
    • dealt at arm’s length with the former owners or shareholders from whom they acquired the corporation;
    • acquired the corporation in good faith and without knowledge of the benefits conferred or appropriations taken; and
    • made a full and complete voluntary disclosure in accordance with Income Tax Information Circular IC00-1R5, Voluntary Disclosures Program.

Reimbursement policy

The general rule is that a reimbursement by a shareholder of an amount taxable under subsection 15(1) will not be allowed as a deduction to the shareholder.

It is the CRA’s policy that the shareholder should be offered the opportunity to reimburse the corporation for the amount that would otherwise be assessable under subsection 15(1) if:

  • the corporation makes a leasehold improvement to property owned by the shareholder and the benefit that applies is determined by an appraisal;
  • the corporation sells property to a shareholder and the amount of the benefit is related entirely to a question of value;
  • an appraisal of a lease or lease payment;
  • a voluntary disclosure is made in accordance with Income Tax Information Circular IC00-1R5, Voluntary Disclosures Program.

In these cases, the shareholder must make repayment without delay by a payment to the corporation or an offset against a liability of the corporation to the shareholder. If this liability is less than the subsection 15(1) amount, the difference must be made up by cash or its equivalent. If this is allowed, it is assumed that the corporation acted as the shareholder’s agent in paying the amount in question. If the adjustment of the loan account results in a debit balance at the transaction or subsequent date, subsection 15(2) or subsection 80.4(2) should be applied, as appropriate. The policy can still be applied if the shareholder does not have the cash and makes other arrangements to repay.

The taxpayer should be informed when the repayment can be allowed as a deduction.

If a reimbursement is approved, both the shareholder and the corporation must agree in writing to this arrangement and to the completion of all appropriate entries in the records of the company. A copy of this written agreement must be submitted to the CRA.

Whatever decision is reached, include a full explanation of the decision in the Audit Report.

Price adjustment clauses

If property is transferred in a non-arm’s length transaction, the parties sometimes include a price adjustment clause in the agreement stating that if the CRA determines that the FMV of the property is different than the price determined in the agreement, that price will be adjusted to take into account the excess or shortfall. The CRA will recognize that agreement in computing the income of all parties, provided that all of these following conditions are met:

a. The agreement reflects a bona fide intention of the parties to transfer the property at FMV. When the difference between the FMV is significant, it may indicate that the taxpayers did not make a real effort to determine the FMV of the property. What constitutes a significant difference must be determined on a case–by–case basis.

b. The FMV for the purposes of the price adjustment clause must be determined by a fair and reasonable method. The taxpayer’s reliance on a different valuation method than the one chosen by the CRA and the relative inaccuracy of a FMV determination done in good faith will not, in and of itself, compromise the effectiveness of the price adjustment clause. The determination does not have to be completed by a valuation expert. The issue as to whether or not the parties have used a fair and reasonable method to determine the FMV of a property is a question that must be resolved with a complete examination of all the relevant facts. It is not sufficient to rely upon a generally accepted valuation method. It is also necessary that the valuation method be properly applied having regard to all the circumstances.

c. The parties agree that if the FMV determined by the CRA differs from their valuation, they will use the value determined by the CRA.

d. The excess or shortfall in price is actually refunded or paid, or a legal liability therefor is adjusted.

If all of these conditions are met, the CRA will not apply subsection 15(1) to tax a benefit to shareholders. When the facts in a case show that the parties never intended to complete the transaction at FMV, the price the parties agreed to will not be adjusted and the benefit will be taxable even if the agreement contains a price adjustment clause. In Guilder News Company (1963) Ltd. et al. v MNR  (73 DTC 5048) and Elias et al. v The Queen (97 DTC 1188), the courts recognized the fact that a reasonable effort had not been made to establish FMVs.

In recognizing the price adjustment clause, appropriate adjustments in computing the income of all parties to the agreement will be made in their tax years in which the property was transferred. If the purchaser has filed returns and claimed capital cost allowance, deductions from income based on cumulative eligible capital, or exploration and development expenses for the property for tax years subsequent to that in which it was transferred, any necessary adjustments will be made in those subsequent years. Likewise, any reserves claimed by the vendor to defer the reporting of income will be adjusted.

For more information, go to Income Tax Folio S4-F3-C1, Price Adjustment Clauses. Business Equity Valuation and Real Estate Appraisal are available to discuss with auditors whether a reasonable effort has been made and whether the approach taken is fair and reasonable. You can make a referral to the appropriate section.

Application of subsection 15(1) – Credit balance in the shareholder loan account

CRA audit policy prior to Franklin

Prior to the Franklin decision (for more details about the Franklin case, go to 24.10.2 section, Meaning of “confer”), it was the CRA’s position to apply subsection 15(1) if a corporation paid for a shareholder’s personal expenditures or when a shareholder appropriated corporate funds. This was done even if the shareholder loan account was in a credit balance, if the benefit was conferred with the knowledge or consent of the shareholder, or if it was reasonable to conclude that the shareholder ought to have known about the benefit.

Also prior to Franklin, it was possible to offset the shareholder benefit when a reimbursement was made by the shareholder or a credit was posted to the shareholder loan account in error. As indicated in the section, Reimbursement policy, a reimbursement by a shareholder of an amount taxable under subsection 15(1) will not be allowed as a deduction, except if:

  • the corporation makes a leasehold improvement to property owned by the shareholder;
  • a valuation is involved;
  • a voluntary disclosure has been made.

In such cases, the shareholder may make a payment to the corporation or is allowed an offset against a liability of the corporation to the shareholder. If a reimbursement is requested and granted, both the shareholder and the corporation must agree in writing to this arrangement and to the completion of all appropriate entries in the records of the company. A copy of this written agreement must be submitted to the CRA.

If an amount has been credited to the shareholder loan account as a result of an honest error and the shareholder has not benefited from that error by drawing down on the shareholder loan account, the entry may be corrected (reversed) in the corporate records. The auditor must obtain from the corporation, a copy of the entries required to reverse the credit in the shareholder loan account.

Impact of the Franklin decision on audit policy

The CRA is of the view that the Franklin case was decided on its own facts. It should not be considered as a general rule that a shareholder credit balance must be applied to offset a potential subsection 15(1) benefit. Therefore, the Franklin case should only apply to situations with identical circumstances; the Franklin decision does not impact the CRA’s reimbursement position stated above.

The CRA’s position is to continue to follow the existing policy concerning the application of subsection 15(1). Auditors must distinguish the facts of the particular case from those of Franklin. A strong factual case needs to be made that a benefit has been conferred. This could be supported by such audit evidence as, for example:

  • analysis of the number, nature, and quantum of transactions over a period of years
  • degree of misrepresentation
  • extent of personal financing on record
  • shareholder credibility
  • completeness and accuracy of books and records in general
  • history of compliance issues

Documentation of the facts and the auditor’s conclusions are very important. Take steps to verify the validity of any credit balance in the shareholder loan account.

Credits posted to the shareholder loan account

A benefit is generally conferred on a shareholder at the time a corporation becomes indebted to the shareholder for nil or inadequate consideration (go to Kennedy v MNR, 73 DTC 5359). However, the auditor must look beyond the journal entry to determine whether a benefit occurred or not. In Bérubé v The Queen, [1994] 1 CTC 2655, Judge Kempo, said:

“… accounting entries reflect rather than create reality, and that a mere bookkeeping entry in a shareholder loan account does not in and of itself constitute a taxable benefit without something more. …”

To determine whether a benefit was conferred, the auditor must decide if the credit posted to the shareholder’s account represents:

  • a genuine transaction or an error;
  • compensation, interest, rent, or dividends; or
  • other amounts giving rise to a benefit.

Genuine transaction or error

Subsection 15(1) does not apply when a credit to the shareholder’s loan account was made in these circumstances:

  • The error was made in good faith, that is, the shareholder or the corporation did not know or would not have known that a credit had been posted to the shareholder loan account. For example, in The Queen v Robinson, 2000 DTC 6176 (FCTD), the incorrect accounting entry made by the accountant without the shareholder’s knowledge was not considered a benefit that the corporation wanted to confer on a shareholder.
  • The shareholder did not benefit from the error.

If an amount has been credited to the shareholder loan account as a result of an “honest error” and the shareholder has not benefited from that error by drawing down on the shareholder loan account, the entry may be corrected (reversed) in the corporate records. Obtain from the corporation, a copy of the entries required to reverse the credit in the shareholder loan account. For the application of subsections 15(2) and 80.4(2), the correcting entry will be considered to be effective on the date of the original entry.

Opening credit balance

There is no authority, legislatively in the ITA, or administratively, for CRA auditors to adjust an opening balance in a shareholder loan account. Similar to other balance sheet accounts, CRA auditors do not adjust opening financial statement accounts of taxpayers nor do they create journal entries to change such balances. If auditors determine there are unsupported adjustments (such as journal entries) to the shareholder loan account during the year under audit, an upward or downward audit adjustment may be necessary. However, an auditor does not create an audit adjustment to change the opening balance. If a taxpayer makes a request to change this balance with sufficient support, and has provided proof that adjusting journal entries have been entered into their books and records, the auditor may accept a change to the shareholder loan account balance and update Cortax.

If there is evidence to suggest the opening balance is overstated as a result of a misrepresentation attributable to neglect, carelessness, or wilful default, an adjustment may be considered pursuant to subsection 152(4) of the ITA. However, the onus is on the CRA to prove that the misrepresentation occurred, which may be difficult as entries in the account may have been recorded many years earlier, for which no support or documentation exists. Further, it is a question of fact whether a benefit was actually conferred at the time the indebtedness was recorded (per Kennedy v MNR, 73 DTC 5359).

If a subsequent withdrawal or use of the funds in the account is made in a year under audit, where a pre-existing credit balance in the shareholder loan account exists, the taxpayer will be required to support the balance to the extent of the funds withdrawn. Otherwise, a shareholder benefit or appropriation may be considered. If the auditor has determined that no benefit occurred at the time the indebtedness was recorded or that a decision is made to not assess a benefit but there is still some doubt as the reliability of the balance in the shareholder loan account, the case should be considered for follow up.

Compensation, interest, rent, or dividend

A credit entry to the shareholder’s loan account relating to compensation, interest, or rent generally is a debt that may have been created for consideration of equal value and is not a benefit under subsection 15(1).

Compensation, interest (in certain cases), and dividends are taxable under section 5, paragraph 12(1)(c), and subsection 82(1) respectively, only when they are received. The amounts are considered to have been received if the credit entry made to the shareholder loan account reduces a debit balance (go to The Queen v Ans, 83 DTC 5038 (FCTD)).

Examples

Example 1

Bonus or salaries     $1,000

Shareholder loans                $1,000

Comments

Whether the amount was paid is a question of fact. A bonus or salary means withholdings for Canada Pension Plan (CPP) or Quebec Pension Plan (QPP) contributions/employment insurance (EI) contributions/income tax are deducted and remitted to CRA. This is strong audit evidence that an amount has been paid.

Example 2

Interest                     $1,000 

Shareholder loans               $1,000

Comments

If the shareholder loan accrues interest (normally shown in written agreement), then subsection 12(11) includes the loan in the definition of “investment contract.” If the shareholder includes this as income under paragraph 12(1)(c) on the yearly anniversary of the loan as per subsection 12(4), then the corporation would be allowed a deduction under paragraph 20(1)(c).

Example 3

Rent for a home office      $1,000

Shareholder loans                          $1,000

Comments

The shareholder pays tax on the gross amount of rent, unless the activity is a commercial activity giving rise to a source of income, which would allow the shareholder to claim reasonable expenses. Reasonable expenses involve the part of the residence that is used for business.

The corporation may deduct the rent expense if it is reasonable in the circumstances. If the corporation already has its own offices away from the shareholder’s residence, the rent expense may be disallowed under section 67 of the ITA.

The restriction on work space in the home expenses in subsection 18(12) of the ITA does not apply to the corporation, as it is available only to individuals.

Example 4

Dividend                   $1,000

Shareholder loans               $1,000

Comments

Under subsection 82(1) of the ITA, the dividend is included in computing a taxpayer’s income when it is received.

Examples of other credit entries which may give rise to benefits

Example 1

Entertainment and travel     $1,000

Shareholder loans                               $1,000

Comments

This entry may represent a shareholder’s personal expenses. If this is the case:

  • the corporation may not deduct the expense according to paragraph 18(1)(a);
  • the shareholder is taxable on the personal expenses claimed by the corporation according to subsection 15(1);
  • subsection 15(1.3) says the amount is to include taxes paid or payable and then Excise Tax Act (ETA) section 173 generally says that if the corporation is a registrant, the benefit is deemed a commercial supply and GST/HST has been collected. This means that the corporation may claim an input tax credit (ITC) for the purchase of the supply (travel), and must report the GST/HST portion of the benefit, as determined by the equation in ETA section 173.

However, no adjustment to the corporation and the shareholder’s incomes are necessary if the expenses were incurred to earn business income.

Example 2

Bank                           $1,000

Shareholder loans                $1,000

Comments

This entry may represent a deposit of business revenue to the corporation’s bank account. If this is the case:

  • the deposit is added to the corporation’s income and there may be GST/HST to remit on this revenue if the revenue is consideration for a taxable supply;
  • the shareholder may be taxable under subsection 15(1) of the ITA on the amount credited, but as there was no GST/HST taxable supply to the shareholder, section 173 of the ETA imposes no further GST/HST liability on the corporation, as the benefit was money, which is not considered a property or service for the ETA.

Example 3

Building                     $400,000

Shareholder loans                    $400,000

Comments

This entry may represent the price of a building the shareholder sold to the corporation for more than the building’s FMV. If this is the case:

  • according to paragraph 69(1)(a) of the ITA, reduce the cost of the building to the corporation by the difference between the price paid and the FMV;
  • tax the shareholder on the difference between the price paid and the FMV, as per subsection 15(1);
  • as the shareholder benefit did not result from a supply by the corporation to the shareholder, subsection 173(1) of the ETA does not apply to the shareholder benefit amount.

Case law

There is considerable case law dealing with credits posted to the shareholder loan account, including this useful reading:

  • Tobis v MNR, 81 DTC 126
  • Toma v The Queen, 95 DTC 5356
  • Simons v MNR, 85 DTC 105
  • Smith v The Queen, 96 DTC 1638
  • Groeneveld v MNR, 90 DTC 1211
  • Cano v The Queen, 97 DTC 993
  • Franke v The Queen, 94 DTC 1524
  • Hrga et al. v The Queen, 97 DTC 5165
  • Penny v The Queen, 95 DTC 5083
  • Lee v The Queen, 99 DTC 636
  • Chopp v The Queen, 95 DTC 527
  • The Queen v Robinson, 2000 DTC 6176
  • The Queen v Franklin, 2002 DTC 6803

Suppressed income of the corporation

Income suppressed by a corporation and appropriated by a shareholder will be taxed in that person’s hands under subsection 15(1) of the ITA even though the funds may have been loaned back to the corporation or used to repay a shareholder’s debt to the corporation.

The amount subject to tax and penalty will be reduced by any reimbursement to the corporation as long as the repayment is in accordance with the CRA’s policy on voluntary disclosure.

As this represents income to the corporation, whether or not the shareholder pays the money back, the corporation will still be reassessed for the amount of income not previously recorded.

Penalties

Consider applying penalties under subsection 163(2) against the corporation, the shareholder, or both, particularly for repeated non-compliance. The guidelines in 28.4.0 must be followed in determining whether a penalty applies. If a penalty is not being applied, the corporation and the shareholder must be informed in writing that a recurrence of the events could result in a penalty to either or both of them.

In addition, because reassessments under subsection 15(1) sometimes involve the disposition of property resulting in capital gains, the auditor must consider whether subsection 110.6(6) of the ITA applies to the transaction. Subsection 110.6(6) denies a capital gains deduction if an individual has realized a capital gain on the disposition of capital property (this provision applies to “qualified farm property” and “qualified small business corporation shares”) in a tax year and “knowingly or under circumstances amounting to gross negligence” does not report the disposition on the return for that year or does not file a return for that year within one year after the due date. The burden of proof is on CRA to justify the denial of the deduction.

24.10.5 Sale of property by a corporation to a shareholder

General comments

A corporation confers a benefit on a shareholder when it sells capital property to the shareholder for less than its FMV. The value of the benefit is any excess of the FMV of the property over the selling price. The benefit is usually taxable in the year the sale takes place.

The FMV of the property is determined as of the date the transaction takes place. Depending on the nature of the property, refer valuation questions to Real Estate Appraisal or Business Equity Valuation, as necessary.

Go to 24.10.6, if the property sold comes from the corporation’s inventory.

Income tax implications – Shareholder

When the shareholder acquires capital property from a corporation for an amount less than the FMV, the auditor must consider the following tax implications:

  • a benefit pursuant to subsection 15(1);
  • an adjustment to the adjusted cost base (ACB) of the property the shareholder acquired;
  • an adjustment to the capital cost of the property acquired by the shareholder.

On occasion, these transfers contain price adjustment clauses. Go to Income Tax Folio S4-F3-C1, Price Adjustment Clauses, for comments about their effect on the application of subsection 15(1).

If the amount of an appropriation is related entirely to a question of valuation, the CRA’s policy on reimbursement must be considered. (Go to 24.10.4 section, Reimbursement policy.)

Adjustment to the adjusted cost base of the shareholder’s acquired property

For capital gains purposes, any amount included in a shareholder’s income pursuant to subsection 15(1) following the acquisition of capital property is added to the property’s cost base under subsection 52(1). This does not apply when the property the shareholder acquired is inventory or an eligible capital property.

Adjustment to the capital cost of the shareholder’s acquired property

If the price adjustment clause is accepted, then the shareholder’s capital cost of the property is the amount actually paid.

To determine the capital cost for section 13 or paragraph 20(1)(a), subparagraphs 13(7)(e)(ii) and (iii) describe two scenarios. If the cost to the corporation is greater than to the shareholder, then the shareholder’s cost is deemed to be the higher amount AND the difference between the two is deemed to be capital cost allowance (CCA) under paragraph 20(1)(a) taken in previous periods. If the cost to the shareholder is greater than to the corporation, then ½ the difference is added to the shareholder’s cost. (Essentially the gain that the corporation should report, if that was the only asset in the pool.)

The rules set out in subsection 52(1) do not affect the capital cost for CCA purposes.

Income tax implications – Corporation

When the corporation sells capital property to a shareholder, the auditor must consider the:

  • capital gain (loss); and
  • recaptured depreciation or terminal loss.

The proceeds of disposition for the purposes of computing the capital gain (loss) may be different than the agreed upon sale price between the parties. When the corporation disposes of a property for a price below its FMV to a shareholder:

  • with whom the corporation was not dealing at arm’s length or to a shareholder by way of an inter vivos gift, the corporation shall be deemed, by paragraph 69(1)(b), to have received proceeds of disposition equal to the FMV;
  • and if the sale of the property at its FMV would have increased the corporation’s income, or reduced a loss of the corporation, the corporation is deemed to have disposed of the property and to have received proceeds of disposition equal to its FMV, under subsection 69(4).

Leaseback of property sold by the corporation

In some cases, the sales contract calls for the property to be leased back to the corporation. As a sale-lease back agreement involves two separate transactions (sale of property to the lessor and the subsequent lease of the property to the original owner), the existence of the lease arrangement will usually have no significant bearing on the amount of the appropriation. This can be so even if the rental proceeds may be considerably less than the FMV rental. However, view the transactions as one, unless there is tax avoidance. CRA reimbursement policy applies to rents.

24.10.6 Inventory transferred from a corporation to a shareholder

A benefit is conferred on a shareholder under subsection 15(1) of the ITA when property from a corporation’s inventory is sold to a shareholder for proceeds less than FMV.

Fair market value of inventory

To determine the FMV of inventory, the auditor must consider:

  • The FMV of the inventory may not be the same as the corporation’s selling price to a third party as the shareholder may be in a position to acquire the property from the supplier at the same price the corporation paid for the property.
  • When the shareholder provides inputs such as labour and materials at no cost, the FMV of the corporation’s property must not include the value of these inputs. In these cases, the FMV may be established in one of the following two ways:

1. the property’s inherent costs paid by the corporation; or 

2. the property’s total FMV reduced by the value of the shareholder’s inputs

  • The FMV of the property may be its net realizable value if the property is outdated or damaged so that the corporation must dispose of it at scrap value. The net realizable value is equal to the selling price that the corporation would obtain in the normal course of business less completion and sales costs that it can reasonably expect to pay.

If the FMV of individual inventory items is significant, consider a referral to Real Estate Appraisal.

Income tax implications – Shareholder

The value of the benefit conferred on a shareholder is the difference, if any, between the FMV of the inventory and the amount the shareholder paid, if applicable. The GST/HST must be added to the benefit according to subsection 15(1.3) when the inventory is not a tax-exempt or zero-rated supply.

Income tax implications – Corporation

The disposition of inventory results in business income, which is taxable under section 9.

When the corporation sells inventory to a shareholder for less than FMV, subsection 69(4) may apply. In this case, the corporation is deemed to have disposed of the property for proceeds of disposition equal to its FMV at that time. For the purposes of subsection 69(4) and administratively for purposes of subsection 15(1), FMV will be determined to be the corporation’s replacement cost in most situations.

24.10.7 Theft or embezzlement by a shareholder

General comments

In paragraph 8 of Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT432R2, Benefits Conferred on Shareholders , the word “benefit,” used in subsection 15(1) of the ITA, has a meaning wide enough to include funds or property of a corporation stolen or embezzled by a shareholder. However, subsection 15(1) requires not only that there be a benefit to the shareholder, but also that it be conferred on the shareholder by the corporation.

If the shareholder and the corporation are not dealing at arm’s length, the CRA assumes that any theft or embezzlement of corporate funds or property by the shareholder would be with the concurrence of the corporation, and therefore, would result in a benefit conferred by the corporation.

If the shareholder and the corporation are dealing at arm’s length, any theft or embezzlement of corporate funds or property by the shareholder would normally be without the corporation’s agreement. In which case, there would be no benefit conferred by the corporation (this could happen, for example, if the shareholder is a minority shareholder). If a subsection 15(1) benefit does not occur, a theft or embezzlement is generally taxable in accordance with the rules discussed in Income Tax Folio S3-F9-C1, Lottery Winnings, Miscellaneous Receipts, and Income (and Losses) from Crime.

Deductibility of losses – Corporation

The deductibility of losses from the theft or embezzlement of funds by a shareholder is based on the specific circumstances of each case. When subsection 15(1) applies to the shareholder, the corporation cannot deduct the losses.

For more information on the treatment of corporate losses, go to Income Tax Folio S3-F9-C1, Lottery Winnings, Miscellaneous Receipts, and Income (and Losses) from Crime. The shareholder will be taxed even though the corporation may recover part or all of its loss from an insurer. If the corporation is not entitled to deduct the loss, insurance recoveries will not constitute income in its hands.

24.10.8 Sale of property by a shareholder to a corporation

If a shareholder sells property to a corporation at a price that exceeds the FMV of the property, the amount subject to tax under subsection 15(1) of the ITA will be the amount of this excess. The FMV of the property is determined as of the date the transaction takes place.

Income tax implications – Shareholder

Consider these income tax implications:

  • if the property is a share, whether a benefit under subsection 15(1) or a deemed dividend pursuant to section 84.1 of the ITA is applicable;
  • capital gain or loss; and
  • recapture or terminal loss.

The benefit conferred on the shareholder under subsection 15(1) may be reduced or cancelled if:

  • the CRA approves the adjustment of the sale price when a price adjustment clause applies to the transaction (go to 24.10.4  section, Price adjustment clauses);
  • the benefit stems entirely from a valuation and the shareholder wants to reimburse the corporation in accordance with CRA’s reimbursement policy (go to 24.10.4  section, Reimbursement policy).

Inclusion of the benefit in the shareholder’s income

As a rule, the shareholder will be taxed on a subsection 15(1) benefit from the sale of property by the shareholder to the corporation in the year the sale takes place. This applies even if a liability to the shareholder has been recorded in the accounts of the corporation with only a portion, if any, of the purchase price actually having been paid to the shareholder.

The amount, which will be taxed in that year, will depend upon the security of the debt held by the shareholder. If the debt is completely secured (that is, the corporation has the capacity to pay the debt in full), the benefit will be taxed under subsection 15(1) in the year of sale. Actually receiving the funds at some later date would not result in additional income to report.

If the debt is not completely secured, the amounts subject to tax in the year it was created and in the following years will be the subsection 15(1) amounts paid or secured in the year, as the case may be (that is, there should not be a subsection 15(1) amount outstanding, which is both secured and untaxed).

To make sure that tax is levied only on the benefit or advantage actually conferred on the shareholder as a result of the sale, consider a referral to Business Equity Valuation to determine the FMV of the debt.

Capital gain or loss

If depreciable or non-depreciable property is sold at a price exceeding the shareholder’s capital cost or ACB of the property, the amount of the capital gain that would otherwise be recognized on the sale is, according to paragraph 39(1)(a), reduced by the amount of the appropriation determined under subsection 15(1). This adjustment is necessary to eliminate double taxation.

Recapture or terminal loss

The amount of recapture that is added to the shareholder’s income under subsection 13(1) on the transfer of depreciable property to a corporation is reduced by the amount of the subsection 15(1) appropriation remaining after first reducing any capital gains realized on the disposition. The reduction to the recapture is in accordance with subsection 248(28), which is intended to prevent double taxation.

Tax implications – Corporation

When a corporation acquires property from a shareholder with whom the corporation was not dealing at arm’s length for a price higher than the FMV of the property, consider these income tax implications:

  • In accordance with paragraph 69(1)(a), the corporation is deemed to have acquired the property at its FMV.
  • The capital cost of a depreciable property is determined by applying paragraph 13(7)(e). Subparagraph 13(7)(e)(i) applies when the acquisition price exceeds the shareholder’s capital cost of the depreciable property.

Examples

Example 1

This example shows the amount that will be taxed in a year under subsection 15(1)  when a corporation becomes indebted to the shareholder on the purchase of property from the shareholder and the debt is not completely secured (the corporation does not have the capacity to pay the debt in full).

Facts

A Ltd. began operations on January 1, 2013. The company’s balance sheet at that date was comprised of $1 in cash and capital stock of $1.

The same day, Mr. A sold land to A Ltd. for $200,000 in exchange for a $200,000 note. The note was secured by the land, which had a FMV of $150,000 at that time.

The FMV of the note, at this time, with no other assets or liabilities, is equal to the FMV of the land, less the cost to seize the land ($2,000).

Tax implications for the shareholder

A benefit under subsection 15(1) will not be taxed in a year when the FMV of the debt is less than the FMV of the property received from the shareholder.

The benefit is calculated as follows:

FMV of the debt    $148,000 ($150,000 – 2,000)

Less:

FMV of the land      150,000

Benefit                                   Nil

If the financial position of the corporation improves in a later year, the amount subject to tax will be the portion of the subsection 15(1) amount that is secured in the year. For example, if the FMV of the note is $180,000 in year 2, the benefit would be $30,000 (180,000 – 150,000).

Tax implications for the corporation

The cost of the land, according to paragraph 69(1)(a), is deemed to be $150,000, which is its FMV.

Example 2

Sale of property by a shareholder to the corporation.

Facts

Mr. A is the sole shareholder of A Ltd. On March 5, 2013, he sold a building (depreciable property) to A Ltd. for $480,000. The capital cost of the building was $285,000, the FMV was $320,000, and the undepreciated capital cost (UCC) was $123,000. Real Estate Appraisal accepted the FMV of the building.

Benefit according to subsection 15(1)
 Proceeds of disposition $480,000
 Less: FMV   320,000
 Benefit $160,000
 Capital gain
 Proceeds of disposition $480,000
 Less: Capital cost   285,000
 Gain $195,000
 Capital gain prior to adjustment $195,000
 Less: paragraph 39(1)(a) adjustment (re: subsection 15(1) benefit)   160,000
 Adjusted capital gain $  35,000
 Taxable capital gain (50% section 38) $  17,500
 Recaptured amount
 UCC $123,000
 Less: lesser of the proceeds of disposition and the capital cost   285,000
 Recapture $162,000

Note: The full amount of the subsection 15(1) benefit ($160,000) was deducted in accordance with paragraph 39(1)a)  to determine the capital gain. Consequently, no amount remains that is being taxed twice which would require the recapture on the disposition to be reduced according to subsection 248(28).

 ACB of the building under section 54
 Deemed acquisition cost under paragraph 69(1)(a)  $320,000 
 Adjustment of the building’s capital cost according to subparagraph 13(7)(e)(i)
 Mr. A’s capital cost  $285,000
 Add: ½ of the following difference, if any:  
          Mr. A’s proceeds of disposition  $480,000 
          Less: Mr. A’s capital cost    285,000 
   $195,000     97,500
 Revised capital cost for CCA purposes  $382,500

24.10.9 Use of corporation’s property

General comments

If corporate property is made available for the personal use of a shareholder, a benefit under subsection 15(1) is considered to have been conferred on the shareholder. This is so, whether or not the shareholder paid a portion of the cost of the property or any related operating expenses. As well, whether the corporation has claimed any CCA on the property is not relevant.

Depending on the circumstances, subsection 15(1) may be applied in conjunction with the provisions of subsection 56(2) if a payment or transfer of property is made to a person, at the discretion or concurrence of the shareholders.

For more information about subsection 56(2), go to:

Determining the value of the benefit

The decision in Youngman v The Queen, 1990 (FCA) 90 DTC 6322, is important for determining the value of a benefit conferred on a shareholder. The court stated:

“In order to assess the value of a benefit…it is first necessary to determine…what the company did for its shareholder; second, it is necessary to find what price the shareholder would have to pay, in similar circumstances, to get the same benefit from a company of which he was not a shareholder”.

The calculation of the value of the benefit is usually based on the fair market rent for the property minus any consideration paid to the corporation by the shareholder for use of the property. The fair market rent is most often equal to the rental value of a comparable asset. The fair market rent may not, however, always be appropriate for measuring the benefit, particularly if it does not provide for a reasonable return on the value or cost of the property. This may be the case, for example, for a luxury residence or yacht made available for the shareholder’s personal use. In such a case, a rental value will have to be imputed and negotiated with the taxpayer to arrive at a reasonable amount having regard to all the circumstances.

Imputed value of the benefit

The imputed value would be the rent that a potential lessor (the corporation) would demand from an arm’s length person to induce the corporation to purchase the particular property for the purpose of renting it to that person. The imputed value is determined by multiplying a normal rate of return (to be determined by Real Estate Appraisal) times the greater of the cost or FMV of the property (you may need to make a referral to Real Estate Appraisal) and adding the operating costs (other than interest paid on liabilities connected with the property) related to the property. The total of these two amounts is often referred to as imputed rent. Any consideration paid to the corporation by the shareholder for the use of the property is subtracted from the imputed rent. When using this formula, the amount representing the greater of the cost or FMV of the property may first be reduced by any outstanding interest-free loans or advances to the corporation made by the shareholder to enable the corporation to acquire the property before multiplying by the normal rate of return.

Other criteria that will be considered by Real Estate Appraisal in determining imputed value include:

  • A lessor’s expected return on a rental property may not only be the lease payments, but also the expected appreciation on the property; to the extent that the lessor expects the property to rise in value, the lessor may be prepared to accept lower lease revenue.
  • A rental amount that now appears unreasonably low may have been quite reasonable at the time the shareholder first moved in, and it may be appropriate to conclude that the arrangement was intended to be a long-term one.

A negotiated settlement should not, in most cases, be markedly lower than the imputed value. If an agreement with the shareholder cannot be reached after considering all the facts, the assessment under subsection 15(1) should be issued on an amount equal to the imputed value minus any rent paid.

A negotiated settlement may be less than the imputed value when the property was not acquired mainly for the shareholder’s personal use. For example, when a property, initially acquired for business reasons, is subsequently held for the shareholder’s personal use, consider any decrease in the FMV of the property a reduction in the imputed value.

The imputed value method is not designed to penalize a shareholder by taxing a premium over the FMV as determined on an arm’s length basis. It is an alternate method of determining arm’s length fair market rental when comparables are not available.

Benefit calculation period

When a corporation acquires property primarily (more than 50%) for business purposes and the shareholder’s use is only incidental, the value of the taxable benefit will be based on the actual use of the property by the shareholder during the year.

On the other hand, when a corporation acquires property primarily (more than 50%) for the shareholder’s personal use, the time the shareholder actually uses the property is not relevant in determining the value of the benefit. The value of the taxable benefit is based on the length of time in the year the property was made available to the shareholder, less the time the property was used for business purposes.

To determine if the property was acquired for business purposes, the auditor must review the terms and conditions of the property’s use by the shareholder. When the decision to purchase the property was made primarily for the shareholder’s personal use rather than for business purposes, it can be assumed that the property was acquired for the shareholder’s personal use.

Income tax implications – Corporation

No deduction on account of operating expenses for the property will be allowed to the corporation except, when the rent, if any, paid by the shareholder, if the property was not acquired for the purposes of gaining or producing income.

If the property was acquired for the shareholder’s exclusive personal use, it is not considered property acquired for the purpose of gaining or producing income. As a result, under paragraph 1102(1)(c) of the Income Tax Regulations, these types of assets cannot be included in an asset class for the purposes of computing CCA.

The rules in subsections 13(7) and 45(1) of the ITA must be considered in the following circumstances:

  • A property is used for more than one purpose.
  • The relationship between the property’s use for gaining income and another use changes.

24.10.10 Use of specific types of corporate property – Commentary and examples – Under review

Aircraft – Under review

If an aircraft, which is owned or leased primarily for business purposes, makes a flight for business reasons and a shareholder occupies available space on the aircraft for personal reasons, the shareholder derives a taxable benefit. In these cases, the value of the benefit, which must be included in the income of the shareholder, is the equivalent regular commercial economy airfare for a regularly scheduled flight to the same destination. Refer unusual cases to Technical Applications Section, Medium Business Audit Division, Small and Medium Enterprises Directorate in Headquarters.

When an aircraft is maintained by a corporation primarily for the personal use of one or more shareholders, the value of the benefit will be determined based on the facts of each case and the guidelines set out in this subchapter will help in determining the taxable benefit.

Yacht

Example 1

Facts

On January 1, 2011, Holdco bought a yacht for the personal use of its majority shareholder. A weekly fair market rent is not available because it is a deluxe boat. The yacht was available for the shareholder’s personal use 353 days in 2011; that is, every day except for the 12 days the yacht was rented to Subco. The $10,000 in rental income was debited to the account payable owing to the shareholder. The yacht’s FMV at December 31, 2011, was $270,000.

A reasonable rate of return (cost of equity) for this company at this time (provided by Business Equity Valuation) is 12%.

The financial statements for the period ending December 31, 2011, show:

Balance Sheet  
Assets: Yacht (at cost) $300,000 
Liabilities:  
Bank loan (to buy the yacht)$100,000 
Shareholder loan (to buy the yacht)$100,000interest-free
Accounts payable to the shareholder (other than the yacht)$200,000interest-free
Income Statement  
Rental income from the shareholder$ 10,000days used = 24
Rental income from Subco3,000days used = 12
      Gross rental income$ 13,000 
Operating expenses$  7,000 
Maintenance costs5,000 
Interest on bank loan11,000 
Depreciation10,000 
     Total expenses$ 33,000 
     Net loss from rental of yacht$ 20,000 

Income tax implications – Shareholder

Since the main use of the yacht is personal, the shareholder is subject to a taxable benefit under subsection 15(1). The taxable benefit is calculated on the number of days the yacht was available for the personal use of the shareholder, that is, 353 days in 2011.

The value of the benefit is determined as follows:

    Note 
 Return on the greater of cost or FMV of the yacht $300,000 x .12 $36,000 
 Less: Imputed interest on shareholder’s loan to the corporation $100,000 x .03     3,000 1
   $33,000 
 Plus: Operating and maintenance expenses less incidental business use $12,000 x 353/365 days 11,605 2
 Imputed amount  $44,605 
 Less: rent charged to the shareholder  10,000 
 Benefit under subsection 15(1)  $33,605 

Note 1
The benefit to the shareholder is reduced by the imputed interest on the shareholder’s loan of $100,000 to the corporation, which was used to assist in purchasing buy the yacht. The reduction is used in calculating the benefit as long as the corporation has not repaid the loan. The interest rate applied to the reduction is not a prescribed rate, but a normal rate of return that must be determined. For more information, read paragraph 11 of Interpretation Bulletin IT432R2, Benefits Conferred on Shareholders. Generally, we determine the normal interest rate of refund to an individual to be equivalent to the interest rate as prescribed in Regulation 4301(b).

Note 2
Interest costs on the bank loan are not added because the normal return includes interest.

Income tax implications – Holdco

If the yacht was not acquired for the purpose of gaining or producing income, the costs associated with the yacht are not deductible. If they are not incurred in the ordinary course of Holdco’s business of providing the yacht for hire or reward, the operating and maintenance expenses are not deductible according to paragraph 18(1)(l) of the ITA. Paragraph 1102(1)(f) of the Regulations does not allow CCA to be taken if paragraph 18(1)(l) applies to disallow the expenses.

For more information on the deduction of expenses incurred for a yacht, go to Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT148R3, Recreational Properties and Club Dues. Paragraph 12 is cancelled by Income Tax Folio S2-F3-C2, Benefits and Allowances Received from Employment.

Income tax implications – Subco

The $3,000 expense in 2011 for the use of the yacht is not deductible under paragraph 18(1)(l).

Example 2

Facts

  1. The Saskatchewan corporation is controlled by a shareholder who is also its president and director.
  2. The corporation owns a jet ski that cost $20,000 plus $1,000 PST and $1,000 GST for a total of $22,000.
  3. A loan, with interest payable at 8% per annum, was used to purchase the jet ski.
  4. The jet ski is for the shareholder’s exclusive use and the corporation does not charge rent or for costs.
  5. The corporation deducted $1,760 in interest expense and CCA of $3,150 (Class 7 at 15% x $21,000 (includes PST)).
  6. The corporation annually paid and expensed (except the GST) $500 jet ski insurance and $500 + $25 GST for repairs and maintenance.
  7. ITCs of $1,000 and $25 were claimed by the corporation for the jet ski.
  8. Assume the reasonable rate of return for calculating the interest benefits is 8% per annum.

Income tax implications

DescriptionAmountReference
 Jet ski CCA$3,15018(1)(b)
 Jet ski loan interest1,76018(1)(b)
 Jet ski insurance50018(1)(a)
 Jet ski repairs and maintenance    50018(1)(a)
 Total$5,910  
DescriptionAmountReference
 Jet ski standby benefit$1,760 15(1)
 Jet ski operating benefit1,025 15(1)
 Total$2,785  

The company is not allowed to deduct interest expense, depreciation, or operating costs for tax purposes, as they were not incurred for the purpose of earning income.

The shareholder has an availability (or “standby”) benefit equal to what the company would have charged an arm’s length user. This rental value may be imputed based on a reasonable rate of return on the invested capital of the company. In this case, the amount or value of the benefits would be 8% of $22,000 or $1,760 a year, plus a $1,025 operating cost benefit. Note that the rental benefit is based on the corporation’s tax-included (PST and GST) cost of the jet ski, and the operating benefit is based on the tax-included (PST and GST) operating costs (subsection 15(1.3)).

Case law

  • The Queen v Houle, 83 DTC 5430 (FCTD)
  • Woods v MNR, 85 DTC 479 (TCC)
  • Wallace et al. v MNR, 86 DTC 1228 (TCC)
  • Check et al. v MNR, 87 DTC 73 (TCC)
  • Mid-West Feed Ltd. v MNR, 87 DTC 394 (TCC)
  • Smith v MNR, 91 DTC 909 (TCC)

Building (condominium, residence, other)

When capital real property is for the exclusive use of the shareholder, the courts have generally considered that shareholders must pay a fair market rent based on an entire year (or the period it was “available for use”) if a shareholder uses the building for only part of the year.

A benefit related to a property acquired for business purposes, but also used by a shareholder personally, will likely be calculated based on the number of actual days of use. The fair market rent of a comparable property, prorated for the period of use and increased by related expenses, will be used to calculate the benefit.

Example 1 – Value of the benefit based on fair market rent

Facts

  1. Alpha Corporation bought a new residential condominium, both for business purposes and for the personal use of its sole shareholder and his family.
  2. The shareholder, Mr. Beta, and his family use the condominium during his children’s summer holidays, from June 1 to August 31. Mr. Beta pays the corporation $200 for each month he uses the condominium.
  3. The operating costs of the condominium are almost $400 a month.
  4. During the rest of the year, the condominium is continuously rented to various parties with whom the corporation deals at arm’s length for $900 a month.

Income tax implications – Shareholder

According to subsection 15(1) of the ITA, Mr. Beta would be required to include in his income a benefit equal to the following amount:

Fair market rent                 3 months x $900    $2,700

Less: consideration paid   3 months x $200         600

Taxable benefit                                                     $2,100

Income tax implications for the corporation

The net rental income of $4,500 will be included in the corporation’s income and is calculated as:

Gross rental income                             [($900 x 9) + ($200 x 3)]    $8,700

Less: expenses Footnotei                                [($400 x 9) + ($200 x 3)]      4,200

Net rental income before CCA Footnoteii                                                   $4,500

Example 2 – Value of the benefit based on the imputed value

Facts

  1. A Ltd., a registrant, is a steel manufacturer. In 2012, the corporation bought a deluxe condominium for $1,250,000, plus GST, for the exclusive use of its sole shareholder, Mr. A.
  2. Mr. A made a $500,000 interest-free loan to the corporation to enable it to buy the condominium.
  3. The FMV of the condominium was $1,340,000 in 2013
  4. The $46,000 in maintenance costs in 2013 were paid by the corporation and reimbursed by Mr. A at the end of the year.

Income tax implications – Shareholder

The value of the benefit to be included in computing Mr. A’s 2013 income is based on imputed value and is calculated as follows:

Reasonable rate of return (cost of equity) for the calculation of the interest (provided by Business Equity Valuation) multiplied by the greater of:

The cost less the reduction: $1,250,000 – 500,000 = $750,000

The FMV less the reduction: $1,340,000 – 500,000 = $840,000

$840,000 x 9% = $  75,600

Plus: Operating expenses                                                 46,000

Imputed rent                                                                   $121,600

Less: Consideration paid by Mr. A                                    46,000

Benefit according to subsection 15(1)                        $   75,600

Income tax implications – Corporation

The corporation is not eligible to claim any expenses for the condominium according to paragraph 18(1)(a) of the ITA. CCA is not allowed according to paragraph 1102(1)(c) of the Regulations.

Case law

  • Soper v MNR, 87 DTC 522 (TCC)
  • Dudelzak v MNR, 87 DTC 525 (TCC)
  • Gendron et al. v MNR, 89 DTC 575 (TCC)
  • Wilfred L. Giffin et al. v MNR, 91 DTC 421 (TCC)
  • Smith v MNR, 91 DTC 909 (TCC)
  • Tremblay v MNR, 91 DTC 1012 (TCC)
  • McHugh et al. v The Queen, 95 DTC 778 (TCC)
  • The Queen v Fingold, 97 DTC 5449 (FCA)
  • Corriveau v The Queen, 99 DTC 344 (TCC)

Automobile

When a corporation makes an automobile available to a shareholder or to a person related to a shareholder, the shareholder must include in income the value of the benefit derived from the automobile. Under subsection 15(5) of the ITA, the calculation of the taxable benefit is the same as the calculation when an automobile is made available to an employee. For more information, go to 27.10.0.

24.10.11 Additions or improvements to shareholder’s property

Shareholder’s property leased to the corporation

Income tax implications

Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT432R2, Benefits Conferred on Shareholders, paragraph 10, describes the tax effect of additions and/or improvements to a building owned by a shareholder and rented to the corporation. The same guidelines would apply to other property leased to the corporation.

When the amount subject to tax depends upon the increase in FMV of the property related to the additions or improvements, refer the valuation of this increase to Real Estate Appraisal before an assessment is issued.

Benefits determined by means of a valuation may be further affected by the use of the CRA’s reimbursement policy. The shareholder will be allowed to correct the situation in any way consistent with our policies, including the transfer of the property to the corporation. If the shareholder reimburses the corporation, there will be an increase in that person’s capital cost of the property by the amount of the reimbursement and a corresponding decrease in the cost of the leasehold improvement to the corporation.

If the corporation carries on a construction business, and the corporation constructed additions or improvements, subsection 69(4) of the ITA will apply to the corporation and the FMV of the addition or improvement will be a determining factor for the benefit to the shareholder.

If an addition or improvement vests in the owner of the building, a benefit is considered to have been conferred on the shareholder by the corporation. The amount of the benefit is considered to be the present value of the amount, if any, by which the addition or improvement increases the value of the building to the shareholder at the time the building reverts to the shareholder. This includes factors such as:

  • the nature of the improvements;
  • the terms of the lease;
  • renewal or extension provisions (normally CRA considers the first option period as part of the lease); and
  • the rent charged.

If the terms of the lease are later changed in favour of the shareholder or if the lease is annulled before its term expires, a benefit would be created at that time equal to the increase in the shareholder’s reversionary interest created by the alteration or cancellation of the lease.

Additions or improvements may not vest in the lessor as, for example, in the case under an emphyteutic lease. As well, it is possible, in some provinces, for the land and building to be owned by different persons. If there may be doubt as to whether a benefit has been conferred, refer the matter to Technical Applications Section, Medium Business Audit Division, Small and Medium Enterprises Directorate, Compliance Programs Branch.

The corporation may obtain a deduction under paragraph 1100(1)(b) or subsection 1102(5) of the Regulations for the improvements made to the property it leases from the shareholder despite the shareholder being subject to tax on the improvements under subsection 15(1) of the ITA. For more information on the possible deduction, go to Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT464R, Capital cost allowance – Leasehold interests.

Shareholder’s property not leased to the corporation

If a corporation makes improvements to a shareholder’s property, which it is not renting, the shareholder will be taxed under subsection 15(1) of the ITA on the actual cost of the addition or improvement.

The amount subject to income tax in a particular year will be that portion of the addition or improvement completed during the year.

If the nature of the business ordinarily carried on by the corporation includes construction, and the corporation made the additions or improvements, subsection 69(4) of the ITA will apply to the corporation and the FMV of the addition or improvement will be a determining factor for the benefit to the shareholder. If the FMV is much less than cost, deal with the particular circumstances on an individual basis.

The corporation cannot deduct the cost of the additions or improvements since they were not made to gain or produce income.

24.10.12 References

Income Tax Folios

Income Tax Interpretation Bulletins

Advance Tax Ruling

  • Cancelled ATR-9, Transfer of Personal Residence from Corporation to its Controlling Shareholder

Income Tax Rulings

  • Document No. 9317025, June 15, 1993, Shareholder Benefit
  • Document No. 9728755, November 6, 1997, Benefit Conferred on Issuance of Shares
  • Document No. 9807817, August 31, 1998, Appropriation and Recapture

Tax & Charities Appeals Directorate (TCAD) Decision Details

  • ITC-96-035/ITC-96-035R, J. Paul Fingold
  • ITC-98-005, John Chopp
  • ITC-93-021/ITC-93-021R, David Robinson
  • ITC-00-036 /2000-36R, John Franklin

Jurisprudence

  • Bernstein v MNR, 1977 (FCA) 77 DTC 5187
  • Berube v The Queen, 1994, 1 CTC 2655
  • Cano v the Queen, 1997 (TCC) 97 DTC 993
  • The Queen v Chopp, 1998 (FCA) 98 DTC 6014
  • The Queen v Fingold, 1997 (FCA) 97 DTC 5449
  • The Queen v Franklin, 2002 (FCA) 2002 DTC 6803
  • Groeneveld v MNR, 1990 (TCC) 90 DTC 1211
  • Hickman Motors Ltd. v the Queen, 1998 (SCC) 97 DTC 5363
  • Kennedy v MNR, 1973 (FCA) 73 DTC 5359
  • The Queen v Leslie, 1975 (FCTD) 75 DTC 5086
  • Youngman v the Queen, 1990 (FCA) 90 DTC 6322
  • Vine et al. v the Queen, 1989 (FCTD) 89 DTC 5528

Other

  • Training product TD1018-000, Transactions between a Corporation and its Shareholders

A significant portion of the commentary in this subchapter was taken from Taxation Operations Manual (TOM) 13(15)0, Appropriation of Property to Shareholder. TOM 13(15)0 has been taken out of circulation.

24.11.0 Indirect payments and benefits

24.11.1 Introduction

This subchapter discusses subsections 56(2) and 246(1) of the ITA.

If a benefit has been conferred, but not to a direct shareholder, subsection 15(1) won’t apply, but the provisions of subsection 56(2) or subsection 246(1) may apply, if the benefit was made at the shareholder’s direction or with the shareholder’s concurrence or acquiescence. The purpose of these sections is to prevent tax avoidance, which might result when amounts which would be considered income when received by a particular taxpayer, are paid to another person.

Subsection 56(2) applies to arm’s length and non-arm’s length transactions.

Read this subchapter together with Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT335R2, Indirect Payments. Also go to:

  • 24.10.0, Benefits conferred on shareholders; and
  • Training product TD1018-000, Transactions between a Corporation and its Shareholders.

24.11.2 For future use

24.11.3 Income tax implications

Subsection 56(2)  of the ITA

Subsection 56(2) is intended to cover cases if a taxpayer seeks to avoid receiving what would otherwise be income in the taxpayer’s hands, by arranging to have the payment or transfer of property made to some other person, either for the taxpayer’s own benefit or for the benefit of another person.

As indicated in Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT335R2, Indirect Payments, subsection 56(2) will cause an amount not received by a taxpayer to be added to the taxpayer’s income if these conditions are met:

  • There is a payment or transfer of property to a person other than the taxpayer.
  • The payment or transfer is according to the direction of or with the concurrence of the taxpayer (this may be implicit).
  • There is a benefit to the taxpayer or a benefit the taxpayer wishes to confer on the other person.
  • The taxpayer would have been taxable on the amount under some other section of the ITA if it had been paid to the taxpayer.

Subsection 56(2), provides for an exemption from its application for any portion of a retirement pension that is assigned from one spouse or common-law partner to another according to section 65.1 of the Canada Pension Plan or a comparable provision of a provincial pension plan , as defined in section 3 of that Act or of a prescribed provincial pension plan.

To reassess under subsection 56(2), there must be a payment or transfer of property. “Property ” is defined in subsection 248(1) to mean, “property of any kind whatever whether real or personal or corporeal or incorporeal and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, includes a right of any kind whatever, a share or a chose in action,… “. According to the Tax & Charities Appeals Directorate (TCAD) Decision Details ITC-97-035 (January 22, 1998), if the use of corporate property is made available by a shareholder to some other person who is not a shareholder of the corporation, and no enforceable right to use the property such as a lease, sale, or gift has been transferred, the CRA cannot apply 56(2). Legal services of the Department of Justice and the Income Tax Rulings Directorate support this decision.

The wording of subsection 15(1) “benefit conferred on a shareholder” and part of subsection 56(2) “for the benefit of the taxpayer” are similar. At times, when a third party is involved, it may not be clear whether the benefit was direct or indirect and CRA may use both subsections together. If a corporation, for no equal consideration, makes a payment on a debt of a shareholder to a third party, the payment is taxed in the shareholder’s hands according to subsections 56(2) and 15(1), provided the payment was not charged to salary or to the shareholder’s loan account.

If the corporation incurs a liability to a third party for goods or services supplied by the third party to a shareholder, the time the liability was incurred, rather than the date of the payment in respect of that liability, is when the benefit was conferred on the shareholder.

Example 1

Facts

Mr. Farmer is the sole shareholder of a corporation that owns a farm property. The farm property is no longer used in the corporation’s business.

Mr. Farmer allows his daughter, Eloise, and her family to occupy the farm property and farm part of the land. Eloise does not pay rent for the use of the property, but she pays the property taxes and is responsible for the general upkeep and maintenance of the property.

Implications

For subsection 56(2) to apply, a payment or transfer of property made at the direction of, or with the concurrence of the corporation or Mr. Farmer, to Eloise, as a benefit either that the corporation or Mr. Farmer desired to have conferred on Eloise, must have occurred. In the example, the corporation did not make a payment or a transfer of property to the daughter. Unless the corporation grants an enforceable legal right to use the property (for example, a lease), the CRA cannot substantiate for reassessment purposes, that a transfer of property occurred. The fact that the daughter was allowed to use the property does not, in itself, mean that the daughter acquired the right to occupy the property.

Example 2

Facts

During the 2011, 2012, and 2013 tax years the taxpayer, Mr. B, was the sole shareholder of B Inc. During those years, B Inc., at Mr. B’s direction, paid out various sums to his friend, Ms. C. The amounts in question totalled $80,000. These amounts were not set up as loans.

Tax implications

The $80,000 is included in Mr. B’s income for the years 2011 to 2013 according to subsections 15(1) and 56(2).

Subsection 56(2) applies for each particular tax year for these reasons:

  • A payment was made to Ms. C.
  • The payment was made pursuant to the direction of the taxpayer.
  • The payment was made as a benefit that the taxpayer desired to have conferred on Ms. C.
  • The amount of the payment would have been included in the taxpayer’s income had the payment been made directly to the taxpayer (that is, as a subsection 15(1) benefit).

These facts are based on the court decision in Cohen v the Queen, 1996 (TCC) 96 DTC 1454, where Ms. C stated that the money was used both for her sole benefit as well as for the benefit of Mr. B and Ms. C as a couple.

Dividends

As stated in paragraph 9, Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT335R2, Indirect Payments, subsection 56(2) does not generally apply to dividend income since, until a dividend is declared, the profits belong to the corporation as retained earnings. However, subsection 56(2) may be applicable if dividends are paid to shareholders of a corporation who, having regard to the dividend entitlements of their shares as set out in the articles of incorporation, receive dividends to which they are not entitled and/or if another taxpayer has a pre-existing entitlement to the dividend income paid to shareholders of a corporation.

The above paragraph reflects the decisions of the Supreme Court of Canada in Neuman v MNR, (1998) 98 DTC 6297, and in The Queen v McClurg, (1991) 91 DTC 5001.

Tax avoidance provision – Subsection 246(1) 

Subsection 246(1) of the ITA, provides that if a person confers a benefit on a taxpayer, directly or indirectly, the amount of the benefit is included in the taxpayer’s income. Subsection 246(1), however, does not apply unless the amount would have been included in the taxpayer’s income if it were a payment made directly to the taxpayer. A benefit is included in the taxpayer’s income or deemed to be a payment made for purposes of Part XIII when these conditions are met:

  • A person confers a benefit, either directly or indirectly, by any means whatever, on a taxpayer.
  • The amount of the benefit is not otherwise included in the taxpayer’s income or taxable income earned in Canada under Part I.
  • The amount of the benefit would have been included in the taxpayer’s income if it had been a payment made directly to the taxpayer.
  • The taxpayer is resident in Canada.

If these conditions are met, the benefit is included in the taxpayer’s income or taxable income earned in Canada under Part I in the tax year in which the benefit is conferred. If the taxpayer is a non-resident, the amount of the benefit shall be deemed, for purposes of Part XIII, to be a payment made to the taxpayer for property, services, or otherwise, depending on the nature of the benefit.

Subsections 246(1) and 56(2) are directing provisions; the first applies to the recipient of the benefit and the last to the person conferring the benefit.

If subsection 56(2) does not apply, read the rules in subsection 15(1) together with the anti-avoidance provisions of subsections 246(1) and (2), insofar as they relate to indirect payments or transfers made by a corporation for the benefit of a shareholder or as a benefit that the shareholder desired to have conferred on some other person.

Note, however, that subsection 246(1) will not apply if subsection 246(2) applies. Subsection 246(2) states that if persons dealing at arm’s length enter into a bona fide transaction and the transaction is not according to, or part of, any other transaction, and is not to effect payment, in whole or in part, of an existing or future obligation, a benefit will not be regarded as having been conferred by either party to the transaction.

Example

Facts

Spud Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Potato Corp. The sole shareholder of Potato Corp. is Mr. Chips. In 2013, Spud Ltd. bought a cottage for $480,000. Mr. Chips and his family use the cottage during the summer months and occasionally during the winter months for free. A cottage in this area normally rents for $4,300 a month.

Effect of subsection 246(1)

Subsection 15(1) does not apply to the conferral of benefits to the indirect shareholder. Consequently, depending on the circumstances, supplement subsection 15(1) and read together with either the provisions in subsection 56(2) or subsection 246(1). However, subsection 56(2) cannot apply to the calculation of shareholder benefits, as the “use of property” made available by the shareholder (Potato Corp.) to some other person, who is not a shareholder of the corporation (Mr. Chips), is not considered to be a “payment or transfer of property” unless there is a lease, sale, or gift that has been transferred.

As a result, subsection 246(1) would apply to include a benefit, according to subsection 15(1), in Mr. Chips’ income. If Mr. Chips had received the benefit directly, subsection 15(1) would have applied to include the amount of the benefit in his income.

24.11.4 References

Court cases relating to subsection 56(2)

Benefit amount

  • Winter et al. v The Queen, 1990 (FCA) 90 DTC 6681

Attribution of the proceeds of distribution

  • Sunroot Energy Ltd. v The Queen, 1997 (TCC) 97 DTC 1435

Benefit conferred on a trustee

  • The Galway Family Trust v MNR, 90 DTC 1913

Commissions paid to related corporations

  • Minet Inc. v The Queen, 1998 (FCA) 98 DTC 6364

Desire to confer a benefit

  • Jones et al. v The Queen, 1996 (FCA) 96 DTC 6015

Dividends paid to shareholders

  • Nelson v The Queen, 1974 (FCA) 74 DTC 6266

Dividends paid to spouses or common-law partners

  • Champ v The Queen, 1983 (FCTD) 83 DTC 5029
  • The Queen v McClurg, 1991 (SCC) 91 DTC 5001
  • Neuman v MNR, 1998 (SCC) 98 DTC 6297
  • Rao v MNR, 1999 (TCC) 99 DTC 413

Transfer of commissions

  • McClain Industries of Canada Inc. (Formerly Maple Leaf Metal Products Ltd.) v The Queen, 1978 (FCTD) 78 DTC 6356

Transfer of a call option

  • Gilvesy v The Queen, 1996 (TCC) 96 DTC 1417

Transfer of salary

  • The Queen v Campbell, 1980 (SCC) 80 DTC 6239

Subrogation of debtor

  • MNR v Bisson, 1972 (FCTD) 72 DTC 6374

Contributions paid by third parties

  • The Queen v MacIntyre, 1975 (FCA) 75 DTC 5240

Payments to a management company

  • Campeau et al. v MNR, 70 DTC 6223
  • MNR v Cameron, 1972 (SCC) 72 DTC 6325

Estate settlement

  • Cox v The Queen, 1982 (FCTD) 82 DTC 6287]

Business income converted to a capital gain

  • Ledoux v The Queen, 98 DTC 1034

Diversion of funds among companies

  • Smith v The Queen, 1993 (FCA) 93 DTC 5351
  • Lamontagne et al. v The Queen, 98 DTC 6226

Training product

  • TD1018-000, Transactions between a Corporation and its Shareholders

Income Tax Folio

Income Tax Interpretation Bulletins

24.12.0 Shareholder debt

24.12.1 Introduction

This subchapter deals with the tax treatment of shareholder loans and indebtedness.

In 1949, the Supreme Court of Canada, in T. E. McCool  49 DTC 700, held that a loan and indebtedness were not the same. The court stated that a loan required the existence of a lender/borrower relationship, while indebtedness, the existence of a creditor/debtor relationship.

The court quoted Black’s Law Dictionary in defining a loan as “Delivery by one party to and receipt by another party of a sum of money upon agreement, express or implied, to repay it with or without interest.” (Note: The term loan is not restricted to a loan of money. The CRA recognizes loans of property such as gold and stock.)

The court clarified that indebtedness was simply a sum of money owing from one person to another and that a debt could arise under a contract without the existence of a loan. For example, if a purchaser of property does not pay the purchase price. Examples of indebtedness include the unpaid purchase price of property, unpaid rent and, interest (whether or not it is for a loan), and trade accounts receivable.

24.12.2 Subsection 15(2)  – Shareholder debt

This section is an overview of subsection 15(2). For details, go to Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT119R4, Debts of Shareholders and Certain Persons Connected with Shareholders. The bulletin discusses the tax implications to a person or partnership who is a shareholder of a corporation, connected with a shareholder of a corporation, or who owns shares of the corporation through a partnership or trust, regarding a loan or indebtedness from that corporation, a related corporation or a partnership of which that corporation or a related corporation is a member.

Subsection 15(2) of the ITA generally requires a shareholder to include in income, the amount of any loan received or indebtedness incurred from a corporation in a tax year, unless the loan or indebtedness (or part thereof) is specifically excluded. Subsection 15(2) prevents dividends from being paid out in the guise of loans or other indebtedness.

Subsection 15(2) does not apply to corporations resident in Canada or to partnerships, each member of which is a corporation resident in Canada. The borrower may be a non-resident corporation.

Once the auditor has determined that a transaction meets the conditions in subsection 15(2), the auditor must make sure that the loan is not excluded by any one of the exceptions set out in subsections 15(2.2) to (2.6) .

Subsection 15(2) does not apply:

  1. Subsection 15(2.2) – non-resident persons – if the indebtedness is between nonresident persons.
  2. Subsection 15(2.3) – ordinary lending business – if the loan is made to borrowers (whether or not they are employees), if the loan is made in the ordinary course of the lender’s business, and bona fide arrangements were made at the time the loan was made for repayment within a reasonable time.
  3. Subsection 15(2.4) – certain employees – if the borrowers are also employees of the lender and only if a specific loan was made for a qualified purpose described in paragraphs 15(2.4)(b) to (d). These loans are excluded if the shareholder is also an employee:
        • A loan made to an individual who is an employee of the lender but not a specified employee of the lender. A                 specified employee is an employee who does not deal at arm’s length with the lender or who owns directly or             indirectly at least 10% of the shares of a given class of capital stock of the corporation or of a corporation related         to it.
        • A loan made to an individual who is an employee of the lender or is the spouse or common-law partner of an               employee of the lender to acquire a dwelling or a share of the capital stock of a cooperative housing corporation         acquired for the purposes of inhabiting one of the units.
        • A loan made to an employee to acquire previously unissued fully paid shares of that corporation or a corporation       related to it.
        • A loan made to an employee to acquire a motor vehicle to be used in the performance of the employee’s job.
    The exceptions in subsection 15(2.4) are subject to the requirements that the employee or the employee’s spouse or common-law partner received the loan because of the employee’s employment and not because of any person’s shareholdings and at the time the loan was made, bona fide arrangements were made for repayment of the loan within a reasonable time.
  4. Subsection 15(2.5) – certain trusts – to a loan regarding a trust if the conditions described in subsection 15(2.5)  are met. The conditions involve facilitating the purchase and sale of shares of this or a related corporation, by or from employees.
  5. Subsection 15(2.6) – repayment within one year – to a loan that is repaid within one year from the end of the tax year of the lender in which the loan was made and if the repayment is not part of a series of loans or other transactions and repayments.

A taxpayer may be subject to a taxable interest benefit calculated under section 80.4 for any loan or part thereof that has not been included in income under subsection 15(2), as long as an amount remains outstanding.

As stated in paragraph 38 of Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT119R4, Debts of Shareholders and Certain Persons Connected with Shareholders, if the borrower is a non-resident, paragraph 214(3)(a) deems, for purposes of Part XIII, amounts which would be included in income under subsection 15(2), if Part I were applicable, to have been paid to the nonresident as a dividend from a corporation resident in Canada. A dividend paid by a corporation resident in Canada to a nonresident is subject to income tax under subsection 212(2) and the lender must withhold and remit the tax to the Receiver General.

Bona fide repayment arrangements

The CRA’s main concern for shareholder loans is that bona fide arrangements were made, at the time of the loan, for repayment of the loan within a reasonable time. Whether the period allowed for repayment is “within a reasonable time” is a question of fact. In a given situation, one of the factors the CRA will consider is what would happen in a normal commercial practice. For instance, if an employeeshareholder of a financial institution receives the use of a lowinterest or interest-free credit card, the CRA will look to what is commercially acceptable for the particular debt in determining whether the repayment arrangements are bona fide.

It would be reasonable to conclude that an interest-free loan is not a bona fide arrangement in accordance with normal commercial practices. However, since section 80.4  specifically provides for the calculation of an interest benefit, the CRA has taken the view that an interestfree loan does not actually mean that a bona fide arrangement was not made.

A demand loan is not considered a bona fide arrangement for repayment. A demand loan is open-ended and does not specify when the debtor must make the payment.

The giving of a promissory note by a borrower or the assumption of the loan by another person does not constitute repayment of a loan received by that borrower.

A loan need not be repaid in cash. A payment of property is acceptable. Whenever a payment is made with property other than cash, the amount of the payment will be equal to the property’s FMV at the time of the transfer to the lender.

Dividends, bonuses, and salaries may be credited to a shareholder loan account and constitute payment to the extent that such amounts reduce the loan balance outstanding. A payment of employment income in this way is considered to be received (the doctrine of constructive receipt) and is included in the borrower’s income in the tax year in which the amount is credited. Withholdings may also be required.

These court cases deal with various aspects of bona fide repayment arrangements:

 Decision/Issue Court Case
 A simple corporate resolution, by itself, to establish appropriate repayment obligations was not considered bona fide. Deckelbaum v MNR, 1982 (TRB) 82 DTC 1636
 An oral agreement to repay within three to four years was not considered bona fide. Hendriks v MNR, 1981 (TRB) 81 DTC 939
 The absence of written evidence was considered fatal. Wright v MNR, 1986 (TCC) 86 DTC 1415
 Repayment arrangements must be made when the loan was made or the indebtedness arose. Reekie v MNR, 1980 (TRB) 80 DTC 1447
 A demand loan is not considered a bona fide repayment arrangement. Lavoie v The Queen, 1995 (TCC) 95 DTC 673
 Source of funds Kalousdian v The Queen, 1994 (TCC) 94 DTC 1722
 Is a promise to repay sometime within a fiveyear period acceptable? Davidson v The Queen, 1999 (TCC) 99 DTC 933
 Does a failure to repay a loan mean that it no longer complies with the bona fide arrangements requirement? Hnatuk et al. v The Queen, 1997 (TCC) 97 DTC 674
 Is a promissory note given for a housing loan acceptable if there are no predetermined repayments? Dionne Jr. et al. v The Queen, 1998 (TCC) 98 DTC 1245
 Are there arrangements for repayment within a reasonable period if a housing loan made to a shareholder/employee is only payable on termination of employment? The Queen v Silden, 1993 (FCA) 93 DTC 5362

Series of loans or other transactions and repayments

As mentioned earlier, subsection 15(2.6) provides that if the loan is repaid within one year from the end of the tax year of the lender in which the loan was made, and if the repayment is not part of a series of loans or other transactions and repayments, the loan is not included in the income of the borrower under subsection 15(2).

A series is generally restricted to a repayment shortly before the end of the year and the same amount or substantially the same amount is borrowed shortly after the end of the year. Such a repayment is of a temporary nature and is not considered to decrease the loan balance in applying subsection 15(2).

Running loan accounts are not automatically considered a series and all of the relevant factors need to be considered to determine whether a series of loans or other transactions and repayments exists. Bona fide repayments of shareholder loans that result from the payment of dividends, bonuses, or salaries are not considered part of a series of loans or other transactions and repayments. Repayments are generally applied to the oldest outstanding loan or debt first (first in, first out (FIFO) basis) and not according to the last in, first out (LIFO) principle.

These are important court decisions dealing with bona fide repayments of shareholder loan accounts that are not part of a series of loans and repayments:

  • Attis v MNR, 1992 (TCC) 92 DTC 1128
  • Uphill Holdings Ltd. et al. v MNR, 1993 (TCC) 93 DTC 148

For more information, go to paragraphs 27, 28, and 29 of Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT119R4, Debts of Shareholders and Certain Persons Connected with Shareholders

Dealing with what constitutes a series of loan and repayments, go to Tax and Charities Appeals Directorate (TCAD) Decision Details:

  • ITC-93-009
  • ITC-93-009R
  • ITC-93-009R2

24.12.3 Repayment of loan by shareholder

Paragraph 20(1)(j) permits a deduction on the repayment of any loan or indebtedness by the shareholder which was previously included in income under subsection 15(2). The deduction is allowed for the tax year a repayment is made if it is not part of a series of loans or other transactions and repayments.

Before December 22, 1992, a non-resident taxpayer repaying a loan previously deemed to be a dividend under paragraph 214(3)(a) was not allowed a paragraph 20(1)(j) deduction because the loan was not included in income under subsection 15(2). Subsection 227(6.1), provides for a refund of the Part XIII tax paid on a loan deemed to be a dividend if the person, on whose behalf the tax was paid, repays the loan after December 21, 1992. For more information, go to Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT119R4, Debts of Shareholders and Certain Persons Connected with Shareholders, paragraph 39.

As indicated in Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT119R4 (paragraph 33), paragraph 20(1)(j) applies to a partnership if a loan has been included in calculating the income of the partnership in a preceding year and the partnership subsequently repays the loan.

24.12.4 Subsection 15(2) – Audit issues

Subsection 15(2) will not apply, unless it is clear that there is a loan. While a written agreement is the preferable means of establishing that a loan exists, a written agreement is not necessary. However, in its absence, there must be convincing audit evidence that a loan exists. Such audit evidence could include a corporate resolution setting out the loan and the terms of its repayment.

The audit steps required to determine whether a taxpayer is subject to subsection 15(2) may be recorded on these audit working papers:

  • Reconciliation, Monthly balance computation, and Analysis of credits;
  • Indebtedness income analysis (subsection 15(2) and paragraph 20(1)(j)); and
  • Interest benefit calculation (section 80.4).

Reconciliation, Monthly balance computation, and Analysis of credits

The auditor should take the following steps:

  • reconcile the shareholder’s account to the balance on the financial statements for each fiscal period under audit;
  • segregate the shareholder account transactions into debits (loans) and credits (repayments), in accordance with the legislation; this requires separate consideration of each loan or indebtedness, which is different from the CRA’s former practice of netting loans against repayments in a given year;
  • separate the transactions into the months in which they occurred; for example, when accountants make one yearend entry to account for all of the shareholder’s transactions during the year, allocate these amounts to the actual month in which they occurred – this allows the monthly balances to be computed for the purposes of calculating a section 80.4 interest benefit if applicable;
  • segregate the loans that have specific repayment terms from the shareholder’s account and analyze their tax implications separately;
  • ask the shareholder how the repayments were to be applied; for example, was the intent to have the repayments apply to specific debts?

This working paper can also be used to record the auditor’s analysis of credits to the shareholder’s account to determine whether there are any benefits subject to subsection 15(1) or the existence of income such as dividends, interest, employment earnings, or rent.

Because of the one-year repayment period set out in subsection 15(2.6), a loan or debt incurred in the latest tax year may require a historic review of all related transactions.

Indebtedness income analysis (Subsection 15(2) and Paragraph 20(1)(j) )

Remove any incorrect and later correcting entries to the shareholder’s loan account.

For example, the shareholder’s loan account was in a $1,088,363 debit balance near the end of the fiscal period when it was credited as follows:

  • 2013-JUN-30   AJE #9   Due from related company        $1,200,000 

                                                    Shareholder’s loan                                      $1,200,000

            To record the transfer of an account receivable from a related company.

  • 2013-JUL-31    AJE #1   Shareholder’s loan                       $1,200,000 

                                                    Due from related company                       $1,200,000 

            To record the reversal of AJE #9, which was an incorrect posting.

In determining the amount of repayments during the fiscal period ending June 30, 2013, the $1,200,000 credit must be excluded because it was not a repayment, but rather an error. The auditor should:

  • analyze the rest of the debits in each fiscal year of the company to determine whether those amounts were repaid before the end of the next fiscal year-end;
  • apply repayments that arise in a given fiscal period to the oldest outstanding indebtedness of the shareholder (that is, the FIFO basis), unless the facts clearly show otherwise;
  • not consider any repayment that is part of a series of loans and repayments in determining whether a specific loan has been repaid in time.

Any repayment of indebtedness that was included in income under subsection 15(2) is deductible in the year of repayment in accordance with paragraph 20(1)(j).

Interest benefit calculation (Section 80.4)

Calculate an interest benefit on any outstanding indebtedness that has not been subject to subsection 15(2), including any indebtedness that should have been but was not assessed because the applicable tax year was statute-barred. Subsections 80.4(1) and (2) do not apply for any loan or debt, or any part thereof, that was included in computing the income of a person or partnership under Part I.

Calculate the interest benefit using the prescribed rates in Regulation 4301 and the month-end balances in the account. Using month-end balances would not usually result in a material difference from using daily balances, but if there are significant fluctuations in the account balance between month-ends, consider using the daily balances.

For more information about section 80.4, go to 24.12.4.

Example illustrating subsection 15(2) concepts

Facts

An audit of A Ltd., a Canadian-controlled private corporation (CCPC), indicated that some shareholder loans were made in 2010. A Ltd. has a December 31 year-end.

All of the shareholders are resident in Canada and deal at arm’s length with A Ltd. None of the shareholders had received loans before 2010. Since A Ltd. was not in the business of lending money, it was very careful, in each case, to make sure that bona fide arrangements were made at the time the loan was made for repayment within a reasonable time.

Taking all of this into consideration, which of the following loans will be included in the borrower’s income under subsection 15(2) in 2010?

A. A loan to Ms. A, a vice-president and 20% Class A shareholder. The loan was made to help her buy previously                unissued shares of A Ltd. The loan was made on February 14, 2010, and repaid in full exactly one year later. This          type of loan is unavailable to any other employees.

B. A loan was made to B Ltd., a corporation that owns 25% of the Class A shares of A Ltd. The loan was used to                  reacquire some of its own shares for cancellation and to repay a bank loan.

C. A loan to Ms. L, a corporate executive and 15% owner of Class B shares of A Ltd. This loan was made to help her            buy a home. The loan was made on July 2, 2010, and repaid, in full pursuant to an early repayment clause in the            mortgage, on September 29, 2012. Such loans are unavailable to any other employees.

D. A loan to Mr. R, the treasurer and 8% shareholder of Class A shares of A Ltd. The loan was used to help him buy a        home computer for employment purposes. Five other employees (none of whom are shareholders) are now                working at home and have received similar loans. The loan was made to Mr. R on March 12, 2010, and fully repaid        by May 19, 2013.

E. The same as “D” except for these new facts:

 1) Mr. R owns 11% of the Class A shares, and

 2) none of the exceptions listed in subsections 15(2.3) and (2.4)  apply.

Comments

A. The loan is not included in income under subsection 15(2) by virtue of subsection 15(2.6) because it is repaid by            the end of the year (that is, by December 31, 2011) of the lender immediately after the year in which the loan was        made.
     This loan does not meet any of the exceptions in subsections 15(2.2) through (2.5). The minority shareholder rule        set out in paragraph 15(2.4)(a) would not apply, since Ms. A is a specified employee because she owns more than        10% of one class of shares of the corporation. Paragraph 15(2.4)(c) does not apply because the facts show that the      employment capacity test in paragraph 15(2.4)(e) cannot be met because the loan is unavailable to other                      employees.
     An imputed interest benefit under subsection 80.4(2) (shareholder capacity) would apply to the period in the year        in which the loan remained still outstanding.

B. The loan would not be included in the income of B Ltd., because subsection 15(2) does not apply to borrowers that      are corporate shareholders resident in Canada. Also, subsection 80.4(2) would not apply for the same reason.

C. The principal amount of the loan outstanding on December 31, 2011, will be included in Ms. L’s 2010 income under      subsection 15(2) because it was received in her capacity as a shareholder. Such a loan would be excluded from            Ms. L’s income under subsection 15(2) by virtue of paragraph 15(2.4)(b) if the loan had been received in an                    employment capacity. The facts show that it was received by virtue of shareholdings and, therefore, could not              meet the condition in paragraph 15(2.4)(e). The repayment in the year 2012 will result in a tax deduction under            paragraph 20(1)(j) in that year.
     The loan could also have been excluded by subsection 15(2.6) if it had been repaid in full by December 31, 2011. As      well, subsection 80.4(2) will apply to impute an interest benefit for any loan principal repaid before                                  January 1, 2012. Such benefit will be calculated for the period such amounts are outstanding.

D. Mr. R will not have to include any amount for the computer loan in his income under subsection 15(2). Although          there is no specific mention of a loan to acquire a computer, paragraph 15(2.4)(a) allows any loan to a shareholder      who is not a “specified employee ” (defined in subsection 248(1)) to be excluded as long as bona fide                              arrangements for repayment are made and the loan is received in an employment capacity (paragraphs 15(2.4)(e)      and (f). A specified employee is an employee who is either a specified shareholder (that is, generally, a person              who holds at least 10% of the shares of any class of the corporation at any time in the year) or a person who does        not deal at arm’s length with the corporation. Since Mr. R owns less than 10% of the shares of a class and deals at      arm’s length, he is not a specified employee. Subsection 80.4(1) will however apply to impute an interest benefit          for the period of time during which the loan balance is outstanding.

E. The 11% shareholding in a class of shares means that Mr. R is a “specified employee ” as defined in subsection 248      (1). This prevents him from using the minority shareholder exception in paragraph 15(2.4)(a) to exclude the loan        from subsection 15(2). As well, the purchase of a computer is not one of the specified purposes in paragraphs 15        (2.4)(b) to (d) that would exempt the loan.

     The loan is excluded if it is repaid within the time frame in subsection 15(2.6). The portion of the loan repaid                  before January 1, 2012, will be excluded from the application of subsection 15(2), but will be subject to the                      application of section 80.4  based on the number of days that part of the loan was outstanding. The balance of the      loan outstanding on January 1, 2012, will be subject to subsection 15(2) in Mr. R’s 2010 tax year. Repayments after       2011 will be deductible under paragraph 20(1)(j) in the tax year in which the repayment is made.

Application of subsection 15(2) and paragraph 20(1)(j) when a “series”

As indicated in paragraph 34 Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT119R4, Debts of Shareholders and Certain Persons Connected with Shareholders, when there is a series of loans or other transactions and repayments, the exception in subsection 15(2.6) does not apply, unless bona fide repayments are made. Loans which do not meet this test are included in income under subsection 15(2) without allowing the one year for repayment, unless they come within one of the other excepting provisions of subsections 15(2.3) to (2.5).

Refer to the example in paragraph 36 of Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT119R4, which illustrates the analyses of a shareholder’s loan account to determine the amount to be either included under subsection 15(2) or deducted under paragraph 20(1)(j) in calculating the income of a particular tax year of the borrower.

24.12.5 Section 80.4 – Benefit on interest-free or low-interest loans

This section of the Income Tax Audit Manual discusses the tax of benefits arising from certain interestfree or low-interest loans or debts. Section 80.4 sets out a formula and various other rules for the calculation and inclusion in income of taxable benefits that may be deemed to have been received as a result of receiving loans or incurring debts that bear less than a prescribed rate of interest. Subject to certain exceptions, these deemed benefit provisions are applicable if the loan or debt is received by virtue of an office or employment of an individual, by virtue of the services provided by the personal services business of a corporation, or by virtue of shareholdings in a corporation.

Read this section together with Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT421R2, Benefits to individuals, corporations, and shareholders from loans or debt.

Capacity in which a person receives a loan

Subsection 80.4 is divided into two main subsections that present not only different calculations, but also may impose tax liability on different persons, depending upon the circumstances. The capacity in which a person receives a loan will determine the subsection that will apply. Accordingly, subsection 80.4(1) applies when a loan is received in an employment capacity. It applies to individual employees or to an incorporated employee (a corporation carrying on a personal services business).

Subsection 80.4(2) applies when a loan is received in a shareholder capacity. This provision specifically applies to persons or partnerships excluding resident Canadian corporations or partnerships composed solely of such corporations.

Loans received in any other capacity are not subject to section 80.4.

Subsections 80.4(1) and (2) will continue to apply to outstanding loans or indebtedness, even if the employee stops being an employee and the shareholder stops being a shareholder. The test of capacity occurs at the time that the loan is made. A person or partnership is considered to have received a loan or incurred a debt when the funds are advanced or the relevant documents are executed and the person or partnership becomes legally obligated to repay the loan or discharge the debt.

Employee benefit – Subsection 80.4(1)

Subsection 80.4(1) applies when:

  • a loan is received from an employer because of an employee’s current employment;
  • a person or a partnership, which is not an employee, receives a loan from a lender because of the employment of an individual; for example, an employer can make a loan to the spouse or common-law partner of an employee, the spouse or common-law partner is the person who received the loan, and the employee is the individual by virtue of whom the loan was made;
  • a loan is made to an individual who is both an employee and a shareholder of the employer (lender), only if the loan was made in a capacity of an employee.

Subsection 80.4(1) only states that the loan must relate to employment. In the situations described above, the lender is also the employer of the individual by virtue of whom the loan is made. However, it is important to note that subsection 80.4(1) may apply even if the lender is not the employer.

If an employer helps an employee to obtain a loan, for instance, by providing support for the employee’s loan application, the loan will be considered to have been received by virtue of employment. If the employee obtains a loan without the help of the employer, any assistance by the employer to subsidize the interest costs of the employee will not cause the loan to be received by virtue of office or employment. The interest subsidy will however be included in the employee’s income under subsection 6(1)(a).

Calculation of the benefit – Subsection 80.4(1)

Paragraph 80.4(1)(a) applies in respect of the balance of all loans outstanding at any time in the tax year of an individual or a corporation which carries on a personal services business in a tax year. A separate calculation is not made under subsection 80.4(1) for each loan; rather the interest benefit is aggregated for all such loans.

The amount under paragraph 80.4(1)(a) is the deemed interest calculated at the prescribed rates in effect for the period during the year in which the loan is outstanding. Interest is calculated for each day the loan is outstanding. It is not necessary that the loan remain unpaid at the end of the year of the borrower for a benefit to be calculated. If the loan is repaid in the year, the benefit is calculated on the number of days that the loan was outstanding in that year.

Paragraph 80.4(1)(b), provides for an addition to the interest benefit amount when interest on the loan is paid or payable for the year by certain third parties on behalf of the borrower. Therefore, such interest will be added to the calculation of the interest benefit if it is paid or payable by any of the following persons:

  • the employer or intended employer of the individual by virtue of whom the loan or debt was made; for example, when the employer is not the lender, but pays interest or agrees to pay interest to the lender;
  • any person related to the employer; for example, were it not for this subparagraph, a benefit could be avoided by having a corporate employer make a loan to an employee and have the interest paid by a related corporation; or
  • a person or a partnership, which is, or will be, the recipient of services performed by a corporation carrying on a personal services business; here we refer to the employer of the incorporated employee or to a person (other than the borrower) who is not dealing at arm’s-length with this person or a member of the partnership.

Paragraph 80.4(1)(c), provides that the benefit calculated for a person or partnership will be reduced by the amount of any interest paid in respect of any such loans in the year or within 30 days thereafter, regardless of the identity of the payer. Accrued interest at year-end is not considered, unless it is paid within the 30-day period.

Paragraph 80.4(1)(d) reduces the benefit calculation if the borrower reimburses, in the year or within 30 days thereafter, any portion of the interest the person or entity described in paragraph 80.4(1)(b) had paid on the loan.

Subsection 80.4(7) defines, for the purposes of section 80.4, the “prescribed rate.” The reference to “prescribed” refers to section 4301 of the Regulations.

Shareholder benefit – Subsection 80.4(2)

Subsection 80.4(2) applies when a loan is received by a person or a partnership described in the subsection in the capacity of a shareholder. The benefit under subsection 80.4(2) is deemed to be received by the person or the partnership who received the loan or debt and not by the shareholder by virtue of whom the loan or debt was made.

For example, a loan is made to the spouse or common-law partner of a shareholder and by virtue of that person’s shareholdings. The spouse or common-law partner, not the shareholder, will be required to include the imputed interest benefit in income.

Calculation of the benefit – Subsection 80.4(2)

The benefit is calculated as the difference between paragraphs 80.4(2)(d) and (e) for each tax year in which the loan remains outstanding.

Paragraph 80.4(2)(d) applies for all loans of the person or partnership which are outstanding at any time in a tax year. If a person or partnership has received two or more loans that were outstanding in the tax year, the interest benefit will be determined by totalling the interest benefits for all such loans.

The calculation of the paragraph 80.4(2)(d) amount consists of applying the prescribed rates (section 4301 of the Regulations) on a daily basis to the outstanding loan balance.

It is not necessary that a loan balance remain outstanding at the end of the year for a benefit to be calculated. If the loan or debt is repaid in full before the year-end, the benefit is calculated for the number of days in the year during which the loan was outstanding.

Paragraph 80.4(2)(e) applies to reduce the amount of the benefit by the amount of interest paid on all such loans in the year or within 30 days thereafter by any party. Interest payable at yearend does not reduce the interest benefit, unless such amounts are actually paid within 30 days after that year-end.

If a corporation pays the interest on a loan on behalf of one of its shareholders, the amount of interest paid will be considered in the calculation in paragraph 80.4(2)(e).

This could occur if a shareholder received a loan from a related corporation and the corporation in which he or she owns shares pays any part of the interest. In such cases, the payment of interest by the corporation reduces the interest benefit to the shareholder under paragraph 80.4(2)(e). However, a benefit of an equal amount arises under subsection 15(1), since the corporation has provided the shareholder a benefit by paying the debt.

Exceptions set out in subsection 80.4(3)

Subsection 80.4(3) provides exceptions to the rules set out in subsections 80.4(1) and (2). Paragraph 80.4(3)(a) provides that a benefit will not arise if the rate of interest payable on the debt is equal to or greater than the rate of interest that would have been agreed upon in an arm’s length transaction at the time the obligation was incurred.

There are two assumptions to consider:

  1. none of the parties received the loan because of an employment or shareholder capacity; and
  2. the ordinary business of the lender included lending money.

However, this exception will not apply if a party other than the debtor pays any interest on the debt to the creditor, even if the interest was negotiated at normal commercial rates.

For example, on August 30, 2013, an individual obtains a $100,000 loan at 8% interest from a corporate employer. Assume that the loan meets the requirements of paragraph 80.4(3)(a). Therefore, no imputed interest benefit will apply under section 80.4. If in 2014 a related corporation agrees to pay one-quarter of the interest (2%), then section 80.4 will apply in that year. A benefit will only be determined, however, if the prescribed rate exceeds 6% (the net amount that the individual is required to pay).

As stated in paragraph 10 of Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT421R2, Benefits to individuals, corporations, and shareholders from loans or debt, paragraph 80.4(3)(b), provides that subsections 80.4(1) and (2) do not apply if another provision of Part I of the ITA brings the loan or debt into the income of the debtor. For example, neither subsection 80.4(1) nor (2)apply if subsection 15(2) has already brought the loan or debt into the taxpayer’s income. An assessment under subsection 15(2) is not precluded, even if the taxpayer has voluntarily reported a benefit under section 80.4. Subsection 15(2) has priority over section 80.4.

Loans to shareholder-employees

As indicated in Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT421R2, Benefits to individuals, corporations, and shareholders from loans or debt, the capacity in which a person or partnership receives a loan is significant because that capacity determines whether any benefit is to be computed under subsection 80.4(1), as a result of an office or employment or under 80.4(2), as a result of shareholdings. If a person is both an employee and a shareholder, it is a question of fact whether a loan arose as a result of the person’s shareholdings or as result of the office or employment. For more information about benefits arising by virtue of shareholdings, go to Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT421R2  paragraphs 6 and 7.

Once a loan or other indebtedness becomes subject to the provisions of section 80.4, it remains subject to those provisions for all tax years until fully repaid. Therefore, a loan obtained by reason of shareholdings can continue to be subject to section 80.4, even if the recipient of the loan is no longer a shareholder.

Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT421R2 , Benefits to individuals, corporations, and shareholders from loans or debt, paragraph 9, states that a benefit, calculated under the provisions of section 80.4, is brought into the income of an individual, partnership, corporation, or shareholder, as the case may be, according to these provisions under:

a) subsection 80.4(1) benefits:

  • under subsection 6(9) in the case of an individual;
  • under paragraph 12(1)(w) in the case of a corporation that carries on a personal services business as described in paragraph 125(7)(d); and
  • under subsection 15(9) in the case of a person or partnership, if subsection 6(9) or paragraph 12(1)(w) does not require the amount to be included in income.

b) subsection 80.4(2) benefits, under subsection 15(9).

Deductibility of interest assessed under section 80.4

Section 80.5, provides that a benefit is included in the income of a taxpayer under section 80.4 for employee or shareholder debt, the amount of the benefit is deemed to be interest paid in the year according to a legal obligation for borrowed money for the purposes of the rules in subparagraph 8(1)(j)(i) and paragraph 20(1)(c). Therefore, if the borrowed funds are used to earn income from business or property, the amount of the interest may be deductible in computing the income of the taxpayer.

Under subparagraph 8(1)(j)(i), employees are permitted to deduct interest on funds borrowed to buy a motor vehicle or aircraft if they are eligible to deduct expenses under either the salesmen’s or travel expense provisions, that is paragraphs 8(1)(f), (h), or (h.1). Therefore, if a benefit is included in the income of an employee under section 80.4 and the borrowed funds are used to acquire a motor vehicle or aircraft, the employee is allowed to treat the section 80.4  benefit as interest expense under subparagraph 8(1)(j)(i).

Non-residents

Non-resident tax under subsection 212(2) may apply if a corporation resident in Canada makes a loan to a shareholder, or to any other person or partnership described in subsection 80.4(2). In such cases, any benefit deemed to have been received under subsection 80.4(2) which would be included in the recipient’s income for the year under subsection 15(9) if the recipient were resident in Canada, will, by virtue of paragraph 214(3)(a), be subject to non-resident tax under subsection 212(2) for any tax year in which the recipient is a non-resident.

If a non-resident is employed in Canada and received a loan or otherwise incurred a debt by virtue of that employment, any benefit deemed received under subsection 80.4(1) is included in computing the non-resident’s taxable income earned in Canada by virtue of subsections 2(3), 6(9), and 115(1).

24.12.6 Subsection 80.4(2) of the ITA – Audit issues

Whether subsection 80.4(1) or 80.4(2) applies

It is important to determine if subsection 80.4(1) or 80.4(2) apply to a loan received by an employee-shareholder because:

  • the benefit is calculated differently;
  • source deductions apply to interest benefits taxable under subsection 6(9), but not to benefits taxable under subsection 15(9);
  • if subsection 80.4(1) applies, the benefit is taxable in the hands of the employee, even if a third party, such as the employee’s spouse or common-law partner, may be the real debtor or beneficiary of the loan; however, benefits under subsection 80.4(2) are taxable only in the hands of the debtor;
  • a loan obtained by a person as a shareholder cannot be characterized as a home purchase or relocation loan under subsection 80.4(4); and
  • the deductibility of the interest deemed paid under section 80.5 may vary.

The CRA’s assessment policy regarding section 80.4, subsection 15(2.6), and paragraph 20(1)(j)

The CRA’s November 22, 1994, revised position on assessments gives more importance to section 80.4 than to subsection 15(2.6) and paragraph 20(1)(j). The new policy is:

For more information, go to Tax & Charities Appeals Directorate (TCAD) Decision Details ITC-93-009R, dealing with the CRA’s position on what constitutes a series of loans and repayments.

Example

Suppose you audit an individual in May 2014 for the 2012 and 2013 tax years. The individual is a shareholder of a corporation whose fiscal period ends June 30. In May 2012, the taxpayer borrowed $40,000 from the corporation, and, in September 2012, an additional $60,000.

You conclude that none of the exceptions in subsections 15(2.3) or (2.4) apply. The loans were not repaid before the audit, and there is no indication the loans will be repaid in the near future. Under subsection 15(2.6), the individual has until June 30, 2013, to repay the $40,000 loan and until June 30, 2014, to repay the loan of $60,000.

However, our policy says that the interest benefit be calculated under section 80.4  for 2012 without waiting for the oneyear repayment period per subsection 15(2.6) and code the file for a followup audit. If during the follow-up audit, it is determined that the loan is taxable under subsection 15(2), a reassessment will be issued to delete the 80.4 benefit and tax the shareholder under subsection 15(2).

Interrelationship of subsection 15(2) and section 80.4

Paragraph 80.4(3)(b) provides that no benefit will be assessed under section 80.4 for any amount included in income under Part I. For this reason, subsection 15(2) is considered to take precedence over section 80.4. As a result, shareholder loans and indebtedness will be assessed under subsection 15(2) whenever that subsection applies, notwithstanding that section 80.4 would otherwise apply.

If a taxpayer has already reported a section 80.4 benefit when it should have been taxed under subsection 15(2), a reassessment will be issued to delete the section 80.4 benefit and tax the shareholder under subsection 15(2), unless the difference would be minor.

If a repayment of a loan or indebtedness has been made in a year, no carry-back to the previous year will be permitted. Instead, assessments will be issued under subsection 15(2) and paragraph 20(1)(j) in respect of the years in which the loan or indebtedness was incurred and repaid.

Offsets can be allowed in accordance with the policy described in the next section, Offsetting accounts receivable and payable (paragraph five).

A shareholder loan or indebtedness, which is not taxable under subsection 15(2), will, of course, be governed by section 80.4. As well, when the loan or indebtedness, or a major portion, arose in a year which is now statute-barred, section 80.4 will be applied to tax the benefit until such time as it has been repaid.

Offsetting accounts receivable and payable

Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT421R2, Benefits to individuals, corporations, and shareholders from loans or debt, paragraph 14, states that, “Generally, no netting or offsetting of any accounts “due to” or “due from” the shareholder or employee will be deemed or considered to have taken place so as to eliminate the calculation of a benefit during a particular period.” However, offsets or netting will be allowed in certain circumstances.

The CRA’s policy on offsets or netting will apply to assessments issued under subsection 15(2) as well as section 80.4.

Whenever offsets or netting are permitted, the corporation will be required to make all the necessary entries and resolutions in its books and records in order to give proper (and legal) effect to the offsets. This will have to be done before the audit is finalized if the offset is to be approved.

If it appears that an offset or netting will benefit a shareholder, that person must, in all cases, be given the opportunity to request that it be applied.

Offsets can be allowed if the terms of the loans to and from a shareholder are the same. For example, an interestfree loan from the corporation could be offset by a similar loan to the corporation. On the other hand, if the loans have different terms (interest rate, period, or maturity), no offset would be allowed.

If a third-party lender to a corporation requires that a shareholder maintain a credit balance with the corporation, that credit will not be available to the shareholder as an offset.

Offsets will not ordinarily be permitted if an individual has offsetting accounts with two different corporations or if a corporation has accounts with different individuals. However, there could be some situations where, in the auditor’s judgement, a refusal to allow such an offset would be clearly unfair. This could arise, for example, if the taxpayer was inexperienced and was completely unaware of the tax implications and there appears to have been no reason for setting up separate accounts in the first place.

Case law generally requires that the intention to offset be clear and unequivocal.

Go to:

  • Wood v MNR, 1988 (TCC) 88 DTC 1180
  • Gannon v MNR, 1988 (TCC) 88 DTC 1282
  • Wolf v MNR, 1992 (TCC) 92 DTC 1858
  • Austin v MNR, 1991 (TCC) 91 DTC 778

To ensure proper and legal effect, make sure that:

  • a resolution about the offset is entered in the minute book of the corporation;
  • a journal entry is made to the books and records of the corporation so that the balance sheet reflects the offsetting of the receivable and payable; and
  • the shareholder is asked to provide a written confirmation of the offset to the CRA.

Accrued salaries and bonuses

An accrued salary or bonus is taxable in an employee’s hands at the time when it is received. This is when a cash payment is made or, if no such payment is made, when the amount is applied against amounts owing by the employee to the employer.

If the employee has included the accrued salary or bonus in income at a particular time, but the amount was not credited to that person’s loan account, the employee and the employer will be asked whether payment was made and if so, on what date. The salary or bonus will be considered to have been paid on the day indicated by them for purposes of subsection 15(2) and section 80.4 according to the offset practice as discussed above.

Withholding tax ordinarily must be remitted to the CRA in the month following that in which the payment or offset is made. Limit Audit involvement in connection with withholding requirements on payments effected by offsets to a notification to the Trust Examination Section that such an offset has been made. The extent to which these referrals are pursued is a decision to be made by the Trust Examination Section and not by Audit.

If the employee and employer indicate that payment has not been made, the salary or bonus will not constitute income in the employee’s hands at that time, and an adjustment may have to be made to delete it from the reported income. Subsection 78(4) may apply to the employer.

Accrued salaries and bonuses, which are used as offsets, will neither reduce nor eliminate any benefits under section 80.4 arising prior to the effective date of the offsets.

The crediting of a bonus, salary, or a dividend against an existing debt does not, in any way, mean that the debt has been brought into income. Consequently, paragraph 80.4(3)(b) does not apply in this situation.

Calculation of the section 80.4 benefit

The shareholder loan and indebtedness accounts must be analyzed to arrive at the amounts subject to subsection 15(2) and paragraph 20(1)(j).

The amount of the shareholder’s loan or indebtedness that is subject to section 80.4 must then be determined for each tax year. This is done by taking the current shareholder loan balance, subtracting all amounts assessable under subsection 15(2) for that year and all previous years, and adding all previous years’ paragraph 20(1)(j) deductions.

If the balance at the end of a statute-barred year is assessable under subsection 15(2), calculate two separate benefits under section 80.4 for transactions made:

  1. in the current years, the benefits are determined, as explained in the previous paragraph; and
  2. in statute-barred years, section 80.4 will apply to the full statutebarred balance.

Amounts assessed under subsection 15(2) are specific amounts on specific dates and are removed from the calculations for section 80.4 benefits. When a deduction under paragraph 20(1)(j) is claimed for the repayment of a subsection 15(2) amount, it is also calculated on a specific date.

Example

Corp A Ltd. loans its shareholder Mr. X $100,000 on July 1, 2010, 2011 and 2012. Corp A has a June 30 yearend. Mr. X makes his first repayment of $20,000 on September 1, 2013.

Result

Because the first $100,000 was not repaid by the end of June 30, 2012, Mr. X will be assessed a subsection 15(2) benefit on his 2010 T1 Income Tax and Benefit Return. Since the second $100,000 was not repaid by the end of June 30, 2013, Mr. X will be assessed a subsection 15(2) benefit on his 2011 return.On his 2013 T1 return, Mr. X claims a paragraph 20(1)(j) deduction for $20,000. The amount of the shareholder loan balance on December 31, 2013 is $280,000 (3 * $100,000 – $20,000).

To calculate the amount on which section 80.4 applies in 2013:

  • Amount of the shareholder loan balance: $280,000
  • Less the amount of subsection 15(2) in all years: $100,000 + $100,000
  • Plus any paragraph 20(1)(j) repayments in all years: $20,000

The result is that section 80.4 will apply to $100,000 of the balance. $80,000 will have interest calculated for the entire 365 days, but $20,000 will only have interest calculated from January 1, 2013, until payment was made on September 1, 2013.

Because of the one-year repayment period set out in subsection 15(2.6) , a follow-up audit may be required if a loan or indebtedness arose in the most recent year filed.

Daily balances should be used to compute benefits according to section 80.4 . However, in most cases, the use of a balance, taken in the month as the average for that month, will yield the same results and is allowable. If these monthly balances are not representative or if the taxpayer objects to their use, daily or weekly balances can be used.

Forgiven loans

As indicated in paragraph 11 of Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT421R2, Benefits to individuals, corporations, and shareholders from loans or debt, if a loan to an employee is forgiven, the amount forgiven is income in the hands of the employee in accordance with subsection 6(15). However, paragraph 80.4(3)(b) would not apply to reduce any benefit included in the employee’s income according to subsection 80.4(1) in a prior year for such a loan.

Similarly, if a loan to a shareholder is forgiven, the forgiven amount is income in the shareholder’s hands under subsection 15(1.2) in the year of forgiveness, but this would not reduce a benefit included in income for a previous year under subsection 80.4(2), assuming that subsection 15(2) did not earlier apply to the same loan.

Example 1 – Application of subsection 80.4(2)

The following example illustrates the calculation of a benefit under subsection 80.4(2)  in 2013 for an individual who borrows $200,000 from the corporation in the capacity as a shareholder. Suppose that the prescribed interest rate is 5% for the first three quarters of the year and 6% for the last quarter. The loan was made on January 1, 2013, and no repayment has been made. The shareholder paid $3,000 in interest in 2013 and $2,500 on January 10, 2014.

The benefit under subsection 80.4(2)  would be:

$200,000 x 5% x 3/4            $7,500

$200,000 x 6% x 1/4              3,000

                      $10,500

Less: interest paid                 5,500

Taxable benefit for 2013    $5,000

Example 2 – Application of subsections 80.4(1)  and 80.4(2)

Facts

On May 15, 2013, Ms. F obtained a $200,000 loan from a financial institution to buy astronomy equipment with the assistance of her employer, Z Inc. She wasn’t able to obtain the loan without the help of her employer. The terms of the loan were:

  • Ms. F had to make interest payments of $300 per month beginning June 30, 2013. Of this amount, $200 had to be paid directly to the financial institution and $100 had to be paid to the employer through payroll deductions. Ms. F was paid her salary on the 30th of each month. An annual principal repayment of $10,000 was due on November 15.
  • Z Inc. paid the financial institution monthly interest payments of $600, starting on June 30, 2013.

Application of subsection 80.4(1)

Under subsection 80.4(1), Ms. F is deemed to have received a benefit equal to the amount, if any, by which the total of:

a) the interest at the prescribed rate:

$200,000 x 5% x 45/365 days                   $1,233

$200,000 x 5% x 92/365 days                     2,521

$200,000 x 6% x 45/365 days*                   1,479

$190,000 x 6% x 47/365 days                     1,468

                                                    $6,701

Plus

b) the interest paid or payable in the year by:

(i) Z Inc. ($600 X 7 months)                       $4,200

(ii) and (iii) N/A                                                     0         4,200

                                                         $10,901

Exceeds:

c) the interest paid on the loan by:

the employee ($200 x 7 months)            $1,400

the employer ($600 x 7 months)               4,200       $5,600

d) any portion of the amount in (b)

paid by the debtor ($100 x 7 months)                            700

                                            $6,300

Benefit under subsection 80.4(1)                                $4,601

*The CRA calculates the period as including the first day, but excluding the date of the repayment. This approach follows normal business practice.

According to subsection 6(9), Ms. F must include $4,601 in her income for the 2013 tax year as income from an office or employment.

Note that the interest the employer paid the bank is taken into consideration twice when calculating the benefit. An amount of $4,200 was added to the calculation according to paragraph 80.4(1)(b) , and the same amount was deducted under paragraph 80.4(1)(c) . Therefore, the fact that the employer paid interest on the employee’s behalf did not increase the benefit deemed received by the employee. The only time this situation will affect the calculation of the benefit, is when the interest paid or payable by the employer (80.4(1)(b)) exceeds the interest actually paid by the employer (80.4(1)(c)).

In summary, the deemed benefit ($4,601) equals the interest at the prescribed rate ($6,701) less the interest Ms. F paid directly to the bank ($1,400) and the interest she reimbursed to Z Inc. ($700).

The net interest paid by Z Inc. to the financial institution is a deductible business expense, to the extent that such interest together with all other remuneration to Ms. F is reasonable in relation to the value of the services she renders to her employer.

Note: This differs markedly from a loan received in a shareholder capacity. The difference is attributable to the fact that employee-related expenses are considered laid out for the purposes of earning income; whereas expenses related to shareholders do not.

Application of subsection 80.4(2)

If Ms. F is also a Z Inc. shareholder and received the loan in this capacity, the benefit would be calculated in the following way:

(a) The amount by which interest at the
      prescribed rate                                                               $6,701

Exceeds:

(b) The interest paid on the loan in the
      year by:

      Z Inc. ($600 x 7 months)                                $4,200

      Ms. F to the bank ($200 x 7 months)            1,400       5,600

Subsection 80.4(2)  deemed benefit                                 $1,101

(Benefit to the shareholder according to

subsection 15(9) and included in income

under subsection 15(1))

Benefit under subsection 15(1)

Personal expenses paid by the corporation   $4,200

Less: amount repaid by Ms. F                                 700     3,500

Total benefit                                                                        $4,601

Even though the total benefit is the same whether Ms. F receives the loan in her capacity as an employee or shareholder, the amount of the benefit deemed to be interest paid under section 80.5 differs. If the loan was received in Ms. F’s capacity as a shareholder, the deemed interest paid is $1,101. In her capacity as an employee, it is $4,601.

24.12.7 References

Income Tax Interpretation Bulletins

Court cases

Loan and indebtedness

  • Liffman et al. v MNR, 1990 (TCC) 90 DTC 1854
  • AC Simmonds & Sons Ltd. v MNR, 1989 (TCC) 89 DTC 707

Subsection 15(2)  of the ITA– Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms

  • Laflamme v MNR, 1993 (TCC) 93 DTC 50

Whether an estate was connected to the shareholders of a corporation

  • Wright Estate v The Queen, 1996 (TCC) 96 DTC 1509

Demand loans

  • Perlingieri v MNR, 1993 (TCC) 93 DTC 158

Loan received as borrower or shareholder

  • Wolinsky et al. v MNR, 1990 (TCC) 90 DTC 1854

Loan documentation

  • Tick v MNR, 1972 (FCTD) 72 DTC 6135
  • D’Astous et al. v MNR, 1985 (TCC) 85 DTC 440

Training product

  • TD1019-000, Shareholder’s Debt and Loans

Income Tax Rulings

  • Document No. 9606625, May 3, 1996, Société Rattachée aux Associés Actionnaires (available in French only)
  • Document No. 9639060, December 10, 1996, Terms of repayment of shareholder loan exempt by reason of subsection 15(2.3)
  • Document No. 9234987, January 27, 1993, Foreign holiday dwelling
  • Document No. 9509745, August 11, 1995, Shareholder/Employee Housing Loan 15(2), 80.4

Some of the comments in 24.12.4 were taken from TOM 13(15) 2.1 to 2.4. TOM 13 has been withdrawn from circulation.

24.13.0 Transfer of property to a corporation by shareholders

Introduction

A person who wants to incorporate their business, would normally trigger tax consequences when they disposed of their assets at FMV to the new corporation. However, the ITA allows a transfer of eligible property for an elected amount if the shareholder or a member of a partnership transfers the property to a “taxable Canadian corporation” or to a “Canadian partnership.” This amount may be different from the FMV under certain conditions, thereby allowing the deferral of the tax implications that otherwise would occur upon disposition.

This section deals primarily with the CRA’s position if a property is transferred under section 85 of the ITA. Generally, however, the CRA policy for rollovers may also apply to:

  • subsection 93(1) – Election re disposition of share of foreign affiliate;
  • subsection 97(2) – Rules if election by partners; and
  • subsection 98(3) – Rules applicable if partnership ceases to exist.

24.13.1 For future use

24.13.2 Transfer of property – Income tax implications

Legislation

Section 85 of the ITA allows, under specified circumstances, a property rollover without causing taxable income for the transferor. To make use of this section, the transferor and the corporation (transferee) must fill in and file Form T2057, Election on disposition of property by a taxpayer to a taxable Canadian corporation. It must be filed at the earliest due date of the income tax returns for either of the two parties involved. The filing requirements and the late or amended filing of an election are set out in subsections 85(6) to 85(9).

The transferor may be an individual, a corporation, or a trust and either a resident or nonresident. A partnership may also be the transferor according to subsection 85(2), using Form T2058, Election on Disposition of Property by a Partnership to a Taxable Canadian Corporation.

When a non-resident makes a transfer of property under subsection 85(1) of the ITA, consult the TSO International Audit Section to ensure the provisions of the ITA (for example, section 116 of the ITA – Clearance Certificate) and Income Tax Convention are considered.

The transferor’s property must be transferred to a “taxable Canadian corporation.” Subsection 97(2) provides for a comparable rollover to a “Canadian partnership.”

Property eligible for rollover

Only “eligible property” defined in subsection 85(1.1) of the ITA may be transferred according to subsection 85(1). Briefly, these properties are not eligible to be transferred:

  • real property owned by a non-resident – paragraph 85(1.1)(a);
  • real property in inventory or held as “an adventure or concern in the nature of trade” – paragraph 85(1.1)(f).

For more information on “eligible property,” go to paragraph 4 of Income Tax Interpretation Bulletin IT291R3, Transfer of Property to a Corporation Under Subsection 85(1)

Note: The inclusion of ineligible property in an election does not make the election for other eligible property invalid. A property omitted is considered a property having been subject to a FMV disposition.

Agreed amount respects various limits

The amount (proceeds of disposition) the transferor and transferee agree to, is the basis for computing several of the income tax implications of a rollover. Although the taxpayers may choose the agreed amount, subsection 85(1) sets out the range in which the agreed amount must absolutely fall, as follows:

  • Maximum limit for the agreed amount for an eligible property is always the FMV of the property transferred (paragraph 85(1)(c)).
  • Minimum limit for the agreed amount for an eligible property will depend on the type of property being transferred, as illustrated by the following table.

Minimum limit is the greater of (a) and (b) below:

(a) For all property = FMV of non-share consideration (paragraph 85(1)(b))

               (b) Minimum limit – Different types of properties

Inventory   
(b) Lesser of:

  • FMV of property; and
  • tax value of property (paragraph 85(1)(c.1)) 

Non-depreciable capital property
(b)
 Lesser of:

  • FMV of property; and
  • ACB of property (paragraph 85(1)(c.1)) 

Depreciable capital property
(b)
 Least of:

  • FMV of property;
  • UCC of class; and
  • cost of property (paragraph 85(1)(e)) 

Eligible capital property
(b)
 Least of:

  • FMV of property;
  • 4/3 of cumulative eligible capital (CEC); and
  • cost of property (paragraph 85(1)(d))

Order of property disposition

When more than one depreciable property or more than one eligible capital property are transferred simultaneously to a corporation, each property is transferred as if they were done separately in the order designated by the taxpayer according to paragraph 85(1)(e.1) of the ITA.

The transfer of the first depreciable property would reduce the balance of the UCC in its asset class. When the next property is transferred, the UCC balance will reflect the transfer of the previous property.

In general, if the non-share consideration received is not greater than the UCC of the asset class, there is a disposition order that would allow a recapture to be avoided. However, if the nonshare consideration can be linked to a specific property, a recapture is possible.

Note: Depreciable properties are generally entered on the prescribed form by order of class. The auditor must ask for the disposition order when the amounts of the transactions indicate that a review is required. Audit findings that require further analysis include:

  • very high cost of certain properties
  • low UCC of the class
  • few properties in the class
  • non-share consideration linked to a specific property

Cost of the consideration received

The agreed amount is used to determine the transferor’s cost of all the properties received in consideration.

The cost of the consideration can be determined as follows:

  • The cost of the non-share consideration is determined based on its FMV – paragraph 85(1)(f).
  • The balance (agreed amount minus the FMV of the non-share consideration) is attributed to the preferred shares up to their FMV – paragraph 85(1)(g).
  • If, after determining the cost of the non-share consideration and the preferred shares, an agreed amount remains, it will be attributed to the common shares – paragraph 85(1)(h).

Nature of the shares received in consideration for the property

Paragraph 85(1)(i) of the ITA deems the shares received to be taxable Canadian property when the property transferred was a taxable Canadian property for the transferor. Therefore, a nonresident could be subject to tax in Canada on any gain realized on the sale of shares received as consideration.

Section 54.2 of the ITA deems the shares received to be capital property when 90% or more of the assets used in an active business were transferred to a corporation. Therefore, any subsequent disposition of shares will be treated as a taxable capital gain rather than as business income. A taxpayer who is an individual could be eligible for the capital gains deduction according to section 110.6.

Paid-up capital adjustment

Subsection 85(2.1) of the ITA is an anti-avoidance provision that allows the paid-up capital (PUC) of the shares received, in consideration for a transferred property, to be adjusted. Paragraphs 85(2.1)(a) and (b) are sometimes referred to as the “PUC grind” and “PUC bump,” respectively. These paragraphs make sure that any increase in PUC in excess of the cost (usually the agreed amount) minus the FMV of the nonshare consideration is removed when considering certain later transactions. Without the “grind,” when the shares were redeemed it was possible to avoid deemed dividends under subsection 84(3) and instead experience gains which could have preferential tax treatment. The “bump” generally makes sure that the shares left in the class are not affected.

When the auditor applies subsection 85(2.1), both the transferor and transferee listed on Form T2057, Election on disposition of property by a taxpayer to a taxable Canadian corporation, or Form T2058, Election on Disposition of Property by a Partnership to a Taxable Canadian Corporation, must be informed in writing and a copy of the letter must be added to the permanent document folder of both parties.

A reduction of PUC does not have immediate income tax implications. However, implications occur when the PUC is used, such as at the time of the share repurchase or when the PUC is returned to the shareholder. This is a permanent adjustment to a class of shares. When shares are redeemed, the taxpayer must include the reduction of PUC in computing the deemed dividend according to subsection 84(3). As PUC is calculated at any time, it does not matter if the year of the rollover is statute-barred. As well, as the shares may have been sold multiple times and no longer belong to the original shareholder, the reduction remains applicable whether or not the taxpayer has been informed.

Following a share repurchase, a gross-up of the PUC is necessary according to paragraph 85(2.1)(b), so that the PUC of the remaining of the shares does not change. The basis for the calculation is the PUC reduction at the time the PUC is calculated.

Cost of the property for the corporation

In general, the agreed amount according to section 85 is used to determine the cost of the property for the “taxable Canadian corporation” or the “Canadian partnership.”

However, the cost of a depreciable property for the purposes of computing the CCA may be adjusted according to one of these provisions of the ITA:

  • Paragraph 13(7)(e) if these conditions are met:

i) the transferor and transferee do not deal at arm’s length
ii) the property was a capital property of the transferor

  • Subsection 85(5) if the capital cost of the property for the transferor exceeds the agreed amount

The application of paragraph 13(7)(e) or subsection 85(5) overrides any capital cost that could have been determined under section 85. For the purposes of computing capital gains, the capital cost does not change. That is, it corresponds to the agreed amount (any additional amount of recapture because of subsection 85(5) will be removed in the determination of capital gain by paragraph 39(1)(a)).

Income Tax Regulation 1100(2.2) excludes some depreciable properties from the halfyear rule if the transferor acquired and owned the property at least 364 days before the end of the transferee’s tax year in which the rollover occurred. The halfyear rule would apply only if the transferor owned the property for less than 364 days before the transferee’s yearend.

For more information on computing the acquisition cost, see Research Guide RG-41B, Capital Cost of Certain Property – 1994 and subsequent years, paragraphs 13(7)(e) and (e.1) Rules applicable, 13(7.3) Control of corporations by one trustee.

Other important issues to be considered

When a taxpayer transfers an eligible property to a taxable Canadian corporation according to section 85, these provisions must be considered:

  • subsection 13(21.2), if the transferor claims a loss on the disposition of a depreciable property;
  • subsection 14(3), if the corporation acquired an eligible capital property from the shareholder with whom it does not deal at arm’s length;
  • subsection 14(12), if the transferor claims a loss on the disposition of eligible capital property;
  • subsection 15(1), if a shareholder receives consideration greater than the FMV of the property transferred to the corporation;
  • subsections 40(3.3) to (3.6), if the transferor claims a loss on the disposition of an undepreciable capital property;
  • section 69, if the rollover occurred between non-arm’s length parties for inadequate consideration;
  • section 84.1, if an individual shareholder sold shares to a corporation with which the shareholder does not deal at arm’s length;
  • paragraph 85(1)(e.2), if it is reasonable to regard any part of the excess of the FMV of the property transferred over the greater of the FMV of the total consideration or the amount agreed to as a benefit that the taxpayer wanted to confer on a related person (the auditor does not have to prove that it was the taxpayer’s “intent;” it is only necessary to demonstrate that it is reasonable to regard the excess as a benefit – it is an objective test);
  • subsection 85(2.1), if the PUC has not been adjusted correctly after applying subsections 85(1) or (2) to the disposition of a property;
  • section 212.1, if a non-resident shareholder sold shares to a corporation with which the shareholder does not deal at arm’s length;
  • subsection 55(2), if the eligible property is a share of the capital stock from which a taxable dividend received was deducted according to subsections 112(1), 112(2), or 138(6) before the rollover; go to subsection 55(2) – Capital gains stripping, for more information on the conditions when this anti-avoidance provision applies;
  • subsection 245(2), in case of a tax avoidance transaction; and
  • subsection 1100(2) of the Regulations, if the transferee claims CCA on the total cost and not on 50% of the cost.

Before deciding to apply the provisions listed above, consult Real Estate Appraisal and/or Business Equity Valuation to determine the FMV of the property transferred and the consideration. For more information, go to 10.11.4, Referrals for real estate appraisal or business equity valuation.

The value of a benefit may be reduced or cancelled if:

  • the CRA approves the adjustment of the sale price when a price adjustment clause applies to the transaction;
  • the benefit stems entirely from an assessment and the shareholder wants to reimburse the corporation according to the reimbursement policy.

24.13.3 Transfer of property – Guidelines

Consideration for a transferred property

The consideration for a transferred property must include shares of the capital stock of the transferee corporation.

A rollover according to section 85 of the ITA without a share issue is not a valid election. However, following the court’s decision in Dale et al. v The Queen, 97 DTC 5252 (FCA), the CRA accepts, under certain specific conditions, elections if the issue of shares occurred after the transfer for legal reasons. According to this case, the CRA must respect the legislation of a province. Justice Robertson stated:

“If the legislature of a province authorizes its courts to deem something to have occurred on a date already past, then it is not for the Minister to undermine the legislation by refusing to recognize the clear effect of the deemed event”.

The CRA accepts the elections made according to section 85  if shares given in consideration do not have to be issued in due form at the time of the transfer if:

  • the transferor and transferee agreed, among other things, that the transferee will issue the required shares;
  • the transferee immediately takes the necessary steps to authorize the issuance of shares by presenting letters patent or articles of amendment, depending on the case; and
  • the transferee corporation immediately issues the shares once the necessary amendments have been made to the corporation’s incorporating document.

If, for whatever reason, the transferee corporation does not obtain, according to relevant provisions of corporate law, the necessary authority to issue shares, the election made according to section 85 will be considered invalid.

24.13.4 Section 85  of the ITA – Acceptable amended election

Late or amended elections made according to subsections 85(7) or (7.1) are acceptable if the taxpayer wishes to correct errors or omissions and pays an estimate of the penalty outlined in subsection 85(8). Note that clerical errors corrected by the tax center do not require an amended election.

The CRA may recognize a price adjustment clause provided that the conditions set out in Income Tax Folio S4-F3-C1(1.5), Price Adjustment Clause, 1.5 Requirements governing the recognition of a price adjustment clause, are met.

Following an assessment and the CRA’s recognition of a price adjustment clause, the implications are the same as those mentioned in 24.10.4 section, Reimbursement policy.

A taxpayer may file an amended election without incurring a penalty if:

  • the taxpayer or the CRA is making corrections only to clerical errors, notably to typographical errors, transcription errors, composition errors, and calculation errors;
  • the information on the prescribed form, other than the agreed amount, remains the same despite a correction to the election. For example, an incorrect ACB on the prescribed form may be corrected at any time. If the ACB is not corrected and if the prescribed form is statute-barred, the ACB of the transferred property can however be indicated according to the appropriate value since the actual ACB is not statute-barred.

Ineligible amended election

Amendments to an election filed under section 85 of the ITA will not be accepted when the main objective is to:

  • conduct retroactive tax planning;
  • take advantage of the laws passed after the date of the initial election;
  • evade or avoid income tax;
  • amend the agreed amount in the case of a statute-barred year.

Related subject

Go to 28.6.0, Penalties for late filed and/or amended elections under the ITA.

24.13.5 Section 85  of the ITA rollover checklist

Corporations commonly use the provisions of subsection 85(1) of the ITA, thereby electing to roll over “eligible property” in matters related to tax planning. A number of problems can result from an invalid election.

The following checklist helps to determine the validity of an election and to make the necessary adjustments under the provisions of the ITA and more specifically subsections 15(1), 69(4), 85(1), 85(2.1), and paragraph 85(1)(e.2). A separate checklist is required for each property. 

 Taxpayer: 
 Account No: 
 Case No.: File No.: Date:
  Yes  No  WP  Ref. 
 1. Has the election been confirmed by a resolution in the minute book?   
 2. Does the agreed amount meet the various limitations of subsection 85(1)  of the ITA? If not, the agreed amount will be adjusted under paragraph 85(1)(b) to (e.4)   
  Yes  No  WP  Ref. 
 1. Is it necessary to have the transferred property or the consideration received (other than as a share) valued by Business Equity Valuation or Real Estate Appraisal? The following can be used to help determine if a referral is necessary:
    a) Agreed amount = FMV of the property
    b) Capital gains deduction claimed under section 110.6 of the ITA
    c) Net capital loss carried over to the rollover year
    d) Relatively high FMV of the rolledover property
   
 2. Is it reasonable to consider the FMV of the transferred property that exceeds the higher of the FMV of the total consideration and the agreed amount as a benefit that the taxpayer wanted to confer on a related person? If yes, paragraph 85(1)(e.2) of the ITA may apply.   
 3. Is the FMV of the consideration received by the transferor greater than the FMV of the property transferred to the corporation? If yes, the transferor received a taxable benefit under subsection 15(1) of the ITA.   
 4. If a price adjustment clause is included in the contract of sale, does the clause meet the conditions specified in Income Tax Folio S4-F3-C1, Price Adjustment Clauses? If yes, the taxpayer could file an amended election under subsection 85(7.1) if it pertains to a valuation.   
  Yes  No  WP  Ref. 
 1. Is the transferee a “taxable Canadian corporation”? If not, the election is invalid.   
 2. Did the transferor report a capital gain or business income upon sale of the transferred property?   
 3. Did the transferor claim a terminal loss, a capital loss, or a terminal allowance under paragraph 24(1)(a) of the ITA? If yes, a loss claimed after April 26, 1995, is deferred or depreciated in an “affiliated” situation in compliance with subsections 13(21.2), 14(12), or 40(3.2) to (3.6) of the ITA.   
 4. Did the transferee report a capital gain or business income at the time of the appropriation of property to a shareholder? The proceeds of disposition are equal to the property’s FMV in compliance with subsection 69(4) of the ITA.   
  Yes  No  WP  Ref.
 1. Has the transferor made an election on ineligible property? If yes, this situation has no bearing on the rest of the rollover. “Eligible property” is defined in subsection 85(1.1) of the ITA.   
 2. Are all properties included in the contract of sale included on the prescribed form? If not, omitted property is considered property that was disposed of according to its FMV. The taxpayer could file an amended election to correct the situation.   
 3. Were shares that constituted capital property for an individual transferor, transferred to a corporation with which the transferor had a non-arm’s length relationship? If yes, consider the application of section 84.1.   
 4. Were a number of eligible properties transferred? If yes, ask the taxpayer for the order in which each eligible capital property and each depreciable property was disposed of. An analysis may be warranted.   
 5. Is the eligible property a share of capital stock for which a taxable dividend received was deducted under subsection 112(1), 112(2), or 138(6)? If yes, consider the application of subsection 55(2) of the ITA if the transaction is part of a transaction, an event, or a series of transactions or events.   
  Yes  No  WP  Ref.
 1. Did the transferor receive shares in consideration of the transferred property? If not, the rollover is not a valid election.   
 2. Does the share ledger confirm the issue of shares by the corporation?   
 3. Was the cost of the consideration received computed in compliance with paragraphs 85(1)(f) to (h) of the ITA?   
 4. Can the increase in paid-up capital for shares lead to a deemed dividend by applying subsection 84(1) of the ITA?   
 5. Does the paid-up capital for shares issued need to be adjusted in compliance with section 84.1, section 212.1, or subsection 85(2.1) of the ITA?   
  Yes  No  WP  Ref.
 1. Is the cost of the property for the transferee greater than the cost for the transferor? If yes, the maximum CCA that the transferee may claim is computed based on the cost of the property determined in paragraph 13(7)(e) of the ITA.   
 2. Is the cost of the transferred property for the transferor greater than the agreed amount? If yes, the maximum CCA that the transferee may claim is computed based on the cost of the property determined in subsection 85(5) of the ITA.   
 3. Did the transferee claim CCA during the year of the transfer? If yes, does the half-year rule of subsection 1100(2) of the Regulations need to be applied?   
 4. In the case of a “rental property,” did the CCA claimed create a rental loss? If yes, part of the CCA claimed may be disallowed under subsection 1100(11) of the Regulations.   
 5. In the case of a passenger vehicle transferred to a related corporation, is the transferor continuing to use the vehicle for personal use? If yes, the benefit for the right of use for an automobile must be computed based on the FMV of the vehicle prior to the rollover under paragraph 85(1)(e.4) of the ITA.   
  Yes  No  WP  Ref.
 1. If the goodwill was transferred as part of a rollover, did the taxpayer indicate a nominal value for the goodwill generated by the business? “Nil” is not a nominal value.   
 2. Did the transferor claim an amount as a deduction from capital gains for the disposition of an eligible capital property? If yes, the transferee’s eligible capital expenditure may be reduced under subsection 14(3) of the ITA.   
  Yes  No  WP  Ref. 
 1. When accounts receivable are transferred to a corporation as part of the transfer of all or substantially all of the business from the transferor to the corporation:   
a) Did the transferor incur a loss upon disposition of the accounts receivable? If yes, the loss is usually a capital loss unless the transferor is a trader in accounts receivable.   
b) Did the transferor claim a reserve for the accounts receivable transferred? If yes, the claim is not eligible.   
c) Did the transferee claim a reserve under paragraphs 20(1)(l) or (p) in regard to the accounts receivable acquired? If yes, the deduction cannot be claimed. However, the effect of section 22 election would have to be considered.   
  Yes  No  WP  Ref. 
 1. Did the transferee dispose of the eligible capital property following the rollover? If yes, an adjustment to the “cumulative eligible capital” may be needed under paragraph 85(1)(d.1) of the ITA.   
 2. Did the transferee proceed with the purchase of shares issued at the time of the rollover? If yes, the reduction in paidup capital under subsection 85(2.1)(a) on the redeemed shares must be added back under subsection 85(2.1)(b) when establishing the paid-up capital of the remaining shares.   
 3. Were the shares received by the transferor “taxable Canadian property” or capital property? The treatment of a gain realized when the shares are disposed of in the future will depend on the type of shares.   
The provisions of subsection 85(1) of the ITA are metYes No 
 Auditor : Date:
  
 Team Leader : Date:
  

Example of rollover according to subsection 85(1) of the ITA

The facts according to Form T2057, Election on disposition of property by a taxpayer to a taxable Canadian corporation :

Details of eligible property disposed:

Land                                                                     FMV                  $650,000 Footnoteiii 

                                                                                      ACB                  $200,000

Details of consideration received:
       Painting                                                               FMV                   $125,000

       10 preferred shares                                          FMV/PUC          $525,000

Agreed amount:                                                                                  $200,000

Description of the preferred shares received:
       Share redemption value                                                             $  52,500

       Stated capital                                                                                $  52,500

What are the tax implications?

The solution

  1. The conditions for applying subsection 85(1) are met.
  2. The agreed amount of $200,000 satisfies the various limits.
  3. The cost of the non-share consideration (painting) = $125,000.
  4. The cost of the preferred shares = $200,000 – 125,000 = $75,000.
  5. The reduction of PUC = stated capital – (excess of agreed amount over the non-share consideration)
                                           = $525,000 – (200,000 – 125,000)
                                           = $450,000
  6. The PUC = stated capital – reduction = $525,000 – 450,000 = $75,000.
  7. The benefit the shareholder received corresponds to the difference between the FMV of the properties received and the FMV of the properties transferred, that is, ($650,000 – 500,000) = $150,000.
  8. Subsection 84(1) does not give rise to a deemed dividend since the net increase in the value of the assets ($500,000 – 125,000 = $375,000) is greater than the increase in the PUC of the shares ($75,000).
  9. The benefit to include in the shareholder’s income according to subsection 15(1) is $150,000 ($650,000 – 500,000 – 0 (deemed dividend)). This benefit may be reduced or offset subject to the CRA’s reimbursement policy in 24.10.4.
  10. The ACB of the preferred shares received is increased by the benefit under subsection 52(1).
  11. The taxpayer may submit an amended Form T2057 and pay the penalties provided a price adjustment clause was filed with the original Form T2057.
  12. The auditor considers waiving any penalty according to subsection 220(3.1).

References

Income Tax Folio

Income Tax Interpretation Bulletins

Income Tax Information Circular

Other

  • Research Guide RG-41B, Capital Cost of Certain Property – 1994 and subsequent years, paragraphs 13(7)(e) and (e.1) Rules applicable, 13(7.3) Control of corporations by one trustee
  • Learning product TD1004-000, Section 85 Rollovers

Footnote i

Return to footnoteiReferrer

The expenses during the three months the property is used for personal use are limited to the rent the shareholder paid.Footnote ii

Return to footnoteiiReferrer

Since the condominium is used partly for business purposes, the corporation may deduct CCA for the part of the year the condominium is rented to parties with whom the corporation deals at arm’s length.Footnote iii

Return to footnoteiiiReferrer

The FMV of the land is adjusted to $500,000 following receipt of the appraisal report.

Original Source: https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/corporate/about-canada-revenue-agency-cra/access-information-privacy-canada-revenue-agency/virtual-reading-room/income-tax-audit-manual-domestic-compliance-programs-branch-dcpb-24.html

Categories
Accountant in the Park Accountant Services Alberta Accounting Airdrie Corporate Income Tax Services Airdrie Personal Income Tax Services Alberta Accountant Blog Alberta Accountant Services Alberta Accounting Firm Alberta Bookkeeping services Alcomdale Corporate Income Tax Services Alcomdale Personal Income Tax Services Beaumont Corporate Income Tax Services Beaumont Personal Income Tax Services Brooks Corporate Income Tax Services Brooks Personal Income Tax Services Calahoo Corporate Income Tax Services Calahoo Personal Income Tax Services Calgary Corporate Income Tax Services Calgary Personal Income Tax Services Camrose Corporate Income Tax Services Camrose Personal Income Tax Services Canada Tax Services Canada Virtual Accounting Firm Canmore Corporate Income Tax Services Canmore Personal Income Tax Services Chestermere Corporate Income Tax Services Chestermere Personal Income Tax Services Claresholm Corporate Income Tax Services Claresholm Personal Income Tax Services Cold Lake Corporate Income Tax Services Cold Lake Personal Income Tax Services Corporate Tax Returns Edmonton Alberta Corporate Tax Returns Sherwood Park Alberta Drumheller Corporate Income Tax Services Drumheller Personal Income Tax Services Edmonton Accounting Firm Edmonton Alberta Accounting Firm Edmonton Alberta Accounting Services Edmonton Alberta Bookkeeping Services Edmonton Corporate Income Tax Services Edmonton Corporate Income Tax Services Edmonton Personal Income Tax Services Edmonton Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Fort McMurray Corporate Income Tax Services Fort McMurray Personal Income Tax Services Grande Cache Corporate Income Tax Services Grande Cache Personal Income Tax Services Grande Prairie Corporate Income Tax Services Grande Prairie Personal Income Tax Services Hanna Corporate Income Tax Services Hanna Personal Income Tax Services Hinton Corporate Income Tax Services Hinton Personal Income Tax Services Income Tax Preparation Service Edmonton Alberta Income Tax Preparation Service Sherwood Park Alberta Incorporate Sherwood Park Accountants Lacombe Corporate Income Tax Services Lacombe Personal Income Tax Services Leduc Corporate Income Tax Services Leduc Personal Income Tax Services Lethbridge Corporate Income Tax Services Lethbridge Personal Income Tax Services Lloydminster Corporate Income Tax Services Lloydminster Personal Income Tax Services Medicine Hat Corporate Income Tax Services Medicine Hat Personal Income Tax Services Other Accounting Services Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Payroll Accounting services in Edmonton Alberta Personal income tax Personal Income Tax Return Accountant Edmonton Alberta Professional Tax Accounting Services Edmonton & Sherwood Park Alberta Red Deer Corporate Income Tax Services Red Deer Personal Income Tax Services Rocky Mountain House Corporate Income Tax Services Rocky Mountain House Personal Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Alberta Accounting Firm Sherwood Park Corporate Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Personal Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Slave Lake Corporate Income Tax Services Slave Lake Personal Income Tax Services Small Business Accounting and Taxes Services in Edmonton Alberta Spruce Grove Corporate Income Tax Services Spruce Grove Personal Income Tax Services St Albert Corporate Income Tax Services St Albert Personal Income Tax Services Strathcona Corporate Income Tax Services Strathcona Personal Income Tax Services Strathmore Corporate Income Tax Services Strathmore Personal Income Tax Services Tax Tax Accountant Sherwood Park Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Tax Preparation Sherwood Park Wainwright Corporate Income Tax Services Wainwright Personal Income Tax Services Wetaskiwin Corporate Income Tax Services Wetaskiwin Personal Income Tax Services Whitecourt Corporate Income Tax Services Whitecourt Personal Income Tax Services YEG ACCOUNTANT

Alberta -Rental Income

Rental income is any payment you receive for the use or occupation of property.

Table of contents

Is this guide for you?

Use this guide if you had rental income from real estate or other property. The information in this guide relates mainly to renting real estate, but some of the information also applies to other types of rental property.

This guide will help you determine your gross rental income, the expenses you can deduct, and your net rental income or loss for the year. It will also help you fill in form T776, Statement of Real Estate Rentals.

To determine if your income is from property or from a business, see Chapter 1.

To find out if you are a partner of a partnership or a co-owner, see Are you a co-owner or a partner of a partnership?

If you are looking to report income or expenses from accommodation sharing, search accommodation sharing at canada.ca.

We have defined some of the terms used in this guide in Definitions. You may want to read them before you start.

Throughout this guide, we refer to other guides, forms, interpretation bulletins, information circulars, and income tax folios.

What’s new for 2019?

New capital cost allowance (CCA) classes: Class 54 (30%) and Class 55 (40%) for business investment in zero-emission vehicles

Two new capital cost allowance (CCA) classes have been created for zero emission vehicles acquired after March 18, 2019, Class 54 and Class 55.

Class 54 has a rate of 30% and includes zero emission vehicles that would normally be included in Class 10 or 10.1.

Class 55 has a rate of 40% and includes zero emission vehicles that would normally be included in Class 16.

A zero emission vehicle has to be acquired, and become available for use, after March 18, 2019, and before 2028 to be eligible for the first year enhanced CCA deduction. These new classes will have an enhanced first year CCA deduction of 100% for zero emission vehicles that become available for use before 2024. CCA will still be calculated on a declining balance basis, and a phase out will begin for property that becomes available for use after 2023.

For more information see Classes of depreciable property.

Change in use rules for part of property such as multi-unit residential properties

Under proposed legislation, a taxpayer can elect that the deemed disposition that normally arises on a change in use of part of a property not apply in respect of changes in the use of property that occur on or after March 19, 2019. As a result, any accrued capital gain on the property can be deferred until the property is disposed of in the future. For more information, see Changing part of your principal residence to a rental property or vice versa.

Definitions

Accelerated Investment Incentive Property (AIIP) – Property that is eligible for an enhanced first year allowance that is subject to the capital cost allowance (CCA) rules. The property may be eligible if it is acquired after November 20, 2018, and becomes available for use before 2028. For more information about AIIP, go to Accelerated Investment Incentive.

Arm’s length – refers to a relationship or a transaction between persons who act in their separate interests. An arm’s length transaction is generally a transaction that reflects ordinary commercial dealings between parties acting in their separate interests.

“Related persons” are not considered to deal with each other at arm’s length. Related persons include individuals connected by blood relationship, marriage, common-law partnership or adoption (legal or in fact). A corporation and another person or two corporations may also be related persons.

“Unrelated persons” may not be dealing with each other at arm’s length at a particular time. Each case will depend upon its own facts. The following criteria will be considered to determine whether parties to a transaction are not dealing at arm’s length:

  • whether there is a common mind which directs the bargaining for the parties to a transaction
  • whether the parties to a transaction act in concert without separate interests; “acting in concert” means, for example, that parties act with considerable interdependence on a transaction of common interest
  • whether there is de facto control of one party by the other because of, for example, advantage, authority or influence

For more information, see Income Tax Folio S1-F5-C1, Related persons and dealing at arm’s length.

Available for use – you can claim capital cost allowance (CCA) on a rental property only when it becomes available for use.

rental property, other than a building, usually becomes available for use on the earliest of:

  • the date you first use it to earn income
  • the second year after the year you acquired the rental property
  • the time just before you dispose of the property

rental property that is a building, or part of a building, usually becomes available for use on the earliest of:

  • the date when a fully constructed building is purchased or construction of the building is completed
  • the date that you rented out 90% or more of the building
  • the second year after the year you acquired the building
  • the time just before you dispose of the building

When determining the available for use date, a renovation, an alteration, or addition to a building should be considered as a separate building.

You may be able to claim CCA on a building that is under construction, renovation, or alteration before it is available for use. You can deduct CCA that you have available on such a building when you have net rental income from it. The CCA that you can deduct is restricted to the amount of net rental income you have after you deduct any soft costs for constructing, renovating, or altering the building. For an explanation of soft costs, see Construction soft costs.

Capital cost – the amount on which you first claim capital cost allowance (CCA). The capital cost of a property is usually the total of the following:

  • the purchase price (not including the cost of land, which is not depreciable)
  • the part of your legal, accounting, engineering, installation, and other fees that relate to buying or constructing the property (not including the part that applies to land)
  • the cost of any additions or improvements you made to the property after you acquired it, if you did not claim these costs as a current expense (such as modifications to accommodate persons with disabilities)
  • for a building, soft costs (such as interest, legal and accounting fees, and property taxes) related to the period you are constructing, renovating, or altering the building, if these expenses have not been deducted as current expenses

For more information on current expenses, see Current or capital expenses.

Legal and accounting fees for buying a rental property are allocated between the cost of the land and the capital cost of the building. If land is acquired for rental purposes or for constructing a rental property, the legal and accounting fees apply to the land.

Capital cost allowance (CCA) – you may have acquired depreciable property like a building, furniture, or equipment to use in your rental activity. You cannot deduct the initial cost of these properties in the calculation of the net income of the rental activities for the year. However, since these properties wear out or become obsolete over time, you can deduct the cost over a period of several years. This deduction is called CCA.

Capital property – generally any property, including depreciable property, you buy for investment purposes or to earn business income. Common types of capital property include principal residences, cottages, stocks, bonds, land, buildings, and equipment used in a business or rental operation.

Common-law partner – this applies to a person who is not your spouse with whom you are living in a conjugal relationship, and to whom at least one of the following situations applies. They:

  • have been living with you in a conjugal relationship, and this current relationship has lasted at least 12 continuous months

Note

The term “12 continuous months” includes any period that you were separated for less than 90 days because of a breakdown in the relationship.

  • Footnote1 are the parent of your child by birth or adoption
  • have custody and control of your child (or had custody and control immediately before the child turned 19 years of age) and your child is wholly dependent onthat person for support

Depreciable property – the property on which you can claim CCA. It is usually capital property from a business or property. The capital cost can be written off as CCA over a number of years. You usually group depreciable properties into classes. Diggers, drills, and tools that cost $500 or more belong in Class 8. You have to base your CCA claim on the rate assigned to each class of property.

Fair market value (FMV) – generally, the highest dollar value you can get for your property in an open and unrestricted market between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller who are dealing at arm’s length with each other.

Multiple-unit residential building (MURB) – a rental property in either Class 31 or 32 that has at least two self-contained residential units.

Motor vehicle – an automotive vehicle designed or adapted for use on highways and streets. A motor vehicle does not include a trolley bus or a vehicle designed or adapted to be operated only on rails.

Non-arm’s length – generally refers to a relationship or transaction between persons who are related to each other.

However, a non-arm’s length relationship might also exist between unrelated individuals, partnerships or corporations, depending on the circumstances. For more information, see the definition of “Arm’s length”.

Passenger vehicle – a motor vehicle that is owned by the taxpayer (other than a zero-emission vehicle) or that is leased, and is designed or adapted primarily to carry people on highways and streets. It seats a driver and no more than eight passengers. Most cars, station wagons, vans, and some pick-up trucks are passenger vehicles.

Passenger vehicles and zero-emission passenger vehicles are subject to limits on the amount of CCA, interest, and leasing costs that may be deducted. They do not include:

  • an ambulance
  • a clearly marked police or fire emergency response vehicle
  • a motor vehicle you bought to use more than 50% as a taxi, a bus used in the business of transporting passengers, or a hearse used in a funeral business
  • a motor vehicle you bought to sell, rent, or lease in a motor vehicle sales, rental, or leasing business
  • a motor vehicle (except a hearse) you bought to use in a funeral business to transport passengers
  • a van, pick up truck, or similar vehicle that seats no more than the driver and two passengers and that, in the tax year you bought or leased it, was used more than 50% to transport goods and equipment to earn income
  • a van, pick up truck, or similar vehicle that, in the tax year you bought or leased it, was used 90% or more to transport goods, equipment, or passengers to earn income
  • a pick up truck that, in the tax year you bought or leased it, was used more than 50% to transport goods, equipment, or passengers to earn or produce income at a remote work location or at a special work site that is at least 30 kilometres from the nearest community with a population of at least 40,000
  • a clearly marked emergency medical service vehicle used to carry paramedics and their emergency medical equipment

Proceeds of disposition – the amounts you receive, or that we consider you to have received, when you dispose of your property (usually the selling price of the property). Proceeds of disposition is also defined to include, amongst other things, compensation received for property that has been destroyed, expropriated, damaged, or stolen.

Rental income – income you earn from renting a property that you own.

Rental operation – services you provide within your rental property to your tenants such as heat, lighting, laundry, cleaning or security.

Rental property – generally, a building or certain leasehold interests owned by a taxpayer(s) or a partnership that is mainly used to generate gross revenue from rent.

Spouse – a person to whom you are legally married.

Undepreciated capital cost (UCC) – generally, the amount left after you deduct CCA from the capital cost of a depreciable property. Each year, the CCA you claim reduces the UCC of the property.

Zero-emission passenger vehicle (ZEPV) – an automobile that is owned by the taxpayer and is included in Class 54 (but would otherwise be included in Class 10 or 10.1). The rules that apply to the definition of passenger vehicles apply to ZEPVs as well. Note that although a ZEPV does not include a leased passenger vehicle, such vehicles that would otherwise qualify as ZEPVs if owned by the taxpayer, are subject to the same leasing deduction restrictions as passenger vehicles.

Zero-emission vehicle (ZEV) – is a motor vehicle that is owned by the taxpayer where all of the following conditions are met:

  • is a plug-in hybrid with a battery capacity of at least 7kWh or is either fully:
    • electric
    • powered by hydrogen
  • is acquired, and becomes available for use, after March 18, 2019 and before 2028
  • has not been used for any purpose before it was acquired by the taxpayer
  • is a vehicle for which:
    • an election has not been made to forgo the Class 54 or 55 treatment
    • assistance has not been provided by the Government of Canada under the new incentive announced on March 19, 2019
    • an amount has not been deducted as CCA and a terminal loss has not been claimed by another person or partnership

Chapter 1 – General information

This chapter explains the general information you need to have before you fill in form T776, Statement of Real Estate Rentals.

Rental income is income you earn from renting property that you own. You can own the property by yourself or with someone else. Rental income includes income from renting:

  • houses
  • apartments
  • rooms
  • space in an office building
  • other real or movable property

Rental income can be either income from property or business. Income from rental operations is usually income from property. Use this guide only if you have rental income from property.

Do you have rental income or business income?

To determine whether your rental income is from property or business, consider the number and types of services you provide for your tenants.

In most cases, you are earning an income from your property if you rent space and provide basic services only. Basic services include heat, light, parking, and laundry facilities. If you provide additional services to tenants, such as cleaning, security, and meals, you may be carrying on a business. The more services you provide, the greater the chance that your rental operation is a business.

For more information about how to determine if your rental income comes from property or a business, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-434, Rental of Real Property by Individual, and its Special Release.

If your rental operation is a business, do not use this guide. Instead, see guide T4002, Self-employed Business, Professional, Commission, Farming, and Fishing Income.

Goods and services tax/harmonized sales tax GST/HST new residential rental property rebate

Section 256.2 of the Excise Tax Act allows landlords who buy or build new residential housing, substantially renovate existing housing, build an addition to multiple-unit housing, or convert a commercial property into housing, to get a GST/HST new residential rental property rebate.

To qualify for this rebate, landlords must rent out housing for long-term use by individuals as their primary place of residence. The rebate may also be available to persons who provide land leases for residential use. This can include the lease of sites in a residential trailer park.

For more information, see guide RC4231, GST/HST New Residential Rental Property Rebate.

If you are applying for a new residential rental property rebate, use form GST524, GST/HST New Residential Rental Property Rebate Application. If you are claiming a rebate for multiple unit housing, such as an apartment building or a triplex (excluding condominium units and a duplex), you also need to fill in form GST525, Supplement to the New Residential Rental Property Rebate Application – Co-op and Multiple Units.

GST/HST rebate for partners

To determine if you are a partner, see Are you a co-owner or a partner of a partnership?

If you are an individual who is a member of a partnership, you may be able to get a rebate for the GST/HST you paid on certain expenses. The rebate is based on the GST/HST you paid on expenses you deducted from your share of the partnership income on your income tax return. However, special rules apply if your partnership paid you an allowance for those expenses.

As an individual who is a member of a partnership, you may qualify for the GST/HST partner rebate if you meet the following conditions:

  • the partnership is a GST/HST registrant
  • you personally paid GST/HST on expenses that:
    • you did not incur on behalf of the partnership
    • you deducted from your share of the partnership income on your income tax return

However, special rules apply if the partnership reimbursed you these costs.

Examples of expenses subject to the GST/HST are vehicle costs and certain business-use-of-home expenses. The rebate may also apply to the GST/HST you paid on motor vehicles, musical instruments, and aircraft, for which you deducted CCA.

The eligible part of the CCA is the part that you deduct on your tax return in the tax year that relates specifically to a motor vehicle, musical instrument, or aircraft on which you paid GST/HST. It would also be eligible for the rebate, to the extent that the partnership used the property to make taxable supplies.

You can also get a GST/HST rebate calculated on the CCA you claimed on certain types of property. For example, you can generally claim the rebate based on the CCA you deducted for a vehicle you bought to earn partnership income if you paid GST/HST when you bought it.

If you deduct CCA on more than one property of the same class, separate the part of the CCA of the property that qualifies for the rebate from the CCA on the other property. If any part of the rebate relates to the CCA deduction for a motor vehicle, a musical instrument or an aircraft, you have to reduce the undepreciated capital cost (UCC) of that property by the amount that is part of the rebate.

Complete form GST370, Employee and Partner GST/HST Rebate Application, to claim your GST/HST rebate for partners. You have to include this rebate in your income for the tax year in which you receive it.

For example, if in 2019 you receive a GST/HST rebate for the 2018 tax year, you have to include the amount of the rebate on your income tax return for 2019:

  • Report, as an expense, at line 9974 of form T776 the GST/HST rebate amount for partners that pertains to eligible expenses other than the CCA.
  • In column 2 of Area A – Calculation of CCA claim, reduce the UCC for the beginning of 2019 by the rebate part that relates to the eligible CCA.

For more information about the GST/HST rebate, go to GST/HST rebate for employees and partners.

Keeping records

Keep detailed records of all the rental income you earn and the expenses you incur. You have to support your purchases and operating expenses with:

  • invoices
  • receipts
  • contracts
  • other supporting documents

Do not send your records with your income tax return. Keep them in case we ask to see them. We may not allow all or part of your expenses if you do not have receipts or other documents to support them.

For more information on operating expenses, see Chapter 3 – Expenses.

Generally, you must keep your records for six years from the end of the tax year to which they relate. For more information about keeping records, go to Keeping records.

Chapter 2 – Calculating your rental income or loss

If you received income from renting real estate or other real property, you have to file a statement of income and expenses.

Even though we accept other types of financial statements, we encourage you to use form T776.

Form T776 includes areas for you to enter your gross rents, your rental expenses, and any CCA. To calculate your rental income or loss, fill in the areas of the form that apply to you.

This chapter explains how to calculate your rental income or loss, as well as fill in the “Income” and “Expenses” parts of the form.

Rental losses are not allowed if your rental operation is a cost-sharing arrangement rather than an operation to make a profit.

Filling out form T776, Statement of Real Estate Rentals

If you are a sole proprietor, fill in all the parts and lines on the form that apply to you.

You only have to fill in this form if you have a rental operation and you are reporting a rental income or loss.

Part 1 – Identification

Fill in this part to identify yourself and your real estate rentals. The last two lines of part 1 are for the person or firm preparing this form in case it is someone other than the owner of the rental property.

Fiscal period

If this  is the first year of operation, enter the year, month, and day you began your rental operation. Otherwise, enter January 1 of the current year.

All rental properties have a December 31 year-end. In the “to” field, enter the current tax year.

Are you a co-owner or a partner of a partnership?

Most of the time, if you own the rental property with one or more persons, we consider you to be a co-owner. For example, if you own a rental property with your spouse or common-law partner, you are a co-owner.

In some cases, if you are a co-owner, you have to determine if a partnership exists. A partnership is a relationship between two or more people carrying on a business, with or without a written agreement, to make a profit. If there is no business in common, there is no partnership. That is, co-ownership of a rental property as an investment does not make a partnership. To help you determine if you are in a partnership, see the partnership law for your province or territory. For more information, see Income Tax Folio S4-F16-C1, What is a Partnership?

A partnership that carries on a business in Canada, or a Canadian partnership with Canadian or foreign operations or investments, has to file a T5013 partnership information return for its fiscal period if either of the following occur:

  • at the end of the fiscal period, the partnership has an absolute value of revenues plus an absolute value of expenses of more than $2 million, or has more than $5 million in assets
  • at any time during the fiscal period:
    • the partnership is a tiered partnership (has another partnership as a partner or is itself a partner in another partnership), or
    • the partnership has a corporation or a trust as a partner, or
    • the partnership invested in flow-through shares of a principal-business corporation that incurred Canadian resource expenses and renounced those expenses to the partnership, or
    • the Minister of National Revenue requests one in writing

If you are a partner in any of these types of partnerships, you should get two copies of a T5013 slip, Statement of Partnership Income.

For more information on this return, go to Sole proprietorships and partnerships or see guide T4068, Guide for the Partnership Information Return (T5013 forms).

If you determine that you are a partner in a partnership and you received a T5013 slip, fill in only the following fields on form T776:

  • enter your nine-digit partnership business number
  • enter your rental property ownership percentage in the “Percentage of ownership” box
  • enter the amount from box 110 (or 107 if it is a limited partnership) of your T5013 slip at amount 10

You may need to adjust your share of the net partnership income (loss) on amount 10 if one of the following apply:

Enter your net income (loss) at line 9946 by subtracting your expenses from the personal portion of the expenses.

If you are in a partnership and you do not receive a T5013 slip, or if you are a co-owner, fill in all of the parts in form T776 that apply to you. Follow the special instructions in this chapter to fill in lines 8299, 9369, 9936, 9943, and 9946. Fill in Part 2 – “Details of other co-owners and partners” on the form.

Tax shelter identification number

If you have a tax shelter, enter your tax shelter identification number (8 digit number found on your T5013 slip) on the proper line.

We consider a tax shelter to include an investment that can be reasonably expected, based on any statement, representation, or promotional literature, to provide federal tax credits, or a combination of federal tax credits and losses or deductible amounts that are equal to or over a buyer’s net cost in any of the first four years.

The total of the federal tax credits and losses or other deductible amounts would be equal to, or greater than, the cost of your share of the investment after deducting the prescribed benefits.

The cost of your interest in the property has to be reduced by the prescribed benefits you or a person with whom you do not deal at arm’s length will receive or benefit from. Prescribed benefits include provincial or territorial tax credits, revenue guarantees, contingent liabilities, limited recourse debt, and rights of exchange or conversion.

To claim deductions or losses from tax shelter investments, attach to your income tax return the T5003 slip, Statement of Tax Shelter Information, and the T5013 slip, if applicable. Also attach a completed form T5004, Claim for Tax Shelter Loss or Deduction. Make sure your form identifies your tax shelter identification number.

Note

Tax shelter numbers are used for identification purposes only. They do not guarantee that taxpayers are entitled to receive the proposed tax benefits.

If this is the first year you are making a claim for your tax shelter, include a copy of form T5003 with your income tax return. If the tax shelter is a partnership, include a T5013 slip with your return.

For more information on tax shelters, go to Tax shelters.

Part 2 – Details of other co-owners and partners

Fill in this part if you are a co-owner or a partner in a partnership.

Part 3 – Income

List the address of your rental property and the number of units you rented.

You can receive rental income in the form of:

  • cash or cheques
  • kind (goods or commodities instead of cash)
  • services

If your tenant pays you in cash or by cheque, include the total rents you earned in the year at line 8141 in the “Gross rents” column. If your tenant pays you in kind or with services, report their fair market value at Line 8230 – Other income on form T776.

Example

Glenn is a tenant in an apartment building. He owns a truck with a plow on it. His landlord, Sonya, asked him to plow the parking lot after every snowfall. Sonya does not pay Glenn cash for his work, but she reduces his monthly rent accordingly.

Sonya reports the rent she charges Glenn at line 8141, as “Gross rents,” and the fair market value of Glenn’s services as “Other related income,” at line 8230. She then claims the fair market value of Glenn’s snowplowing services as an expense that relates to her rental operation.

How to calculate your rental income

Report the rental income you earned in the calendar year from January 1 to December 31.

In most cases, you calculate your rental income using the accrual method. For this method you:

  • report rental income in the fiscal period you earn it, no matter when you receive it
  • deduct expenses in the fiscal period you incur them, whether or not you pay them in that period

Incur usually means you either paid or will have to pay the expense.

If you have almost no amounts receivable and no expenses outstanding at the end of the year, you can use the cash method.

For this method you:

  • report rental income in the fiscal period you receive them
  • deduct expenses in the fiscal period you pay them

If you use the cash method and receive a post dated cheque as security for a debt, include the amount in income when the cheque is payable.

You can use the cash method only if your net rental income or loss would be almost the same if you were using the accrual method.

We use the accrual method for the examples in this guide.

Who reports the rental income or loss?

The person who owns the rental property has to report the income or loss. If you are a co-owner of the rental property, your share of the rental income or loss will depend on your share of ownership.

The rental income or loss percentage you report should be the same for each year unless the percentage of your ownership in the property changes.

Note

As the owner, you are the only one who can use the related interest expense to calculate your rental income or loss, even if someone else guaranteed your loan or mortgage. For more information, see Line 8710 – Interest and bank charges.

For more information on reporting rental income between family members, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-510, Transfers and Loans of Property Made After May 22, 1985 to a Related Minor, and Interpretation Bulletin IT-511, Interspousal and Certain Other Transfers and Loans of Property.

Line 8230 – Other income

On line 8230, enter the total income you received from other sources. Some examples of other income are:

Premiums and leases – You may receive an amount for one of the following:

  • granting or extending a lease or sublease
  • permitting a sublease
  • cancelling a lease or sublease

Report all or part of these amounts as “Other related income” at line 8230.

Sharecropping – You can earn income from renting farmland either in cash or as a share of the crop. Report any cash payments as rent in the “Gross rents” column, and report the fair market value of any crop share you earn on a sharecrop basis as “Other income” at line 8230.

Line 8299 – Gross rental income

Your gross rental income is your total “Gross rents,” on form T776. Enter this amount at line 12599 of your income tax return. If you are a co-owner of the rental property or a partner in a partnership that does not need to provide you with a T5013 slip, enter the gross rental income for the entire property at line 12599. Do not split the gross income according to your ownership share.

Uncollectible rent

You can have losses from uncollectible debts or a portion of an uncollectible debt. You can deduct this amount from your gross rental income.

To be eligible, the debt must:

  • be owing to you at the end of the tax year
  • have become uncollectible during the tax year
  • have been included or deemed to have been included in your income for the year or a previous tax year

Proof is required to determine an uncollectible debt. This could be a notice to creditors from the trustee in bankruptcy, correspondence from the tenant, or some other assurance that the tenant was pursued without success of receiving a payment from them. Only debts that are certain of being uncollectible are to be considered bad debts.

You may have a case where you do not receive payment for rent, which is referred to as a bad debt. If, during the year, you receive any payment that you wrote off in a previous year as bad debt, you have to include the amount in your income for the current year.

Notes

If you are reporting income on a cash basis, there should be no receivables and no claim for uncollectible rents.

If you are not dealing at arm’s length with the tenant, the factors used to establish the uncollectible amount would need to be verified.

For more information, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-442, Bad debts and reserves for doubtful debts.

Chapter 3 – Expenses

You can deduct any reasonable expenses you incur to earn rental income. The two basic types of expenses are:

  • current expenses
  • capital expenses

Current expenses are recurring expenses that provide a short-term benefit. For example, a current expense is the cost of repairs you make to keep a rental property in the same condition as it was when you acquired it. You can deduct current expenses from your gross rental income in the year you incur them.

As for capital expenses, they provide a benefit that usually lasts for several years. For example, costs to buy or improve your property are capital expenses. Generally, you cannot deduct the full amount of these expenses in the year you incur them. Instead, you can deduct their cost over a period of several years as CCA. For more information on CCA, see Chapter 4.

Capital expenses can include:

  • the purchase price of rental property
  • legal fees and other costs connected with buying the property
  • the cost of furniture and equipment you are renting with the property

Current or capital expenses

Renovations and expenses that extend the useful life of your property or improve it beyond its original condition are usually capital expenses. However, an increase in a property’s market value because of an expense is not a major factor in deciding whether the expense is capital or current. To decide whether an amount is a current expense or a capital expense, consider your answers to the questions provided in the following chart.

CriteriaCapital expenses
(see Capital expenses – Special situations)
Current expenses
Does the expense provide a lasting benefit?A capital expense generally gives a lasting benefit or advantage. For example, the cost of putting vinyl siding on the exterior walls of a wooden house is a capital expense.A current expense is one that usually recurs after a short period. For example, the cost of
painting the exterior of a wooden house is a current expense.
Does the expense maintain or improve the property?The cost of a repair that improves a property beyond its original condition is probably a capital expense. If you replace wooden steps with concrete steps, the cost is a capital expense.An expense that simply restores a property to its original condition is usually a current
expense. For example, the cost of repairing wooden steps is a current expense.
Is the expense for a part of a property or for a separate asset?The cost of replacing a separate asset within a property is a capital expense. For example, the cost of buying a refrigerator to use in your rental operation is a capital expense. This is the case because a refrigerator is a separate asset and is not a part of the building.The cost of repairing a property by replacing one of its parts is usually a current expense. For instance, electrical wiring is part of a building. Therefore, an amount you spend to rewire is usually a current expense, as long as the rewiring does not improve the property
beyond its original condition.
What is the value of the expense? (Use this test only if you cannot determine whether an expense is capital or current by considering the three previous tests.)Compare the cost of the expense to the value of
the property. Generally, if the cost is of considerable value in relation to the property, it
is a capital expense.
This test is not a determining factor by itself. You might spend a large amount of money for maintenance and repairs to your property all at once. If this cost was for ordinary maintenance that was not done when it was necessary, it is a maintenance expense, and you deduct it as a current expense.
Is the expense for repairs made to used property you acquired to put it in a suitable condition for use?The cost of repairing used property you acquired to put it in a suitable condition for use in your business is considered a capital expense even though in other circumstances it would be treated as a current operating expense.Where the repairs were for ordinary maintenance of a property you already had in
your business, the expense is
usually current.
Is the expense for repairs made to an asset in order to sell it?The cost of repairs made in anticipation of selling a property, or as a condition of sale, is regarded as a capital expense.Where the repairs would have been made anyway, but a sale was negotiated during the course of the repairs or after their completion, the expense is considered current.

You were asking?

Q. My brother and I own an old apartment building that we have been renting for several years. In the current tax year, we had the roof and outside walls repaired. The repairs to the roof involved waterproofing and re-shingling several patches that had developed leaks. The building is made of brick, and the outside walls were redone using the original bricks. Can we deduct these expenses in calculating our rental income for the year?

A. Yes. The repairs to the building simply restored it to its original condition. As a result, they are current expenses.

If you need more information on the difference between current expenses and capital expenses, see Income Tax Folio S3-F4-C1, General Discussion of Capital Cost Allowance.

Capital expenses – Special situations

Modifications to rental properties to accommodate persons with disabilities

You can deduct expenses you incur for eligible disability-related modifications made to a building in the year you paid them. You can do this instead of adding them to the capital cost of your building. Eligible disability-related modifications include changes you make to accommodate wheelchairs, such as:

  • installing hand-activated power door openers
  • installing interior and exterior ramps
  • modifying a bathroom, elevator, or doorway

You can also deduct expenses you pay to install or get the following disability-related devices and equipment:

  • elevator car-position indicators (such as braille panels and audio indicators)
  • visual fire-alarm indicators
  • listening or telephone devices for people who have a hearing impairment
  • disability-specific computer software and hardware attachments

Renovating an older building

Renovations or repairs are usually considered to be a current expense. When you renovate or repair an older building that you bought to make it suitable to rent, the cost of the work is considered a capital expense.

Construction soft costs

You may have certain costs relating to the period you were constructing, renovating, or altering your rental building to make it more suitable to rent. These expenses are sometimes called soft costs. They include:

  • interest
  • legal fees
  • accounting fees
  • property taxes

Soft costs for the period of construction, renovation, or alteration of a building are made up of the soft costs related to the building and ownership of the related land. The building’s related land consists of the land:

  • that is under the building
  • that is just beside the land under the building; used or intended for use for a parking area, driveway, yard, garden, or any other similar use; and necessary for the use or intended use of the building

Depending on your situation, soft costs may be deductible as a current expense or added to the cost of the building.

Soft costs related to the building may be deductible as a current expense if they relate to:

  • only the construction, renovation, or alteration of the building
  • the time period it took place in

We consider the period of construction, renovation, or alteration to be completed on whichever date is earlier:

  • the date the work is completed
  • the date you rent 90% or more of the building

When these conditions are met, the amount of soft costs related to the building that you can deduct is limited to the amount of rental income earned from the building.

Soft costs that do not meet the above conditions can be added to the capital cost of the building and not the land.

CCA, landscaping costs, and disability-related modifications to the buildings’ costs are not subject to the soft-cost rules.

For more information on CCA, see Chapter 4.

For more information on landscaping costs, see Landscaping costs.

For more information on costs for disability-related modifications, see Modifications to rental properties to accommodate persons with disabilities.

Personal portion

If you rent part of the building where you live, you can claim the amount of your expenses that relate to the rented area of the building. You have to divide the expenses that relate to the whole property between your personal part and the rented area. You can split the expenses using square metres or the number of rooms you are renting in the building.

For example, if you rent 4 rooms of your 10-room house, you can deduct:

  • 100% of the expenses that relate only to the rented rooms, such as repairs and maintenance of the rooms; plus
  • 40% (4 out of 10 rooms) of the expenses that relate to the whole building, such as taxes and insurance.

If you rent rooms in your home to a lodger or roommate, you can claim all of the expenses for the part you are renting. You can also claim a portion of the expenses for the rooms in your home that you are not renting that both you and your lodger or roommate use. You can use factors such as availability for use or the number of persons sharing the room to calculate the allowable expenses. You can also calculate these amounts by estimating the percentage of time the lodger or roommate spends in these rooms (for example, the kitchen and living room).

Fill in “Part 4 – Expenses” on form T776 as follows:

  • enter the full amount of each expense under “Total expenses”
  • enter the part of each expense that was for personal use under “Personal portion”
  • add up the amounts in each column and enter the result for “Total Expenses” on amount A, and enter the “Personal portion” on line 9949
  • subtract the personal portion total from the total expenses to get your total deductible expense. Enter this result on amount 4

If you are a co-owner or partner in a partnership, enter the personal portion of the expenses for all co-owners or partners at line 9949.

You cannot claim the expenses for renting part of your property if you have no reasonable expectation of making a profit.

For more information on renting part of your personal residence, see Changing part of your principal residence to a rental property. For more information on business-use-of-home expenses, see Line 9945 in guide T4002, Self-employed Business, Professional, Commission, Farming, and Fishing Income.

Example

Patrick rents out 3 rooms of his 12-room house. He is not sure how to split the expenses when he reports his rental income. His expenses were property taxes, electricity, insurance, and the cost of advertising for tenants in the local newspaper.

Patrick can claim the part of his expenses that relate to the area of the property he rented in the current tax year. Since he rented 25% of his residence (3 out of 12 rooms), he can deduct 25% of his property taxes, electricity, and insurance costs from his rental income. He can deduct the full amount of the advertising expense, since this expense relates only to the rented area.

When he completes form T776, Patrick enters the full amount of each expense in the “Total expense” column. Then, in the “Personal portion” column, he shows the part of each expense that relates to his personal use. In this case, he enters 75% of the property taxes, electricity, and insurance costs for the property. He will not enter anything for advertising in the “Personal portion” column.

Patrick can also claim CCA on the rented area of the property if it does not create or increase a rental loss and he is not designating the building as his principal residence.

Expenses you can deduct

Prepaid expenses

A prepaid expense is an expense you paid for ahead of time. Under the accrual method of accounting, claim the expense you prepay in the year or years in which you get the related benefit.

Under the cash method of accounting, you cannot deduct a prepaid expense amount (other than for inventory) relating to a tax year that is two or more years after the year the expense is paid. However, you can deduct the part of an amount you paid in a previous year for benefits received in the current tax year. These amounts are deductible as long as you have not previously deducted them.

Example

Catherine paid $2,100 for insurance on her rental property. The insurance was for the current tax year and the two following years. Although she paid the insurance for three years, she can deduct only the part that applies to the current tax year from her gross rental income.

Catherine can deduct $700 in the current tax year and $700 in each of the following two years.

For more information, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-417, Prepaid Expenses and Deferred Charges.

Line 8521 – Advertising

You can deduct expenses for advertising, including advertising in Canadian newspapers and on Canadian television and radio stations. You can also include any amount you paid as a finder’s fee.

Line 8690 – Insurance

You can deduct the premiums you pay on your rental property for the current year. If your policy gives coverage for more than one year, deduct only the premiums related to the current year. Deduct the remaining premiums in the year(s) to which they relate.

Line 8710 – Interest and bank charges

You can deduct the interest charge on money you borrow to buy or improve your rental property. If you have interest expenses that relate to the construction or renovation period, see Construction soft costs.

You can also deduct interest charges you paid to tenants on rental deposits. If you are claiming interest as a rental expense on form T776, do not include it as a carrying charge on form 5000 D1, Federal Worksheet – Common to all except for non-residents.

Do not deduct in full for the year any lump-sum amount paid for interest or a fee paid to reduce the interest rate on a mortgage. You prorate these amounts for the rest of the original term of the mortgage or loan. You also prorate a penalty or bonus paid to a financial institution to pay off your mortgage loan before it is due.

For example, if the term of your loan or mortgage is five years and in the third year you pay a fee to reduce your interest rate, treat this fee as a prepaid expense and deduct it over the remaining term of the loan or mortgage.

You can deduct certain fees when you get a mortgage or loan to buy or improve your rental property. If the loans relate to the construction or renovation period, first read about soft costs.

Loan fees include:

  • mortgage applications, appraisals, processing, and insurance fees
  • mortgage guarantee fees
  • mortgage brokerage and finder’s fees
  • legal fees related to mortgage financing

You deduct these fees over a period of five years, regardless of the term of your loan. Deduct 20% (100% divided by five years = 20%) in the current tax year and 20% in each of the following four years. The 20% limit is reduced proportionally for fiscal periods of less than 12 months.

If you repay the loan before the end of the five year period, you can deduct the remaining financing fees then. The number of years for which you can deduct these fees is not related to the term of your loan.

If you incur standby charges, guarantee fees, service fees, or any other similar fees, you may be able to deduct them in full in the year you incur them. For more information, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-341, Expenses of Issuing or Selling Shares, Units in a Trust, Interests in a Partnership or Syndicate, and Expenses of Borrowing Money.

You can choose to treat finance fees you paid and the interest on money you borrowed to acquire depreciable property as capital expenses.

If you refinance your rental property to get money for a business or other investments, you may be able to claim the interest expenses on form 5000 D1, Federal Worksheet – Common to all except for non residents. See line 22100 in the Federal Income Tax and Benefit Guide, or the “Expenses” chapter in guide T4002, Self-employed Business, Professional, Commission, Farming, and Fishing Income. If the funds are for personal use, you cannot deduct the interest expenses.

You were asking?

Q. I own and rent a semi-detached house. This year, I refinanced the property to increase the mortgage because I needed money for a down payment on my personal residence. Can I deduct the additional interest on the mortgage against my rental income?

A. No. You are making personal use of the funds you got from refinancing your rental property. As a result, you cannot deduct the additional interest when you calculate your net income or loss from your rental property.

Line 8810 – Office expenses

You can deduct the cost of office expenses. These include small items such as pens, pencils, paper clips, stationery, and stamps. Office expenses do not include capital expenditures to acquire capital property such as calculators, filing cabinets, chairs, and a desk. These are capital items.

Line 8860 – Professional fees (includes legal and accounting fees)

You can deduct fees for legal services to prepare leases or collect overdue rents. If you incur legal fees to buy your rental property, you cannot deduct them from your gross rental income. Instead, divide the fees between land and building and add them to their respective cost. For example, you buy a property worth $200,000 ($50,000 for the land and $150,000 for the building) and incur legal fees of $10,000. Split the $10,000 proportionately between the land and building. In this case, $2,500 is added to the cost of the land (for a total of $52,500) and $7,500 is added to the cost of the building (for a total of $157,500). For more information, see Land.

Note

The legal fees you paid when selling your rental property are deducted from your proceeds of disposition when calculating your capital gain or loss. The deduction for legal fees also applies when calculating a recapture of CCA or a terminal loss.

You can also deduct expenses you had for bookkeeping services, audits of your records, and preparing financial statements. You may be able to deduct fees and expenses for advice and help to prepare your income tax return and any related information returns.

Line 8871 – Management and administration fees

You can deduct the amounts paid to a person or a company to manage your property. You can also deduct amounts paid or payable to agents for collecting rents or finding new tenants.

If you paid commissions to a real estate agent when selling your rental property, include them as “Outlays and Expenses” on Schedule 3, Capital Gains (or Losses), when you report the disposition of your property.

Line 8960 – Repairs and maintenance

You can deduct the cost of labour and materials for any minor repairs or maintenance done to property you use to earn income. You cannot deduct the value of your own labour.

You cannot deduct costs you incur for repairs that are capital in nature. However, you can claim capital cost allowance.

Line 9060 – Salaries, wages, and benefits

You can deduct amounts paid or payable to superintendents, maintenance personnel, and others you employ to take care of your rental property. You cannot deduct the value of your own services.

As the employer, you must deduct your part of CPP or QPP contributions and employment insurance premiums. You can also deduct workers’ compensation amounts payable on employees’ remuneration and Provincial Parental Insurance Plan (PPIP) premiums. The PPIP is an income replacement plan for residents of Quebec. For details, contact Revenu Québec. For more information on making payroll deductions, see Payroll.

You can also deduct any insurance premiums you pay for an employee for a sickness, an accident, a disability, or an income insurance plan.

For more information on wages, see guide T4001, Employer’s Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

Line 9180 – Property taxes

You can deduct property taxes you incurred for your rental property for the period it was available for rent. For example, you can deduct property taxes for the land and building where your rental property is situated. For more information, see Vacant land and Construction soft costs.

Line 9200 – Travel

You can deduct travel expenses you incur to collect rents, supervise repairs, and manage your properties. Travelling expenses include the cost of getting to your rental property but do not include board and lodging, which we consider to be personal expenses. To claim the travel expenses you incur, you need to meet the same requirements discussed at Line 9281 – Motor vehicle expenses.

Line 9220 – Utilities

You can deduct expenses for utilities, such as gas, oil, electricity, water, and cable, if your rental arrangement specifies that you pay for the utilities of your rental space or units.

Line 9281 – Motor vehicle expenses (not including CCA)

You can deduct motor vehicle expenses in the following circumstances:

  • If you own one rental property:

    You can deduct reasonable motor vehicle expenses if you meet all of the following conditions:
  • you receive income from only one rental property that is in the general area where you live
  • you personally do part, or all, of the necessary repairs and maintenance on the property
  • you have motor vehicle expenses to transport tools and materials to the rental property


You cannot deduct motor vehicle expenses you incur to collect rents. These are personal expenses.

  • If you own two or more rental properties:

    In addition to the expenses listed above, you can deduct reasonable motor vehicle expenses you incur to do any of the following:
    • collect rents
    • supervise repairs
    • manage the properties

This applies whether your rental properties are located in or outside the general area where you live. Your rental properties have to be located in at least two different sites, away from your principal residence. The motor vehicle expenses that we consider to be reasonable depend on the circumstances of your situation.

For the definition of motor vehicle, see Definitions.

For information on how to calculate the motor vehicle expenses, see guide T4002, Self-employed Business, Professional, Commission, Farming, and Fishing Income.

Line 9270 – Other expenses

There are expenses you can incur to earn rental income other than those listed on form T776. We cover some of them in the following sections. Enter on this line the total of other expenses you incurred to earn income, as long as you did not include them on a previous line.

Landscaping costs

You can deduct the cost of landscaping the grounds around your rental property only in the year you paid the cost, even if you use the accrual method for calculating your rental income.

Lease cancellation payments

You can deduct amounts paid or payable to tenants to cancel their leases. The deductible amount is calculated as follows:

If you made the cancellation payment in the year:

Cancellation payment × Number of days to the end of the year when payment is made ÷ Number of days left on the lease

If you made the cancellation payment in a previous year:

Cancellation payment × Number of days in the year left on the lease ÷ Number of days left on the lease

For this calculation, the life of the lease (including all renewal periods) cannot be longer than 40 years.

Example

Samir is a landlord. He paid his tenant $1,000 to cancel a lease on August 18 of the current tax year. The lease was due to expire on December 31 of the next year. When he made the payment, there were 135 days left in the current year and 500 days left on the lease.

For the current tax year, Samir deducts $270, calculated as follows:

$1,000 × 135 ÷ 500 = $270

For the next year, Samir deducts $730 calculated as follows:

$1,000 × 365 ÷ 500 = $730

If you dispose of the property, the tax treatment will vary depending on your situation. For more information, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-359, Premiums and Other Amounts With Respect to Leases.

Condominium fees

If you earn rental income from a condominium unit, you can deduct the expenses that you would usually deduct from it. You can also deduct condominium fees that represent your share of the upkeep, repairs, maintenance, and other current expenses of the common property. For more information, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-304, Condominiums.

Vacant land

You might earn rental income from vacant land. You can deduct your operating expenses from this income. There are limits on how much you can deduct for both:

  • interest on money you borrowed to acquire the land, or on an amount payable for the land
  • property taxes on the land assessed by a province or territory and a Canadian municipality, including assessments for school taxes and local improvements

The amount you can deduct for these two expenses is limited to the amount of rental income left after you have deducted all other expenses. You cannot create or increase a rental loss, or reduce other sources of income, by claiming a deduction for interest or property taxes. They can be added to the cost of the land. This will decrease your capital gain or increase your capital loss when you dispose of the land.

You cannot deduct your mortgage interest and property taxes for vacant land if you are not earning any income from that land. You cannot add these expenses to the adjusted cost base of your land. In addition, you cannot deduct income taxes, profit taxes, or land transfer taxes you have for the vacant land.

For more information on vacant land, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-153, Land Developers – Subdivision and Development Costs and Carrying Charges on Land, and Interpretation Bulletin IT-456, Capital Property – Some Adjustments to Cost Base, and its Special Release.

You were asking?

Q. In 1995, I bought vacant land as an investment. In the current tax year, I rented this land to a farmer for pasture. Can I deduct my mortgage interest and property taxes from my rental income?

A. Yes. After deducting all your other allowable expenses, you can deduct the amount of your mortgage interest and property taxes for the year that you need to reduce your remaining rental income to zero. If you do not need to use the full amount of your taxes and interest, you can add the rest to the adjusted cost base of the land.

Expenses you cannot deduct

Land transfer taxes

You cannot deduct land transfer taxes you paid when you bought your property. Add these amounts to the cost of the property.

Mortgage principal

You cannot deduct the repayments of principal on your mortgage or loan on your rental property. For more information about the interest part of your mortgage, see Line 8710 – Interest and bank charges.

Penalties

You cannot deduct any penalties shown on your notice of assessment or notice of reassessment.

Value of your own labour

You cannot deduct the value of your own services or labour.

Line 9949 – Total personal portion of expenses

Enter the total amount from the column called “Personal portion.” For more information, see Personal portion.

Deductible expenses

Your deductible expenses are your total expenses minus your total personal expenses.

Line 9369 – Net income (loss) before adjustments

Enter the gross income minus the deductible expenses (amount 8299 minus amount 4). This amount is the net rental income of all co-owners or partners before any claim for CCA.

Co-owners – Your share of line 9369

If you are a co-owner, enter your share of the amount from line 9369 on amount 5. This amount is based on your share of ownership of the rental property. 

If you are a co-owner or partner, also fill in Part 2 – Details of other co-owners and partners.

Line 9945 – Other expenses of the co-owner

Enter the amount of deductible expenses you have as a co-owner that you did not deduct elsewhere.

Line 9947 – Recaptured CCA

If you had a recapture of CCA, enter that amount at this line. If you are a co-owner, enter your share of the amount.

Line 9948 – Terminal loss

Enter any terminal loss amount you had on the sale of rental property at this line. If you are a co-owner, enter your share of the amount.

Line 9936 – Capital cost allowance

Enter the amount of your total CCA claim for the year from amount B in Area A. For information on how to calculate CCA, see Chapter 4.

If you are a partner in a partnership that does not need to issue you a T5013 slip, enter the total CCA allocated on the financial statements the partnership gave you.

Do not use the amount at line 9936 if you are a member of a partnership that has to file form T5013 Summary, Information Return of Partnership Income. Your CCA amount is already included in box 110 of your T5013 slip.

Net income (loss)

Enter your net income (loss) at amount 9, which is amount 8 minus the amount at line 9936.

Amount 10 – Partnerships

If you are a member of a partnership, enter your share of amount 9 or the amount from box 107 or 110 from your T5013 slip.

Line 9974 – GST/HST rebate for partners received in the year

If you received a GST/HST rebate for partners, report the amount of the rebate that relates to the eligible expenses other than the CCA at line 9974.

Line 9943 – Other expenses of the partner

Enter the amount of deductible expenses you have as a partner that you did not deduct elsewhere on form T776.

Line 9946 – Your net income (loss)

This is the amount of your net income or loss for the tax year. Enter the amount from line 9946 on line 12600 of your income tax return.

Rental losses

You have a rental loss if your rental expenses are more than your gross rental income. If you incur the expenses to earn income, you can deduct your rental loss against your other sources of income.

Renting below fair market value

You can deduct your expenses only if you incur them to earn an income. In certain cases, you may ask your son or daughter, or anyone else living with you, to pay a small amount for the upkeep of your house or to cover the cost of groceries. You do not report this amount in your income, and you cannot claim rental expenses. This is a cost-sharing arrangement, so you cannot claim a rental loss.

If you lose money because you rent a property to a person you know for less money than you would to a person you do not know, you cannot claim a rental loss. When your rental expenses are consistently more than your rental income, you may not be allowed to claim a rental loss because your rental operation is not considered to be a source of income. You can claim a rental loss if you are renting the property to a relative for the same rate as you would charge other tenants and you expect to make a profit.

Chapter 4 – Capital cost allowance

What is capital cost allowance?

You might acquire a depreciable property, such as a building, furniture, or equipment, to use in your rental activities. You cannot deduct the cost of the property when you calculate your net rental income for the year.

However, since these properties may wear out or become obsolete over time, you can deduct their cost over a period of several years. The deduction is called capital cost allowance (CCA).

You can usually claim CCA on a property when it becomes available for use (see Definitions).

How much CCA can you claim?

The CCA you can claim depends on the type of property you own and the date you acquired it. Group the depreciable property you own into classes. A specific rate of CCA generally applies to each class. We explain the most common classes of depreciable rental property and the rates that apply to each class under Classes of depreciable property in this guide.

For the most part, use the declining balance method to calculate your CCA, as it is the most common one. This means that you apply the CCA rate to the capital cost of the depreciable property. Over the life of the property, the rate is applied against the remaining balance. The remaining balance declines each year that you claim CCA.

Example

Last year, Abeer bought a rental building for $60,000. On her income tax return for last year, she claimed CCA of $1,200 on the building. This year, Abeer bases her CCA claim on her remaining balance of $58,800 ($60,000 – $1,200).

You do not have to claim the maximum amount of CCA in any given year. You can claim any amount you like, from zero to the maximum allowed for the year. If you do not have to pay income tax for the year, you may not want to claim CCA. Claiming CCA reduces the balance of the class by the amount of CCA claimed. As a result, the amount of CCA available for you to claim in future years will be reduced.

Note

If you are a partner in a partnership, the amount of CCA you can claim has already been determined by the partnership. If you receive a T5013 slip, your CCA amount is already included in box 110. If you are a partner in a partnership that does not need to issue this slip, the total partnership CCA will be shown on the financial statements you receive.

Limits on CCA

In the year you acquire rental property, you can usually claim CCA only on one-half of your net additions to a class. This is the half-year rule (also known as the 50% rule) which we explain under Column 9 – Adjustment for current year additions subject to the half year rule. The available-for-use rules may also affect the amount of CCA you can claim.

In the year you dispose of rental property, you may have to add an amount to your income as a recapture of CCA or deduct an amount from your income as a terminal loss. We explain recapture and terminal loss under Column 6 – Undepreciated Capital Cost (UCC) after additions and dispositions.

If you own more than one rental property, you have to calculate your overall net income or loss for the year from all your rental properties before you can claim CCA. If you are a partner, include the net rental income or loss from your T5013 slip in the calculation. Combine the rental income and loss from all your properties, even if they belong to different classes. This also applies to furniture, fixtures, and appliances that you use in your rental building. You can claim CCA for these properties, the building, or both.

You cannot use CCA to create or increase a rental loss. Do not apply the half year rule to accelerated investment incentive properties or zero emission vehicles.

Example

Salvador owns three rental properties. Two of these properties are Class 1 buildings and one is a Class 3 building. All the buildings contain Class 8 appliances. Salvador’s net rental income from these properties is as follows:

BuildingNet rental income (or loss)
1 (Class 1)$1,500
2 (Class 1)$2,000
3 (Class 3)($4,000)
Total($500)

Salvador has an overall net loss of $500. Since he is not allowed to increase his rental loss by claiming CCA, he cannot claim any CCA on his rental buildings or appliances.

For more information about loss restrictions on rental and leasing properties, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-195, Rental Property – Capital Cost Allowance Restrictions, and Interpretation Bulletin IT-443, Leasing Property – Capital Cost Allowance Restrictions, and its Special Release.

Classes of depreciable property

This section explains the most common classes of depreciable rental property and the rates that apply to each class.

If you need more information, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-79, Capital Cost Allowance – Buildings or Other Structures.

condominium unit in a building belongs to the same class as the building. For example, if you own a condominium in a building that is a Class 3 property, the unit in the building is a Class 3 rental property. If the whole building qualifies as a Class 31 or Class 32 rental property (a MURB), then each unit within the building is a Class 31 or 32 rental property.

For more information on CCA and condominiums, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-304, Condominiums.

Leasehold interest in real property that is a rental property

A leasehold interest is the interest of a tenant in any leased tangible property.

If you are a taxpayer or partnership and own a leasehold interest in a real property that is a rental property, include the leasehold interest in Class 1, 3, 6, or 13 (or Class 3, 6, or 13 for tax years before 1988).

It may be necessary in some situations to divide the capital cost of a leasehold interest into more than one prescribed class. For example, where you expend an amount to obtain a leasehold interest in land and construct a building that falls into Class 3, the capital cost of acquiring the lease will be included in Class 13 and the capital cost of the building will be included in Class 3.

Class 1 (4%)

rental building may belong to Classes 1, 3, 6, 31, or 32, depending on what the building is made of and the date you acquire it. You also include in these classes the parts that make up the building, such as:

  • electric wiring
  • lighting fixtures
  • plumbing
  • sprinkler systems
  • heating equipment
  • air-conditioning equipment (other than window units)
  • elevators
  • escalators
Note

Most land is not depreciable property. When you acquire property, only include the cost that relates to the building in Area A and Area C. Enter at line 9923 in Area F the cost of all land additions in the year. For more information, see Area F – Land additions and dispositions in the year and Column 3 – Cost of additions in the year.

Class 1 includes most buildings acquired after 1987, unless they specifically belong to another class. Class 1 also includes the cost of certain additions or alterations you made after 1987 to a Class 1 building or certain buildings of another class.

The CCA rate for eligible non-residential buildings acquired by a taxpayer after March 18, 2007, and used in Canada to manufacture or process goods for sale or lease includes an additional allowance of 6% for a total rate of 10%. The CCA rate for other eligible non-residential buildings includes an additional allowance of 2% for a total rate of 6%.

To be eligible for one of the additional allowances, you must elect to put a building in a separate class. To make the election, attach a letter to your return for the tax year in which you acquired the building. If you do not file an election to put it in a separate class, the 4% rate will apply.

The additional allowance applies to buildings acquired after March 18, 2007, (including a new building, if any part of it is acquired after March 18, 2007, when the building was under construction on March 19, 2007) that have not been used or acquired for use before March 19, 2007.

To be eligible for the additional 6% allowance you must use at least 90% of the building (measured by square footage) in Canada for the designated purpose at the end of the tax year. Manufacturing and processing buildings that do not meet the 90% used test are eligible for the additional 2% allowance. Eligibility applies if at least 90% of the building is used in Canada for non-residential purposes at the end of the tax year.

Class 3 (5%)

Most buildings acquired before 1988 are included in Class 3 or Class 6.

If you acquired a building before 1990 that does not fall in Class 6, you can include it in Class 3 with a CCA rate of 5% if one of the following situations applies:

  • you acquired the building under the terms of a written agreement entered into before June 18, 1987
  • the building was under construction by you or for you on June 18, 1987

Include in Class 3 the cost of any additions or alterations made after 1987 to a Class 3 building that does not exceed the lesser of the following two amounts:

  • $500,000
  • 25% of the building’s capital cost (including the cost of additions or alterations to the building included in classes 3, 6, or 20 made before 1988)

Any amount that exceeds the lesser amount above should be included in Class 1.

Class 6 (10%)

Buildings made of frame, log, stucco on frame, galvanized iron, or corrugated metal should be included in Class 6 with a CCA rate of 10%. In addition, one of the following conditions has to apply:

  • you acquired the building before 1979
  • the building has no footings or other base supports below ground level
  • the building is used to gain or produce income from farming or fishing. Farming and fishing income is not rental income

If any of the above conditions apply, add to Class 6 the full cost of all the building’s additions and alterations.

If none of the above conditions apply, include the building in Class 6 if one of the following situations applies:

  • you entered into a written agreement before 1979 to acquire the building, and the footings or other base supports of the building were started before 1979
  • you started construction of the building footings and other base supports before 1979 (or it was started under the terms of a written agreement you entered into before 1979)

Include in Class 6 certain greenhouses and fences.

For additions or alterations to such buildings:

  • Add to Class 6:
    • the first $100,000 of additions or alterations made after 1978
  • Add to Class 3 the cost of additions or alterations that are made after:
    • 1978 and before 1988, and over $100,000
    • 1987, and over $100,000 but no more than $500,000 or 25% of the building’s capital cost, whichever is less
  • Add to Class 1 any additions or alterations over these limits

For more information, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-79, Capital Cost Allowance – Buildings or Other Structures.

Class 8 (20%)

Class 8 with a CCA rate of 20% includes certain property that is not included in another class. Examples include furniture, household appliances, a tool costing $500 or more, some fixtures, machinery, outdoor advertising signs, refrigeration equipment, and other equipment you use in your rental operation.

Photocopiers and electronic communications equipment, such as fax machines and electronic telephone equipment are also included in Class 8.

Note

If this equipment costs $1,000 or more, you can elect to have it included in a separate class. The CCA rate will not change but a separate CCA deduction can now be calculated for a five-year period. When all the property in the class is disposed of, the undepreciated capital cost (UCC) is fully deductible as a terminal loss. Any UCC balance left in the separate class at the end of the fifth year has to be transferred back to the general class in which it would belong. To make an election, attach a letter to your income tax return for the tax year in which you acquired the property. If you are filing electronically, mail your letter to your tax centre. You can find your tax centre’s address at Tax services offices and tax centres.

Class 10 (30%)

Class 10 with a CCA rate of 30% includes general-purpose electronic data processing equipment (commonly called computer hardware) and systems software for that equipment, including ancillary data processing equipment, if you acquired them either:

  • before March 23, 2004
  • after March 22, 2004, and before 2005, and you made an election

Class 10 also includes motor vehicles, as well as some passenger vehicles. 

Include passenger vehicles in Class 10 unless they meet the Class 10.1 conditions.

Eligible zero emission vehicles are now included in Class 54.

Class 10.1 (30%)

Your passenger vehicle can belong to either Class 10 or Class 10.1.

To determine the class your passenger vehicle belongs to, you have to use the cost of the vehicle before you add the GST/HST or the provincial sales tax (PST).

Include your passenger vehicle in Class 10.1 if you bought it in your 2019 fiscal period and it cost more than $30,000. List each Class 10.1 vehicle separately.

We consider the capital cost of a Class 10.1 vehicle to be $30,000, plus the related GST/HST, or PST. The $30,000 amount is the capital cost limit for a passenger vehicle.

Note

Use the GST rate of 5% and the appropriate PST rate for your province or territory. If your province is a participating province, use the appropriate HST rate. For more information on the GST and the HST, see guide RC4022, General Information for GST/HST Registrants.

The following chart will help you to determine if you have a motor vehicle or a passenger vehicle. The chart does not cover every situation, but it gives some of the main definitions for vehicles bought or leased and used to earn income. For more information, see “Keeping motor vehicle records” in guide T4002, Self employed Business, Professional, Commission, Farming, and Fishing Income.

Type of vehicleSeating (includes driver)Business use in year bought or leasedVehicle definition
Coupe, sedan, station wagon, sports car, or luxury car1 to 91% to 100%passenger
Pick-up truck used to transport goods or equipment1 to 3more than 50%motor
Pick-up truck (other than above)1 to 31% to 100%passenger
Pick-up truck with extended cab used to transport goods, equipment, or passengers4 to 990% or moremotor
Pick-up truck with extended cab (other than above)4 to 91% to 100%passenger
Sport utility vehicle used to transport goods, equipment, or passengers4 to 990% or moremotor
Sport utility vehicle (other than above)4 to 91% to 100%passenger
Van or minivan used to transport goods or equipment1 to 3more than 50%motor
Van or minivan (other than above)1 to 31% to 100%passenger
Van or minivan used to transport goods, equipment, or passengers4 to 990% or moremotor
Van or minivan (other than above)4 to 91% to 100%passenger

Eligible zero emission vehicles can now be included in Class 54.

Class 13

The capital cost of a leasehold interest of Class 13 property includes an amount that a tenant spends:

  • on improvements or alterations to a leased property that is capital in nature, other than improvements or alterations that are included as part of the building or structure
  • to obtain or extend a lease or sublease of the property and pays it to the landlord

The maximum CCA rate depends on the type of leasehold interest and the terms of the lease.

Certain amounts are not included in the capital cost of a leasehold interest. These include:

  • an amount paid by a tenant to cancel a lease
  • an amount paid by a tenant instead of rent or as a prepayment of rent

For more information on leasehold interests, see Income Tax Folio S3-F4-C1, General Discussion of Capital Cost Allowance.

Class 16 (40%)

Class 16 includes taxis, vehicles you use in a daily car rental business, coin operated video games or pinball machines acquired after February 15, 1984, and freight trucks acquired after December 6, 1991, that are rated above 11,788 kg.

Eligible zero emission vehicles are now included in Class 55 at a rate of 40%.

Class 31 (5%) and Class 32 (10%)

Class 31 and Class 32 include multiple-unit residential buildings (MURB) certified by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC) to which all of the following conditions apply:

  • they are located in Canada
  • they contain two or more units
  • they provide their occupants with a relatively permanent residence

If the entire MURB qualifies under Class 31 or 32-rental property, then each unit within the building falls under the same class.

To be included in Class 31 with a CCA rate of 5%, the building must have been acquired after 1979 and before June 18, 1987.

To be included in Class 32 with a CCA rate of 10%, the building must have been acquired before 1980.

Note

For 1994 and following years, you can no longer create or increase a rental loss by claiming CCA on a Class 31 or Class 32 property.

When a MURB no longer qualifies as a Class 31 or Class 32 rental property, you have to transfer it to the correct class.

For more information about the 1994 change in the CCA limit on MURBs, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-195, Rental Property – Capital Cost Allowance Restrictions.

Class 43.1 (30%)

Include in Class 43.1 with a CCA rate of 30% electrical vehicle charging stations (EVCSs) set up to supply more than 10 kilowatts but less than 90 kilowatts of continuous power. This is for property acquired after March 21, 2016, that has not been used or acquired for use before March 22, 2016.

Class 43.2 (50%)

Include in Class 43.2 with a CCA rate of 50% electrical vehicle charging stations (EVCSs) set up to supply 90 kilowatts and more of continuous power. This is for property acquired for use after March 21, 2016, that has not been used or acquired for use before March 22, 2016.

Class 50 (55%)

Include in Class 50 with a CCA rate of 55% property acquired after March 18, 2007, that is general-purpose electronic data processing equipment and systems software for that equipment, including ancillary data processing equipment.

Do not include property that is included in Class 29 or Class 52 or that is mainly or is used mainly as:

  1. electronic process control or monitor equipment
  2. electronic communications control equipment
  3. systems software for equipment referred to in a) or b)
  4. data handling equipment (other than data handling equipment that is ancillary to general-purpose electronic data processing equipment)

Class 53 (50%)

Include in Class 53 with a CCA rate of 50% eligible machinery and equipment that is acquired after 2015 and before 2026 (that would generally otherwise be included in Class 29) to be used in Canada primarily in the manufacturing or processing of goods for sale or lease.

Class 54 (30%) and Class 55 (40%) – Zero-emission vehicles

For zero-emission vehicles acquired after March 18, 2019, two new CCA classes are added. Class 54 was created for zero emission vehicles that would otherwise be included in Class 10 or 10.1, with the same CCA rate of 30%. Class 55 was created for zero emission vehicles otherwise included in Class 16, with the same CCA rate of 40%. The CCA still applies on a declining balance basis.

An enhanced first year CCA deduction with the following phase out period is available:

  • 100% after March 18, 2019, and before 2024
  • 75% after 2023 and before 2026
  • 55% after 2025 and before 2028

The enhanced first year allowance will be calculated by:

  • increasing the net capital cost addition, to the new class for property that becomes available for use before 2028, and applying the prescribed CCA rate for the class as described below:
    • For Class 54, applying the prescribed CCA rate of 30% to:
      • 2 1/3 times the net addition to the class for property that becomes available for use before 2024
      • 1 1/2 times the net addition to the class for property that becomes available for use in 2024 or 2025
      • 5/6 times the net addition to the class for property that becomes available for use after 2025 and before 2028
    • For Class 55, applying the prescribed CCA rate of 40% to:
      • 1 1/2 times the net addition to the class for property that becomes available for use before 2024
      • 7/8 times the net addition to the class for property that becomes available for use in 2024 or 2025
      • 3/8 times the net addition to the class for property that becomes available for use after 2025 and before 2028
  • Suspending the existing CCA half year rule

The CCA will be applicable on any remaining balance in the new classes using the specific rate for the new class.

A taxpayer may elect to not include in Class 54 or 55 a vehicle that would otherwise be a zero emission vehicle or a zero emission passenger vehicle. When such an election is filed, the vehicle will no longer be considered to be a zero emission vehicle or a zero emission passenger vehicle. As a result, the vehicle will be included in its usual CCA Class 10, 10.1 or 16 as the case may be. Such vehicles will not qualify for the enhanced first year CCA under the ZEV rules. However those vehicles, that will be included in Class 10, 10.1 or 16, may be eligible for enhanced CCA under the AIIP rules.

The election must be filed with the Minister of National Revenue in your income tax return for the taxation year in which the vehicle is acquired. There is no provision for late filing or amended elections.

Class 54 (30%)

Include in Class 54 zero emission vehicles that are not included in class 16 or 55 and would normally be included in Class 10 or 10.1.

There is a limit of $55,000 (plus federal and provincial sales taxes), for 2019, on the capital cost for each zero emission passenger vehicle in class 54. The limit will be reviewed annually. Class 54 may include both zero emission passenger vehicles that do and do not exceed the prescribed threshold. However, unlike Class 10.1, Class 54 does not establish a separate class for each vehicle whose cost exceeds the threshold.

If a zero emission passenger vehicle is disposed of to a person or partnership with whom you deal at arm’s length, and its cost exceeds the prescribed amount, the proceeds of disposition will be adjusted based on a factor equal to the prescribed amount as a proportion of the actual cost of the vehicle. For dispositions made after July 29, 2019, based on proposed legislation, the actual cost of the vehicle will also be adjusted for the payment or repayment of Government assistance.

Example

First-year enhanced allowance
Acquisition cost$60,000
First-year CCA$55,000 × 100% = $55,000
Undepreciated capital cost (UCC)$55,000 ? $55,000 = 0
Proceeds of disposition$30,000
Part of proceeds of disposition to be deducted from the UCC$30,000 × ($55,000 ÷ $60,000) = $27,500
Class 55 (40%)

Include in Class 55 zero emission vehicles that would normally be included in Class 16.

How to calculate your CCA

To calculate your current year deduction for CCA, and any recaptured CCA and terminal losses, use Area A of your form. Include only the rental property part.

You may have acquired or disposed of buildings or equipment during your fiscal period. If so, fill in the applicable Area B, C, D, or E, whichever applies, before completing Area A.

Note

Even if you are not claiming a deduction for CCA for 2019, fill in the appropriate areas of the form to show any additions or disposals during the year. For more information, see the following section.

Area A – Calculation of CCA claim

The Government of Canada’s 2018 Fall Economic Statement was tabled on November 21, 2018. As a result, columns 4, 7, and 8 have been added to Area A to accommodate the legislation. For more information on how this could affect your CCA calculations, go to Accelerated Investment Incentive.

Column 1 – Class number

Enter in this column the class numbers of your properties. If this is the first year you are claiming CCA, see Column 3 – Cost of additions in the year below before completing column 1. If you claimed CCA last year, you can get the class numbers of your properties from last year’s form.

We discuss the more common types of depreciable properties in Classes of depreciable property.

Separate classes

Generally, if you own several properties in the same CCA class, combine the capital cost of all these properties into one class. Then enter the total of the combined properties that are represented under one class in Area A’s calculation table. If you acquired a rental property after 1971 and it had a capital cost of $50,000 or more, you have to put it in a separate class. Calculate your CCA separately for each rental property that is in a separate class. Do this by listing the rental property on a separate line in Area A’s calculation table. For CCA purposes, the capital cost is the part of the price that relates to the building only.

When you dispose of a rental property that you have set up in a separate class in Area A’s calculation table, you base any CCA recapture or terminal loss only on the disposition of that rental property. When calculating these amounts, do not consider any other rental property you own that has the same class number as the rental property you disposed of. For more information on recapture of CCA and terminal losses, see Column 6 – Undepreciated Capital Cost (UCC) after additions and dispositions. 

For more information about CCA for rental properties with a capital cost of over $50,000, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-274, Rental Properties – Capital Cost of $50,000 or More.

Column 2 – Undepreciated capital cost (UCC) at the start of the year

If this is the first year you are claiming CCA, skip this column. Otherwise, enter in this column the UCC for each class at the end of last year. Enter these amounts from column 13 from your 2018 form.

From your UCC at the start of 2019, subtract any investment tax credit (ITC) you claimed or were refunded in 2018. Also, subtract any 2018 ITC you carried back to a year before 2018.

In 2018, you may have received a GST/HST input tax credit for a passenger vehicle you used less than 90% of the time for your business. In this case, subtract the amount of the credit you got from your 2019 opening UCC. See Grants, subsidies, and other incentives or inducements.  

Note

In 2019, you may be claiming, carrying back, or getting a refund of an ITC. If you still have depreciable property in the class, you have to adjust, in 2020, the UCC of the class to which the property belongs. To do this, subtract the amount of the credit from the UCC at the start of 2020. When there is no property left in the class, report the amount of the ITC as income in 2020.

Column 3 – Cost of additions in the year

If you acquire or make improvements to depreciable property in the year, we consider them to be additions to the class in which the rental property belongs. You should:

  • fill in Areas B and C on your form, if applicable
  • for each class, enter in column 3 of Area A’s calculation table the amounts from column 5 for each class in areas B and C

If a chart asks for the personal part of a property, this refers to the part you use personally, separate from the part you use for business. For example, if you use 25% of the building you live in for your business, your personal part is the remaining 75%.

Do not include the value of your labour in the cost of a rental property you build or improve. Include the cost of surveying or valuing a rental property you acquire. Remember that a rental property usually has to be available for use before you can claim CCA.

If you received insurance proceeds to reimburse you for the loss or destruction of depreciable property, enter the amount you spent to replace the property in column 3 of Area A, as well as in Area B or C, whichever applies.

Include the amount of insurance proceeds considered as proceeds of disposition in column 5 of Area A, as well as in column 4 of Area D or E, whichever applies.

If you replaced lost or destroyed property, special rules for replacement property may apply. The replacement property must be acquired within two years of the end of the tax year in which it was lost or destroyed. For more information, see Income Tax Folio S3-F3-C1, Replacement Property.

To find out if any of these special situations apply, see Special situations.  

Area B – Equipment additions in the year

List all equipment or other property you acquired or improved in the current tax year. Group them into the applicable classes, and put each class on a separate line. Equipment includes appliances (such as a washer and dryer), maintenance equipment (such as a lawn mower or a snow blower), and other property (such as furniture and some fixtures) you acquire to use in your rental operation. Enter at line 9925 the total rental portion of the cost of the equipment or other property. See also Grants, subsidies, and other incentives or inducements.

Area C – Building additions in the year

List the details of all buildings you acquired or improved in 2019. Group the buildings into the applicable classes and put each class on a separate line.

Enter on line 9927 the total business part of the cost of the buildings. The cost includes the purchase price of the building, and any related expenses you should add to the capital cost of the building, such as legal fees, land transfer taxes, and mortgage fees.

Land

Generally, land is not a depreciable property. Therefore, you cannot claim CCA on its cost. If you acquire a rental property that includes both land and a building, enter in column 3 of Area C only the cost that relates to the building. To calculate the building’s capital cost, you have to split any fees that relate to the buying of the rental property between the land and the building. Related fees may include legal and accounting fees.

Calculate the part of the related fees you can include in the capital cost of the building as follows:

Building value÷Total purchase price×Legal, accounting, or other fees=The part of the fees you can include in the building’s cost

You do not have to split a fee if it relates only to the land, or only to the building. In this case, you would add the amount of the fee to the cost to which it relates; either the land or the building.

Area F – Land additions and dispositions in the year

Enter on line 9923 the total cost of acquiring land in 2019. The cost includes the purchase price of the land plus any related expenses you should add to the capital cost of the land, such as legal fees, land transfer taxes, and mortgage fees.

You cannot claim CCA on land. Do not enter this amount in column 3 of Area A.

Column 4 – Cost of additions from column 3 which are eligible accelerated investment incentive properties (AIIPs) or zero emission vehicles (ZEVs)

Enter in column 4 the cost of additions from column 3 that are eligible accelerated investment incentive property (AIIP) or zero emission vehicles (ZEVs) from class 54 or 55. These properties must have become available for use in the year and be eligible for the enhanced allowance or accelerated investment incentive. AIIPs must be acquired after November 20, 2018 and ZEVs must be acquired after March 18, 2019. This number is a part of the total cost of additions in column 3 and cannot be higher than the number in column 3.

If no AIIPs and ZEVs were acquired, enter “0” in this column.

Column 5 – Proceeds of dispositions in the year

Enter the details of your 2019 dispositions on your form, as explained below.

If you disposed of depreciable property in the current tax year, you should:

  • complete, for each class, Areas D and E, if applicable
  • enter in column 5 of the calculation table in Area A the amounts for each class from column 5 of Areas D and E

When completing the tables in Areas D and E, enter in column 3 of the table the lesser of:

  • your proceeds of disposition minus any related expenses
  • the capital cost of the rental property
Note

If a chart asks for the personal part of a property, this refers to the part you use personally, separate from the part you use for business. For example, if you use 25% of the building you live in for business, your personal part is the other 75%.

Enter in column 5 of Area A for each class, the amount from column 5 of Area D and Area E for the class.

If you received insurance proceeds to reimburse you for the loss or destruction of depreciable property, enter the amount you paid to replace the property in column 5 of Area A, as well as in column 4 of Area B or C, whichever area applies.

Include the amount of insurance proceeds considered as proceeds of disposition in column 5 of Area A, as well as in column 4 of Area D or E, whichever applies. This could include compensation you receive for property that someone destroys, expropriates, steals, or damages.

If you dispose of a property for proceeds that are more than it cost you to acquire it (or you receive insurance proceeds for a property that was lost or destroyed that exceed the cost of the property), you will have a capital gain and possibly a recapture of CCA. You may be able to postpone or defer recognition of a capital gain or recapture of CCA in computing income if, among other things, the property disposed of is replaced within certain specified time limits. For more information, see Replacement property and Income Tax Folio S3-F3-C1, Replacement Property.

Special rules may apply if you dispose of a building for less than both its UCC and your capital cost. If this is the case, see Special rules for disposing of a building in the year in guide T4002. If you dispose of a depreciable property for more than its cost, you will have a capital gain. For more information on capital gains, see Chapter 7. You cannot have a capital loss when you sell depreciable property. However, you may have a terminal loss. For an explanation of terminal losses, see Column 6 – Undepreciated Capital Cost (UCC) after additions and dispositions below.

For more information on proceeds of disposition, see Income Tax Folio S3-F4-C1, General Discussion of Capital Cost Allowance.

Area D – Equipment dispositions in the year

List the details of all equipment (including motor vehicles) you disposed of in your 2019 fiscal period. Group the equipment into the applicable classes and put each class on a separate line. Enter on line 9926 the total business part of the proceeds of disposition of the equipment. 

Area E – Building dispositions in the year

List all buildings and leasehold interests you disposed of in the current tax year. Group the buildings and leasehold interests into the applicable classes, and put each class on a separate line. Enter at line 9928 the total amount for the rental portion from the proceeds of disposition of the buildings and leasehold interests.

Area F – Land additions and dispositions in the year

Enter on line 9924 the total of all amounts you received or will receive for disposing of land in the fiscal period.

Column 6 – Undepreciated Capital Cost (UCC) after additions and dispositions

The undepreciated capital cost (UCC) amount for column 6 is the initial UCC amount at the start of the year in column 2 plus the cost of additions in column 3 minus the proceeds of dispositions in column 5.

You cannot claim CCA when the amount in column 6 is:

  • negative (see Recapture of CCA)
  • positive and you do not have any property left in that class at the end of your 2019 fiscal period (see Terminal loss)

In either case, enter “0” in column 13.

Recapture of CCA

If the amount in column 6 is negative, you have a recapture of CCA. Enter your recapture amount on line 9947 “Recaptured capital cost allowance” in Part 4 of form T776.

A recapture of CCA can happen if the proceeds from the sale of depreciable rental property are more than the total of the following amounts:

  • the UCC of the class at the start of the period
  • the capital cost of any new additions during the period

A recapture of CCA can also occur, for example, when you get a government grant or claim an investment tax credit.

In some cases, you may be able to postpone a recapture of CCA. For example, you may sell a property and replace it with a similar one, someone may expropriate your property, or you may transfer property to a corporation, a partnership, or your child.

Terminal loss

If the amount in column 6 is positive and you no longer own any property in that class, you may have a terminal loss. More precisely, you may have a terminal loss when, at the end of a fiscal period, you have no more property in the class, but still have an amount that you have not deducted as CCA. You can usually subtract this terminal loss from your rental income. If the loss is more than your rental income, you can create a rental loss. Enter your terminal loss on line 9948, Terminal loss.

For more information on recapture of CCA and terminal loss, see Income Tax Folio S3-F4-C1, General Discussion of Capital Cost Allowance.

Note

The rules for recapture of CCA and terminal loss do not apply to passenger vehicles in Class 10.1. To calculate your CCA claim, see the comments in Column 10 – Base amount for CCA.

Column 7 – Proceeds of dispositions available to reduce additions of AIIP and ZEV

This column calculates the adjustments under certain circumstances to the additions for the year where there is also a disposition in the year.

When an AIIP and non-AIIP of the same class are purchased during the year and a disposition occurs, the disposition first reduces the undepreciated capital cost of the non-AIIP before reducing the undepreciated capital cost of the AIIP.

To determine which part of your proceeds of dispositions, if any, will reduce the cost of your AIIP or ZEV additions, take the proceeds of disposition in column 5 minus the cost of additions in the year in column 3 plus the cost of additions for AIIP or ZEVs in column 4. If the result is negative enter “0.”

If no AIIPs and ZEVs were acquired, you do not need to use this column.

Column 8 – Undepreciated capital cost (UCC) for current year additions of AIIP and ZEV

This column calculates the enhanced UCC amount used to determine the additional CCA for AIIP or ZEVs.

For this column, reduce the cost of AIIP or ZEV additions in column 4 by the proceeds of disposition available to reduce the AIIP or ZEV additions as calculated in column 7. Multiply the result by the following factor:

  • 1 for Classes 43.2 and 53
  • 1 1/2 for Class 55
  • 2 1/3 for Class 43.1 and 54
  • 0 for Class 12 and 13
  • 1/2 for the remaining AIIP

These factors will change for properties that become available for use after 2023 and the incentive is completely phased out for properties that become available for use after 2027.

If no AIIPs and ZEVs were acquired, enter “0” in this column.

Column 9 – Adjustment for current year additions subject to the half year rule

Generally, in the year you acquire or make additions to a property, you can usually claim CCA on half of your net additions. We call this the half-year rule. You calculate your CCA only on the net adjusted amount. For example, if before November 20, 2018, you acquired a property for $30,000, you would base your CCA claim on $15,000 ($30,000 × 50%) in the year you acquired the property. However, the half-year rule does not apply to AIIP or to ZEVs.

Calculate the net first-year additions that are subject to the half-year rule by taking the cost of total additions in column 3, minus AIIP and ZEV additions in column 4, minus proceeds of dispositions in column 5. Enter 50% of the result in column 9. If the result is negative, enter “0.”

There are circumstances where the half-year rule does not apply. For example, in a non-arm’s length transaction you may buy depreciable property that the seller continuously owned from the day that is at least 364 days before the end of your 2019 fiscal period to the day the property was acquired. However, if you transfer personal property, such as a car or a personal computer, into your business, the half-year rule applies to the particular property transferred.

Also, some properties are not subject to the half-year rule. Some examples are those in Classes 13, 14, 23, 24, 27, 34, and 52, as well as some of those in Class 12, such as small tools. The half-year rule does not apply when the available for use rules denies a CCA claim until the second tax year after you acquire the property.

For more information on the special rules that apply to Class 13, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-464, Capital Cost Allowance – Leasehold Interests. For more information on the half-year rule, see Income Tax Folio S3-F4-C1, General Discussion of Capital Cost Allowance.

Column 10 – Base amount for CCA

The base amount for CCA is the undepreciated capital cost (UCC) amount after additions, dispositions and the current year adjustments. This is the amount in column 6 plus the amount in column 8 minus the amount in column 9. The CCA rate is applied to this amount.

For a Class 10.1 vehicle you disposed of in your 2019 fiscal period, you may be able to claim 50% of the CCA that would be allowed if you still owned the vehicle at the end of your 2019 fiscal period. This is known as the half year rule on sale.

You can use the half year rule on sale if, at the end of your 2018 fiscal period, you owned the Class 10.1 vehicle you disposed of in 2019. If this applies to you, enter 50% of the amount from column 2 (for Class 10.1 vehicles) in column 10.

Column 11 – CCA Rate (%)

Enter the prescribed CCA rate (percentage) for each property class you have listed in Area A column 1.

For more information on certain kinds of property, see Classes of depreciable property.

Column 12 – CCA for the year

In column 12, enter the CCA you want to deduct for 2019. You can claim the CCA for the year up to the maximum amount allowed. In Area A, you calculate the maximum amount for column 12 by multiplying the amount in column 10 by the amount in column 11.

In your first year of business, you may have to prorate your CCA claim.

To get your CCA yearly total, add up all amounts in column 12. Enter this result on line 9936, Capital cost allowance (CCA). If you are a co-owner, enter only your share of the CCA. To find out how to calculate your CCA claim if you are using the property for both business and personal use, see Personal use of property in guide T4002.

Column 13 – UCC at the end of the year

The final result in column 13 is the undepreciated capital cost (UCC) at the end of the year. This is the result of the UCC after additions and dispositions in column 6, minus the amount for capital cost allowance claimed for the year in column 12. The amount in column 13 is the starting UCC balance you will use when you calculate your CCA claim next year. Next year, enter this amount in column 2. If you have a terminal loss or a recapture of CCA, enter “0” in column 13.

The example at the end of this chapter sums up CCA.

Special situations

This section describes the special situations and how the tables in Areas B, C, D and E help break down and display the calculations for these situations.

Changing from personal to rental use

If you bought a property for personal use and then changed the use to a rental in your rental operation in the current tax year, there is a change in use of the property. You need to determine the capital cost of the property at the moment of this change.

If the FMV of a depreciable property (such as equipment or a building) is less than its original cost when you change its use, the amount you put in column 3 of Area B or C is the FMV of the property (excluding the land value if the property includes land and a building). If the FMV is more than the original cost of the property when you change use, use the following chart to determine the amount to enter in column 3.

Note

We consider you to have acquired the land for an amount equal to the FMV when you changed its use. Enter this amount at line 9923 in Area F, “Land additions and dispositions in the year.”

Capital cost calculation (change in use)

Actual cost of the property $Blank space for dollar valueLine1

FMV of the property$Blank space for dollar valueLine2

Amount from line 1$Blank space for dollar valueLine3

Line 2 minus line 3 (if negative, enter “0”)$Blank space for dollar valueLine4

Enter any capital gains deduction claimed for the amount at line 4.Footnote1$Blank space for dollar value× 2 =$Blank space for dollar valueLine5

Line 4 minus line 5 (if negative, enter “0”)$Blank space for dollar value× ½ =$Blank space for dollar valueLine6

Capital cost
Line 1 plus line 6 $Blank space for dollar valueLine7Footnote 1

Enter the amount that relates only to the depreciable property.

Return to footnote1Referrer

Enter the capital cost of the property from line 7 in column 3 of Area B or C.

Grants, subsidies, and other incentives or inducements

If you get a grant, subsidy, or rebate from a government or a government agency to buy depreciable property, subtract the amount of the grant, subsidy, or rebate from the property’s capital cost. Do this before you enter the capital cost in column 3 of Area B or C.

For example, you buy a rental property at a cost of $200,000 ($50,000 for the land and $150,000 for the building) and receive a $50,000 grant. The $50,000 grant is split in a similar way between the land and building. The total cost of the purchase is reduced to $150,000: $37,500 for the land and $112,500 for the building. Enter the reduced capital cost in column 3 of Area B or C. For more information, see Interpretation Bulletin IT-273, Government Assistance – General Comments.

In this case, you can include the amount in your rental income or you can deduct the amount from the capital cost of the rental property. You may get an incentive from a non-government agency to buy depreciable property. For example, you may receive a tax credit that you can use to reduce your income tax payable.

If the purchase price of your property was reduced due to poor quality or for other reasons, see Income Tax Folio S3-F4-C1, General Discussion of Capital Cost Allowance, for more information about how to calculate your capital cost.

Non-arm’s length transactions

When you acquire rental property (depreciable property) in a non-arm’s length transaction, there are special rules for determining the property’s capital cost. These special rules do not apply if you get the property because of someone’s death.

You can acquire depreciable property in a non?arm’s length transaction from:

  • an individual resident in Canada
  • a partnership with at least one partner who is an individual resident in Canada
  • a partnership with at least one partner who is another partnership

If you pay more for the rental property than the seller paid for the same rental property, calculate the cost as follows:

Capital cost calculation (non-arm’s length transaction – resident of Canada)

The seller’s cost or capital cost $Blank space for dollar valueLine1

The seller’s proceeds of disposition$Blank space for dollar valueLine2

Amount from line 1$Blank space for dollar valueLine3

Line 2 minus line 3 (if negative, enter “0”)$Blank space for dollar valueLine4

Enter any capital gains deduction claimed for the amount at line 4.$Blank space for dollar value× 2 =$Blank space for dollar valueLine5

Line 4 minus line 5 (if negative, enter “0”)$Blank space for dollar value× ½ =$Blank space for dollar valueLine6

Capital cost
Line 1 plus line 6 $Blank space for dollar valueLine7

Enter this amount in column 3 of either Area B or C, whichever applies. Do not include the cost of the related land. Include the cost of the related land at line 9923, “Total cost of all land additions in the year” in Area F of your form.

You can also acquire depreciable property in a non?arm’s length transaction from:

  • a corporation
  • an individual who is not a resident in Canada
  • a partnership with no partners who are individuals resident in Canada or with no partners that are other partnerships

If you pay more for the rental property than the seller paid for the same rental property, calculate the capital cost as follows:

Capital cost calculation (non-arm’s length transaction – non-resident of Canada)

The seller’s cost or capital cost $Blank space for dollar valueLine1

The seller’s proceeds of disposition$Blank space for dollar valueLine2

Amount from line 1$Blank space for dollar valueLine3

Line 2 minus line 3 (if negative, enter “0”)$Blank space for dollar value× ½ =$Blank space for dollar valueLine4

Capital cost
Line 1 plus line 4 $Blank space for dollar valueLine5

Enter this amount in column 3 of either Areas B or C, whichever applies. Do not include the cost of the related land. Include the cost of the related land at line 9923, “Total cost of all land additions in the year” in Area F of your form.

If you acquire depreciable property in a non-arm’s length transaction and pay less for it than the seller paid, your capital cost is the same amount as the seller paid. The difference between what you paid and what the seller paid is considered to be deducted as CCA. Enter the amount you paid in column 3 of Area A. Enter the same amount in Area B or C, whichever applies.

Example

Teresa bought a refrigerator from her father, Roman, for $400 to use in her rental operation. Roman paid $1,000 for the refrigerator and was using it in his rental operations. Since the amount Teresa paid is less than the amount Roman paid, we consider Teresa’s cost to be $1,000. We also consider that Teresa has deducted CCA from the amount of $600 in the past ($1,000 ? $400).

  • In Area B, Teresa enters $1,000 in column 3, “Total cost.”
  • In Area A, she enters $400 in column 3, “Cost of additions in the year,” as the addition for the current tax year.

For more information on non-arm’s length transactions, see Income Tax Folio S1-F5-C1, Related persons and dealing at arm’s length.

Selling your rental property

If you sell a rental property for more than it cost, you may have a capital gain. List the dispositions of all your rental properties on Schedule 3, Capital Gains (or Losses). For information on how to calculate your taxable capital gain, see guide T4037, Capital Gains.

If you are a member of a partnership that has a capital gain, the partnership will allocate part of that gain to you. The gain will show on the partnership’s financial statements or in box 151 of your T5013 slip. Report the gain at line 17400 of Schedule 3, Capital Gains (or Losses).

Note

You cannot have a capital loss when you sell depreciable property. However, you can have a terminal loss, see Column 6 – Undepreciated Capital Cost (UCC) after additions and dispositions.

Disposing of a building

If you disposed of a building in the current tax year, special rules may apply making the proceeds of disposition an amount other than the actual proceeds of disposition. This happens when you meet both the following conditions:

  • you disposed of the building for an amount less than its cost amount, as calculated below, and its capital cost to you
  • you, or a person with whom you do not deal at arm’s length, owned the land the building is on, or the land next to it, which was necessary for the building’s use

To calculate the cost amount:

  • if the building was the only property in the class, the cost amount is the UCC of that class before you disposed of the building
  • if more than one property is in the same class, you have to calculate the cost amount of each building as follows:

           Capital cost of the building ÷ Capital cost of all properties in the class not previously disposed of × UCC of the class = Cost amount of the building

Note

If a building acquired in a non-arm’s length transaction was previously used for something other than producing income, the capital cost of the property will need to be recalculated to determine the cost amount of the building.

If you disposed of a building under these conditions, and you or a person with whom you do not deal at arm’s length disposed of the land in the same year, calculate your deemed proceeds of disposition as shown in Calculation A below.

If you, or a person with whom you do not deal at arm’s length, did not dispose of the land in the same year as the building, calculate your deemed proceeds of disposition for the building as shown in Calculation B.

Calculation A – Land and building disposed of in the same year

1. FMV of the building when you disposed of it$Blank space for dollar valueLine1

2. FMV of the land just before you disposed of it+Blank space for dollar valueLine2

3. Line 1 plus line 2= $Blank space for dollar value>$Blank space for dollar valueLine3

4. Seller’s adjusted cost base of the land$Blank space for dollar valueLine4

5. Total capital gains (without reserves) from any disposition of the land (such as a change in use) by you, or by a person not dealing at arm’s length with you, in the three-year period before you disposed of the building, to you or to another person not dealing at arm’s length with you? $Blank space for dollar valueLine5

6. Line 4 minus line 5 (if negative, enter “0”)= $Blank space for dollar valueLine6

7. Line 2 or line 6, whichever amount is less? $Blank space for dollar valueLine7

8. Line 3 minus line 7 (if negative, enter “0”)= $Blank space for dollar valueLine8

9. Cost amount of the building just before you disposed of it$Blank space for dollar valueLine9

10. Capital cost of the building just before you disposed of it$Blank space for dollar valueLine10

11. Line 9 or line 10, whichever amount is less$Blank space for dollar valueLine11

12. Line 1 or line 11, whichever amount is more$Blank space for dollar valueLine12

Deemed proceeds of disposition for the building

13. Line 8 or line 12, whichever amount is less (enter this amount from line 13 in column 3 of Area E and include it in column 5 of Area A)$Blank space for dollar valueLine13

Deemed proceeds of disposition for the land

14. Proceeds of disposition of the land and building$Blank space for dollar valueLine14

15. Amount from line 13? $Blank space for dollar valueLine15

16. Line 14 minus line 15 (enter this amount at line 9924 of Area F)= $Blank space for dollar valueLine16

If you have a terminal loss on the building, include it at line 9948, Terminal loss.

Calculation B – Land and building disposed of in different years

1. Cost amount of the building just before you disposed of it$Blank space for dollar valueLine1

2. FMV of the building just before you disposed of it$Blank space for dollar valueLine2

3. Line 1 or line 2, whichever amount is more$Blank space for dollar valueLine3

4. Actual proceeds of disposition, if any? $Blank space for dollar valueLine4

5. Line 3 minus line 4= $Blank space for dollar valueLine5

6. Amount from line 5$Blank space for dollar value× ½= $Blank space for dollar valueLine6

7. Amount from line 4+ $Blank space for dollar valueLine7

Deemed proceeds of disposition for the building

8. Line 6 plus line 7 (enter this amount in column 3 of Area E and include it in column 5 of Area A)= $Blank space for dollar valueLine8

If you have a terminal loss on the building, include it at line 9948, Terminal loss.

Usually, you can deduct 100% of a terminal loss, but only 50% of a capital loss. Calculation B makes sure you use the same percentage to calculate both a terminal loss on a building and a capital loss on land. As a result of this calculation, you add 50% of the amount on line 5 to the actual proceeds of disposition from the building (see Terminal loss).

Replacement property

In some cases, you can postpone or defer including a capital gain or recapture of CCA in calculating income. Your property might be stolen, destroyed, or expropriated, and you replace it with a similar one. To defer reporting the gain or recapture of CCA, you (or a person related to you) must acquire the replacement property within the specified time limits and use the new property for the same or similar purpose.

You can also defer a capital gain or recapture when you transfer rental property to a corporation, a partnership. For more information, see:

Example

During the current tax year, Paul bought a house to use for rental purposes. For CCA purposes, the building is classified as Class 1 with a 4% rate. It is his only rental property. The total cost was $95,000 (the sum of the $90,000 total purchase price plus $5,000 total expenses connected with the purchase). The details are as follows:

Building value (Class 1) $75,000
Land value+$15,000
Total purchase price=$90,000
Expenses connected with the purchase  
Legal fees $3,000
Land transfer taxes+$2,000
Total fees=$5,000

Paul’s rental activity is reported on a December 31 year?end basis. Paul’s rental income was $6,000 and his rental expenses were $4,900. Therefore, his net rental income before deducting CCA was $1,100 ($6,000 – $4,900). Paul wants to deduct as much CCA as he can.

Before Paul can fill in his CCA schedule in Area A, he has to calculate the capital cost of the building. Since land is not depreciable property, he has to calculate the part of the expenses connected with the purchase that relates only to the building. To do this, he has to use the following formula.

Part of the fees Paul can include in the building’s cost= Building value÷ Total purchase price× Expenses 
 =  $75,000÷ $90,000× $5,000$4,166.67

This $4,166.67 represents the part of the $5,000 in legal fees and land transfer taxes that relates to the purchase of the building. The remaining $833.33 relates to the purchase of the land. Therefore, the capital cost of the building is:

Building value (Class 1)Related expensesCapital cost of the building
$75,000.00+ $4,166.67$79,166.67

Paul enters $79,166.67 in column 3 of Area C and $15,833.33 ($15,000 + $833.33) on line 9923 of Area F as the capital cost of the land.

Note

Paul did not own rental property before the current year. Therefore, he has no UCC to enter in column 2 of Area A.

Paul acquired his rental property during the current year. Therefore, he is subject to the half-year rule explained in Column 9 – Adjustment for current-year additions subject to the half year rule.

His net rental income before CCA is $1,100. Paul cannot claim CCA for more than $1,100 because he cannot use his CCA to create a rental loss (see Limits on CCA). This is the case even though he would otherwise be entitled to claim $1,583.33 [($79,166.67 × 50%) × 4%].

Chapter 5 – Principal residence

When you sell your home, you may realize a capital gain. If the property was used solely as your principal residence for every year you owned it, you do not have to pay tax on the gain. If at any time during the period you owned the property, it was not your principal residence, or used solely as your principal residence, you may have to pay tax on all or part of the capital gain.

If you sold property in 2019 that was, at any time, your principal residence, you must report the sale on Schedule 3, Capital Gains (or Losses) in 2019 and form T2091(IND) Designation of a Property as a Principal Residence by an Individual (Other Than a Personal Trust). See Schedule 3, form T2091(IND), and guide T4037 Capital Gains for additional information on how to report the disposition of your principal residence.

If you want more information after reading this chapter, see Income Tax Folio S1-F3-C2, Principal Residence.

What is your principal residence?

Your principal residence can be any of the following types of housing units:

  • a house
  • a cottage
  • a condominium
  • an apartment in an apartment building
  • an apartment in a building such as a duplex or triplex
  • a trailer, mobile home, or houseboat

A property qualifies as your principal residence, for any year, if it meets all of the following conditions:

  • it is a housing unit, a leasehold interest in a housing unit, or a share of the capital stock of a co-operative housing corporation you acquire only to get the right to inhabit a housing unit owned by that corporation
  • you own the property alone or jointly with another person
  • you, your current or former spouse or common-law partner, or any of your children lived in it at some time during the year
  • you designate the property as your principal residence

The land on which your home is located can be part of your principal residence. Usually, the amount of land that you can consider as part of your principal residence is limited to one-half hectare (1.24 acres). If you can show that you need more land to use and enjoy your home, you can consider more than 1.24 acres as part of your principal residence. For example, this may happen if the minimum lot size imposed by a municipality at the time you bought the property is larger than one-half hectare.

Designating a principal residence

You designate your home as your principal residence when you sell or are considered to have sold all or part of it. You can designate your home as your principal residence for the years that you own and use it as your principal residence. However, in some situations you may choose not to designate your home as your principal residence for one or more of those years. For more information, see form T2091(IND), Designation of a Property as a Principal Residence by an Individual (Other Than a Personal Trust), and form T1255, Designation of a Property as a Principal Residence by the Legal Representative of a Deceased Individual.

Can you designate more than one principal residence?

For years before 1982, more than one housing unit per family can be designated as a principal residence. Therefore, a husband and wife can designate different principal residences for these years. However, a special rule applies if members of a family designate more than one home as a principal residence. For more information, see Income Tax Folio S1 F3 C2, Principal Residence.

For 1982 and later years, you can only designate one home as your family’s principal residence for each year. For more information, see Income Tax Folio S1-F3-C2, Principal Residence.

For 1982 to 2000, if you had a spouse or were 18 or older, your family included:

  • you
  • a person who throughout the year was your spouse (unless you were separated for the entire year under the terms of a court order or a written agreement)
  • your children (other than a child who had a spouse during the year or who was 18 or older)

If you did not have a spouse and were not 18 or older, your family also included:

  • your mother and father
  • your brothers and sisters (who did not have spouses and were not 18 or older during the year)

For 1993 to 2000, since a spouse included a common-law spouse, common-law spouses could not designate different housing units as their principal residences for any of those years.

Note

If you elected to have your same-sex partner considered as your common-law partner for 1998, 1999, or 2000, then, for those years, your common-law partner also could not designate a different housing unit as his or her principal residence.

After the year 2000, the above definition applies except that the reference to spouse is replaced by “spouse or common-law partner”. Neither spouses nor common-law partners (see Definitions) can designate different housing units as their principal residence.

Disposition of your principal residence

When you sell your home or when you are considered to have sold it, usually you do not have to pay tax on any gain from the sale. This is the case if the property was used solely as your principal residence for every year you owned it or for all years except one year, being the year in which you replaced your principal residence. If you sold your home in 2019 and it was your principal residence you have to report the sale and designate the property on Schedule 3, Capital Gains (or Losses). In addition, you also have to complete form T2091(IND), Designation of a Property as a Principal Residence by an Individual (Other Than a Personal Trust). Complete only page 1 of form T2091 if the property you sold was your principal residence for all the years you owned it, or for all years except one year, being the year in which you replaced your principal residence.

For the sale of a principal residence in 2019, we will only allow the principal residence exemption if you report the disposition and designation of your principal residence on your income tax return. If you forget to make this designation in the year of the disposition, it is very important to ask us to amend your income tax return for that year. The CRA can accept a late designation in certain circumstances, but a penalty may apply. For more information, see guide T4037, Capital Gains.

If your home was not your principal residence for every year that you owned it, you have to report the amount of the capital gain on the property that relates to the years you did not designate it as your principal residence. To do this, fill in form T2091(IND) (see the next section). You are also required to complete the applicable sections of Schedule 3 as indicated on page 2 of the schedule.

If only a part of your home qualifies as your principal residence and you used the other part to earn or produce income, you have to split the selling price and the adjusted cost base between the part you used for your principal residence and the part you used for other purposes, such as rental or business. You can do this by using square metres or the number of rooms, as long as the split is reasonable. Report on line 13800 of Schedule 3 only the gain on the part you used to produce income. For more information, see Income Tax Folio S1-F3-C2, Principal Residence. You are also required to complete page 2 of Schedule 3 to report the sale of your principal residence.

There are certain situations in which we will consider the entire property maintains its nature as a principal residence in spite of the fact that you have used it for income producing purposes. However, all of the following conditions must be met:

  • The income producing use is ancillary to the main use of the property as a residence.
  • There is no structural change to the property.
  • No capital cost allowance is claimed on the property.

This situation could occur, for example, where the property is used as a home day care. For more information, see Income Tax Folio S1-F3-C2, Principal Residence.

If you sold more than one property in the same calendar year and each property was, at one time, your principal residence, you must show this by completing a separate form T2091(IND) for each property to designate what years each was your principal residence and to calculate the amount of capital gain, if any, to report on line 15800 of Schedule 3, Capital Gains (or Losses) in 2019.

For more information on how to report the capital gain resulting from the disposition of your principal residence, see guide T4037, Capital Gains.

Form T2091(IND), Designation of a Property as a Principal Residence by an Individual (Other Than a Personal Trust), and form T1255, Designation of a Property as a Principal Residence by the Legal Representative of a Deceased Individual

Use form T2091(IND) to designate a property as a principal residence. This form will help you calculate the number of years that you can designate your home as your principal residence, and the part of the capital gain, if any, that you have to report. Fill in this form if you:

  • sold, or were considered to have sold, your principal residence or any part of it
  • granted someone an option to buy your principal residence or any part of it
Note

A legal representative of a deceased person (executor, administrator, or a liquidator in Quebec) must use form T1255, Designation of a Property as a Principal Residence by the Legal Representative of a Deceased Individual, to designate a property as a principal residence for the deceased.

Did you or your spouse or common-law partner file form T664 or form T664 (Seniors)?

Use form T2091(IND) to calculate the capital gain if you sell, or are considered to have sold, a property for which you or your spouse or common-law partner previously filed form T664 or form T664 (Seniors), Election to Report a Capital Gain on Property Owned at the End of February 22, 1994, and:

  • the property was your principal residence for 1994
  • you are designating it in the current tax year as your principal residence for any year

Use form T2091(IND)-WS, Principal Residence Worksheet, to calculate a reduction from the capital gains election. If the property was designated as a principal residence for the purpose of the capital gains election, you have to include those previous years it was designated in the current year.

Note

If, at the time of the election, the property was designated as a principal residence for any tax year other than 1994, you can choose to designate it again as your principal residence when you sell it or are considered to have sold it. If you choose to designate it again, you have to include those previously designated tax years as part of your principal residence designation in the current tax year.

If the property was not your principal residence for 1994 and you are not designating it in 2019 as your principal residence for any tax year, do not use form T2091(IND) and form T2091(IND) WS to calculate your capital gain. Instead, calculate your capital gain, if any, in the regular way (proceeds of disposition minus the adjusted cost base and outlays and expenses).

Change in use

You can be considered to have sold all or part of your property even though you did not actually sell it.

For example, this is the case when:

  • you change all or part of your principal residence to a rental property
  • you change your rental property to a principal residence
  • you stop using a property to earn or produce income

Every time you change the use of a property, you are considered to have sold the property at its fair market value and to have immediately reacquired the property for the same fair market value, unless you make an election as described below. The resulting capital gain or capital loss (in certain situations) must be reported in the year the change of use occurs.

If the property was your principal residence for any year you owned it before you changed its use, you do not have to pay tax on any gain that relates to those years. You only have to report the gain that relates to the years your home was not your principal residence.

Note

Your home is personal-use property for your own use. If you have a loss when we consider you to have sold your home because of a change in use, you are not allowed to claim the loss.

Special situations

There are situations to which the change-in-use rules stated above do not apply. The following are some of the more common situations.

Changing all your principal residence to a rental property

When you change your principal residence to a rental property, you can make an election not to be considered as having started to use your principal residence as a rental property. This means you do not have to report any capital gain when you change its use. If you make this election:

  • you have to report the net rental income you earn
  • you cannot claim CCA on the property

While your election is in effect, you can designate the property as your principal residence for up to four years, even if you do not use your property as your principal residence. You can only do this if you do not designate any other property as your principal residence for that same time period.

You can extend the four-year limit for an unlimited time if all of the following conditions are met:

  • you live away from your principal residence because your employer, or your spouse’s or common-law partner’s employer, wants you to relocate
  • you and your spouse or common-law partner are not related to the employer
  • you return to your original home while you or your spouse or common-law partner are still with the same employer or before the end of the year after the year in which this employment ends, or you die during the term of employment
  • your original home is at least 40 kilometres (by the shortest public route) farther than your temporary residence from your or your spouse’s or common-law partner’s new place of employment

If you make this election, there is no immediate effect on your tax situation when you move back into your residence. If you change the use of the property again and do not make this election again, any gain you have from the sale of the property is a capital gain and may be subject to tax.

To make this election, attach a letter signed by you, and send it with your income tax return. If you are filing your taxes electronically, send this letter to your tax centre. To find your tax centre go to Tax services offices and tax centres. The letter must describe the property and state that you are making an election under subsection 45(2) of the Income Tax Act.

If you started to use your principal residence as a rental or business property in the year, you may want information on how you should report your business or property income. If so, see guide T4002, Self-employed Business, Professional, Commission, Farming, and Fishing Income.

Changing all your rental property to a principal residence

When you change your rental property to a principal residence, you can elect to postpone reporting the disposition of your property until you actually sell it. However, you cannot make this election if you, your spouse or common law partner, or a trust under which you or your spouse or common law partner is a beneficiary has deducted CCA on the property for any tax year after 1984, and on or before the day you change its use.

This election only applies to a capital gain. If you claimed CCA on the property before 1985, you have to include any recapture of CCA in your rental income. Include the income in the year the property use was changed:

  • You cannot make this election if you or your spouse or common-law partner, or a trust under which you, your spouse or common-law partner is a beneficiary, has deducted CCA on the property for any tax year after 1984 and on or before the day you change its use.
  • To make this election, attach a letter signed by you, and send it with your income tax return. If you are filing your return electronically, send the letter to your tax centre. To find the address for your tax centre, go to Tax services offices and tax centres. The letter should describe the property and state that you are making an election under subsection 45(3) of the Income Tax Act.
  • You have to make this election by the earlier of the following dates:
    • 90 days after the date we ask you to make the election
    • the date you have to file your income tax return for the year in which you sell the property

If you make this election, you can designate the property as your principal residence for up to four years before you occupy it as your principal residence

Changing part of your principal residence to a rental property or vice versa

Before March 19, 2019, you could not elect to avoid the deemed disposition that occurs on a partial change in the use of a property. However, starting on March 19, 2019, the budget proposes that depending on your situation, you can elect under subsection 45(2) or 45(3) of the Income Tax Act that the deemed position that normally arises on a partial change in use of property not apply.

Even if you do not make the election, if you started to use part of your principal residence for rental or business purposes, the CRA usually considers you to have changed the use of that part of your principal residence unless all of the following conditions apply:

  • your rental or business use of the property is relatively small in relation to its use as your principal residence
  • you do not make any structural changes to the property to make it more suitable for rental or business purposes
  • you do not deduct any CCA on the part you are using for rental or business purposes

Generally, if you do not meet all of the above conditions, you will have a deemed disposition of the portion of property that had the change of use, and immediately after,  you will be deemed to have reacquired that portion of property. The proceeds of disposition and the cost of the reacquisition will be equal to the proportionate share of the FMV of the property, determined at that time. Additionally, in the year the partial change in use occurs, you can make a principal residence designation (for the portion of the property that had the change in use), by completing page 2 of Schedule 3, Capital Gains (or Losses) and page 1 of form T2091 (IND), Designation of a Property as a Principal Residence by an Individual (Other Than a Personal Trust).

Subsequently, when you actually sell the property you have to take all of the following actions:

  • split the selling price between the part you used for your principal residence and the part you used for rental or business purposes. The CRA will accept a split based on square metres or the number of rooms as long as the split is reasonable
  • report any capital gain on the part you used for rental or business purposes. You can also make a principal residence designation for the portion of the property for which there was no change in use as your principal residence, by completing Schedule 3 and form T2091(IND), in order to claim the principal residence exemption for that portion of the gain

For more information, see “Real estate, depreciable property, and other properties” on page 16 of guide T4037, Capital Gains.

Online services

Handling business taxes online

Use the CRA’s online services for businesses throughout the year to:

  • make payments to the CRA by setting up pre-authorized debit agreements in My Business Account or by using the My Payment service
  • file a return, view the status of filed returns, and amend returns online
  • send documents to the CRA
  • authorize a representative for online access to your business accounts
  • register to receive email notifications and to view mail from the CRA in My Business Account
  • change addresses
  • manage direct deposit information
  • view account balance and transactions
  • calculate a future balance
  • transfer payments and immediately view updated balances
  • add another business to your account
  • send account related enquiries and view answers to common enquiries
  • send an enquiry about your audit
  • download reports

To log in to or register for the CRA’s online services, go to:

For more information, go to E-services for Businesses.

CRA BizApp

CRA BizApp is a mobile web app for small business owners and sole proprietors. The app offers secure access to view accounting transactions, pay outstanding balances, make interim payments, and more.

You can access CRA BizApp on any mobile device with an Internet browser—no app stores needed! To access the app, go to Mobile apps – Canada Revenue Agency.

Receiving your CRA mail online

Sign up for email notifications to get most of your CRA mail, like your notice of assessment, online.

For more information, go to My Account for Individuals.

Authorizing the withdrawal of a pre-determined amount from your Canadian chequing account

Pre-authorized debit (PAD) is a secure online, self-service, payment option for individuals and businesses. This option lets you set the payment amount you authorize the CRA to withdraw from your Canadian chequing account to pay your tax on a specific date or dates you choose. You can set up a PAD agreement using the CRA’s secure My Business Account service at My Business Account, or the CRA BizApp at Mobile apps – Canada Revenue Agency.You can use My Business Account to view historical records, modify, cancel, or skip a payment. PADs are flexible and managed by you. For more information, go to Make a payment to the Canada Revenue Agency and select “Pre authorized debit.”

Electronic payments

Make your payment using:

For more information

What if you need help?

If you need more information after reading this guide, visit our website or call 1-800-959-8281.

Direct deposit

Direct deposit is a fast, convenient, and secure way to get your CRA payments directly into your account at a financial institution in Canada. For ways to enrol for direct deposit or more information, go to Direct deposit.

Forms and publications

To get our forms and publications, go to Forms and publications or call 1-800-959-8281.

Electronic mailing lists

The CRA can notify you by email when new information on a subject of interest to you is available on the website. To subscribe to the electronic mailing lists, go to Electronic mailing lists.

Tax Information Phone Service (TIPS)

For personal and general tax information by telephone, use our automated service, TIPS, by calling 1-800-267-6999.

Teletypewriter (TTY) users

If you have a hearing or speech impairment and use a TTY, call 1-800-665-0354.

If you use an operator-assisted relay service, call our regular telephone numbers instead of the TTY number.

Service-related complaints

You can expect to be treated fairly under clear and established rules, and get a high level of service each time you deal with the CRA. See the Taxpayer Bill of Rights.

If you are not satisfied with the service you received, try to resolve the matter with the CRA employee you have been dealing with or call the telephone number provided in the CRA’s correspondence. If you do not have contact information, go to Contact information.

If you still disagree with the way your concerns were addressed, you can ask to discuss the matter with the employee’s supervisor.

If you are still not satisfied, you can file a service complaint by filling out Form RC193, Service-Related Complaint. For more information on how to file a complaint, go to Make a service complaint.

If the CRA has not resolved your service-related complaint, you can submit a complaint with the Office of the Taxpayers’ Ombudsman.

Formal disputes (objections and appeals)

If you disagree with an assessment, determination, or decision, you have the right to register a formal dispute.

Reprisal complaints

If you have previously submitted a service related complaint or requested a formal review of a CRA decision and feel that, as a result, you were treated unfairly by a CRA employee, you can submit a reprisal complaint by filling out Form RC459, Reprisal Complaint.

For more information about complaints and disputes, go to Reprisal Complaints.

Due dates

When the due date falls on a Saturday, a Sunday, or a public holiday recognized by the CRA, we consider your payment to be on time if we receive it on the next business day. Your return is considered on time if we receive it or if it is postmarked on or before the next business day.

For more information, go to Important dates for Individuals.

Cancel or waive penalties or interest

The CRA administers legislation, commonly called taxpayer relief provisions, that allows the CRA discretion to cancel or waive penalties or interest when taxpayers cannot meet their tax obligations due to circumstances beyond their control.

The CRA’s discretion to grant relief is limited to any period that ended within 10 calendar years before the year in which a request is made.

For penalties, the CRA will consider your request only if it relates to a tax year or fiscal period ending in any of the 10 calendar years before the year in which you make your request. For example, your request made in 2019 must relate to a penalty for a tax year or fiscal period ending in 2009 or later.

For interest on a balance owing for any tax year or fiscal period, the CRA will consider only the amounts that accrued during the 10 calendar years before the year in which you make your request. For example, your request made in 2019 must relate to interest that accrued in 2009 or later.

To make a request, fill out form RC4288, Request for Taxpayer Relief – Cancel or Waive Penalties or Interest. For more information about relief from penalties or interest and how to submit your request, go to Taxpayer relief provisions.

Original Source: https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/services/forms-publications/publications/t4036/rental-income-2016.html

Categories
Accountant in the Park Accountant Services Alberta Accounting Airdrie Corporate Income Tax Services Airdrie Personal Income Tax Services Alberta Accountant Blog Alberta Accountant Services Alberta Accounting Firm Alberta Bookkeeping services Alcomdale Corporate Income Tax Services Alcomdale Personal Income Tax Services Beaumont Corporate Income Tax Services Beaumont Personal Income Tax Services Brooks Corporate Income Tax Services Brooks Personal Income Tax Services Calahoo Corporate Income Tax Services Calahoo Personal Income Tax Services Calgary Corporate Income Tax Services Calgary Personal Income Tax Services Camrose Corporate Income Tax Services Camrose Personal Income Tax Services Canada Tax Services Canada Virtual Accounting Firm Canmore Corporate Income Tax Services Canmore Personal Income Tax Services Chestermere Corporate Income Tax Services Chestermere Personal Income Tax Services Claresholm Corporate Income Tax Services Claresholm Personal Income Tax Services Cold Lake Corporate Income Tax Services Cold Lake Personal Income Tax Services Corporate Tax Returns Edmonton Alberta Corporate Tax Returns Sherwood Park Alberta Drumheller Corporate Income Tax Services Drumheller Personal Income Tax Services Edmonton Accounting Firm Edmonton Alberta Accounting Firm Edmonton Alberta Accounting Services Edmonton Alberta Bookkeeping Services Edmonton Corporate Income Tax Services Edmonton Corporate Income Tax Services Edmonton Personal Income Tax Services Edmonton Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Fort McMurray Corporate Income Tax Services Fort McMurray Personal Income Tax Services Grande Cache Corporate Income Tax Services Grande Cache Personal Income Tax Services Grande Prairie Corporate Income Tax Services Grande Prairie Personal Income Tax Services Hanna Corporate Income Tax Services Hanna Personal Income Tax Services Hinton Corporate Income Tax Services Hinton Personal Income Tax Services Income Tax Preparation Service Edmonton Alberta Income Tax Preparation Service Sherwood Park Alberta Incorporate Sherwood Park Accountants Lacombe Corporate Income Tax Services Lacombe Personal Income Tax Services Leduc Corporate Income Tax Services Leduc Personal Income Tax Services Lethbridge Corporate Income Tax Services Lethbridge Personal Income Tax Services Lloydminster Corporate Income Tax Services Lloydminster Personal Income Tax Services Medicine Hat Corporate Income Tax Services Medicine Hat Personal Income Tax Services Other Accounting Services Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Payroll Accounting services in Edmonton Alberta Personal income tax Personal Income Tax Return Accountant Edmonton Alberta Professional Tax Accounting Services Edmonton & Sherwood Park Alberta Red Deer Corporate Income Tax Services Red Deer Personal Income Tax Services Rocky Mountain House Corporate Income Tax Services Rocky Mountain House Personal Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Alberta Accounting Firm Sherwood Park Corporate Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Personal Income Tax Services Sherwood Park Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Slave Lake Corporate Income Tax Services Slave Lake Personal Income Tax Services Small Business Accounting and Taxes Services in Edmonton Alberta Spruce Grove Corporate Income Tax Services Spruce Grove Personal Income Tax Services St Albert Corporate Income Tax Services St Albert Personal Income Tax Services Strathcona Corporate Income Tax Services Strathcona Personal Income Tax Services Strathmore Corporate Income Tax Services Strathmore Personal Income Tax Services Tax Tax Accountant Sherwood Park Tax Accounting and Bookkeeping Services Tax Preparation Sherwood Park Wainwright Corporate Income Tax Services Wainwright Personal Income Tax Services Wetaskiwin Corporate Income Tax Services Wetaskiwin Personal Income Tax Services Whitecourt Corporate Income Tax Services Whitecourt Personal Income Tax Services YEG ACCOUNTANT

Accounting and Tax Specialists in Edmonton and Sherwood Park

PAYROLL PROCESSING AND COMPLIANCE

There’s more involved in payroll than just sending a check to your employees on payday. We offer a comprehensive payroll solution.

Payroll Administrator

Our experts take the stress out of staying compliant. We ensure your employees get paid, and your records are in order.

Automation

Our intuitive, secure software makes adding and managing employees easy, giving you valuable time back.

Flat-Rate Pricing

Our pricing model means no hidden fees and no unpleasant invoice surprises.

WE HAVE YOUR BUSINESS TAXES COVERED

Never worry about taxes again. Our team of small business accountants has experience with all types of business taxes, and we know how to help you stay IRS-compliant.

A Dedicated Accountant

Rest easy knowing you have a tax expert on your side, familiar with the nuances of your state and industry.

Full-Service Support

We advise you throughout the year on tax strategies to help you save thousands.

Transparent Pricing

All of our services are billed at a flat-rate. You’ll never see any surprises on your invoice – no matter how often you reach out to us.

Your Maximum Refund

Your Dedicated Accountant will comb through tax codes to make sure you claim every possible deduction and receive your maximum refund

BOMCAS LTD EASY, AFFORDABLE WAY TO DO YOUR BOOKS

BOMCAS LTD  bookkeepers take the hassle out of day-to-day bookkeeping. Get unlimited support and seamlessly organize your business transactions with our easy-to-access platform. Save time and get peace of mind.

  • Dedicated Bookkeeper

    Unlimited support to help get you started and answer your questions.

  • Transparent Pricing

    Flat pricing with no hourly rates or hidden fees. No surprises.

  • Easy Integration

    We integrate with the bookkeeping software you already use.

  • Secure Online Service

    Securely submit receipts, record transactions, categorize expenses and more.

CONTACT US TODAY

Address: 181 Meadowview Bay, Sherwood Park, Alberta T8H 1P7
Phone: 780-953-5250
Email: info@bomcas.ca



 

Categories
Accounting Alberta Bookkeeping services Canada Virtual Accounting Firm Edmonton Alberta Bookkeeping Services Incorporate Sherwood Park Accountants Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Professional Tax Accounting Services Edmonton & Sherwood Park Alberta Small Business Accounting and Taxes Services in Edmonton Alberta Tax

Edmonton Virtual Accounting Firm Services

 Edmonton Virtual Personal Tax Accountant

BOMCAS LTD Providing Virtual Accountants and Accounting Services Across Albertan and Canada. We are Edmonton Top Accounting Firm, Edmonton tax experts. We are dedicated to remaining current with the constantly changing Canadian tax laws. We take the time to understand the unique situation of each of our clients in our service areas of Sherwood Park, Edmonton and surrounding communities, and ensure they are following the latest Canadian tax laws, while paying the least amount of tax possible.

  • Individual Canadian Tax Return Preparation and filing
  • Personal Tax Planning
  • Immigration and Emigration Tax Planning
  • T3 – Trust Income and Information Return
  • Final Income Tax Returns for Deceased Taxpayers
  • Estate Planning
  • Voluntary Disclosures for unreported income or information forms not filed

 Edmonton Virtual Corporate Tax Accountant Services

BOMCAS Virtual Accounting Services we bring our tax accountant expertise to assist both domestic and multi-national corporations with services that include, but are not limited to:

  • Corporate income tax preparation and filing of returns
  • GST/HST compliance
  • Financial statement preparation
  • Tax dispute resolution consultations
  • Assistance with design & implementation of international tax programs
  • Payroll planning and remittance – domestic and cross-border
  • Tax treaty review

Edmonton Virtual Bookkeeping Services

We provide continuing bookkeeping maintenance in the background while you focus on your core business operations which helps making us into the top accounting in firm in the region.  As experienced bookkeeping and tax professionals, we’ll help you with all the data entry and bank reconciliations that are required, all on a remote basis. Contact us today and see how we can help you.

Edmonton Virtual Payroll Accountant Services

Our bookkeeping advisers provide Canadian payroll processing services for growing businesses, assisting in government remittances and year end T4 filings. With years of experience, our experts have the knowledge and expertise and qualification needed to handle any situation.

Categories
Accountant in the Park Accounting Canada Virtual Accounting Firm Incorporate Sherwood Park Accountants Other Accounting Services Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Personal Income Tax Return Accountant Edmonton Alberta Small Business Accounting and Taxes Services in Edmonton Alberta Tax Tax Accountant Sherwood Park Tax Preparation Sherwood Park YEG ACCOUNTANT

Understanding Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return: A Comprehensive Guide

Filing taxes can be a complex process, but it’s an essential aspect of financial responsibility. In Alberta, Canada, taxpayers have the opportunity to maximize their financial returns through various tax credits. One such credit is the Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return. In this article, we’ll delve into the intricacies of the Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return, helping you understand its importance, eligibility criteria, and how to make the most of it.

What is the Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return?

The Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return is a form that allows taxpayers to claim tax credits that may reduce the amount of tax deducted from their paychecks throughout the year. This form essentially helps individuals ensure that the right amount of tax is withheld from their earnings, preventing under or overpayment of taxes.

Eligibility Criteria

To be eligible for the Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return, you must meet the following criteria:

  1. Residency: You must be a resident of Alberta.
  2. Employment Status: You must be employed or receiving income that is subject to withholding tax.
  3. Income Level: Your total income and deductions must not exceed certain thresholds outlined by the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA).

Key Tax Credits

  1. Basic Personal Amount: This is a non-refundable tax credit that all taxpayers can claim. It allows you to earn a certain amount of income each year without paying federal or provincial income tax on it.
  2. Spousal Amount: If you support your spouse or common-law partner, you may be eligible to claim this credit.
  3. Equivalent to Spouse: If you support a dependent relative other than your spouse or common-law partner, you might qualify for this credit.
  4. Child Amount: Parents can claim this credit for each eligible child under the age of 18.
  5. Medical Expenses: Certain medical expenses can be claimed, such as prescription medications and medical supplies not covered by insurance.

Advantages of Claiming Alberta Personal Tax Credits

  1. Increased Take-Home Pay: By accurately claiming your tax credits, you can reduce the amount of tax withheld from your paycheck, leading to higher take-home pay throughout the year.
  2. Preventing Overpayment: Filling out the Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return accurately can prevent you from overpaying taxes and waiting for a refund during tax season.
  3. Financial Planning: Claiming the right tax credits can positively impact your financial planning and help you manage your monthly budget more effectively.

Filling Out the Form

  1. Download the Form: Obtain the Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return form from the CRA website or your employer’s payroll department.
  2. Provide Accurate Information: Fill out the form accurately, providing details such as your name, social insurance number, and the number of eligible dependents.
  3. Calculate Credits: Follow the instructions on the form to calculate the appropriate tax credits based on your situation.

Conclusion

The Alberta Personal Tax Credits Return offers taxpayers the opportunity to optimize their finances by ensuring the correct amount of tax is withheld from their income. By understanding the eligibility criteria and the various tax credits available, you can make informed decisions to enhance your take-home pay and manage your tax obligations efficiently. Remember that while this article provides general information, it’s always advisable to consult a tax professional for personalized guidance related to your specific financial situation.

Categories
Accounting Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Tax

Accountants

Sherwood Park Accountants is Sherwood Park Accounting firm(BOMCAS LTD www.bomcas.ca) trusted by customers in Sherwood park, Edmonton and surrounding communities. Accounting, Tax, Bookkeeping and Payroll etc are just some of the services provided by BOMCAS LTD Accounting Service.

Accountants and accounting firms must fulfill specific obligations under the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (PCMLTFA) and associated Regulations to help combat money laundering and terrorist financing in Canada. This means that you have obligations if you are a chartered accountant, a certified general accountant or a certified management accountant. You also have obligations if you are an accounting firm which is defined as an entity engaged in the business of providing accounting services to the public that has at least one partner, employee or administrator that is an accountant.

Accountants and accounting firms are subject to the PCMLTFA when they engage in any of the following activities on behalf of any individual or entity, or give instructions on behalf of any individual or entity in respect of:

  • receiving or paying funds;
  • purchasing or selling securities, real properties or business assets or entities; or
  • transferring funds or securities by any means.

You are subject to the requirements described further below when you engage in these activities, regardless of whether you receive fees or have a formal letter of engagement to do so. In other words, even if you carry out these activities on a voluntary basis, you are subject to the requirements of the PCMLTFA.

If you are paid for your accounting services, the receipt of the professional fees does not trigger associated obligations under the PCMLTFA.

When you give instructions for any of the triggering activities, it means that you actually direct the movement of funds. By contrast, when you provide advice to your clients, it means that you make recommendations or suggestions to them. Providing advice is not considered to be giving instructions.

  • Example of giving instructions: “Based on my client’s instructions, I request that you transfer $15,000 from my client’s account, account number XXX, to account number YYY at Bank X in Country Z.”
  • Example of providing advice: “For tax purposes, we recommend that you transfer your money into a certain investment vehicle.”

If you are an employee of an accountant or accounting firm, the requirements described further below are the responsibility of your employer, except with respect to reporting suspicious transactions and terrorist property, which is applicable to both you and the employer.

Accountants and accounting firms are responsible for providing FINTRAC with certain transaction reports, for implementing a compliance program and for keeping records that may be required for law enforcement investigations. Their obligations under the PCMLTFA and associated Regulations are described below.

Compliance program

A comprehensive and effective compliance program is the basis of meeting all of your obligations under the PCMLTFA and associated Regulations. During a FINTRAC examination, it is important to demonstrate that the required documentation is in place and that employees, agents, and all others authorized to act on your behalf are well trained and can effectively implement all the elements of your compliance program. A senior officer must approve the compliance program and the compliance officer must have the necessary authority to carry out the requirements of the program. You must:

  • Appoint a compliance officer responsible for the implementation and oversight of the compliance program;
  • Develop and apply written compliance policies and procedures that are kept up to date and approved by a senior officer;
  • Apply and document a risk assessment, including mitigation measures and strategies;
  • Develop and maintain a written training program for employees, agents, and others authorized to act on your behalf; and
  • Review your compliance program (policies and procedures, risk assessment and training program) every two years for the purpose of testing its effectiveness.

See Compliance program requirements, the Risk-based approach guide and the Risk-based approach workbook for accountants for more information on these obligations.

Know your client

As an accountant or accounting firm, you must verify the identity of clients for certain activities and transactions according to the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Regulations (PCMLTFR).  Part of knowing your client includes following the methods to identify clients, as well as conducting certain additional activities as listed below:  

Reporting

Accountants and accounting firms are required to complete reports about certain transactions and property and submit them to FINTRAC. Financial transaction reports are critical to FINTRAC’s ability to analyze transactions in order to develop financial intelligence that is disclosed to law enforcement and partner agencies. Therefore, the quality of your reporting will be reviewed by FINTRAC in examinations.

Suspicious transactions: Within 30 days of determining that there are reasonable grounds to suspect that a transaction or an attempted transaction is related to the commission or attempted commission of a money laundering or terrorist financing offence, you must submit a suspicious transaction report (STR). The following STR guidance pieces explain how to identify and report STRs and all three should be read together. See What is a suspicious transaction report?Reporting suspicious transactions to FINTRAC and Money laundering and terrorist financing indicators – Accountants.

Terrorist property:  When you know that property in your possession or under your control is owned, controlled by or on behalf of a terrorist or a terrorist group, you must submit a report without delay. You must also submit a report to the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) and the Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS). See Guideline 5: Submitting Terrorist Property Reports.

Large cash transactions:  When you receive $10,000 CAD or more in cash (including taxes or other fees) either in a single transaction or in multiple transactions within a 24-hour period, you must submit a report within 15 calendar days. See Guideline 7A: Submitting Large Cash Transaction Reports to FINTRAC electronically and Guideline 7B: Submitting Large Cash Transaction Reports to FINTRAC by paper.

If you have a computer and an internet connection, you must submit all reports to FINTRAC electronically, except Terrorist Property reports, which can only be submitted on paper.

Record keeping

You are responsible for keeping certain transaction and client identification records. These records are to be kept in such a way that they can be provided to FINTRAC within 30 days if required to do so. See Record keeping for accountants for details.

Penalties for non-compliance

Non-compliance with Part 1 or 1.1 of the PCMLTFA may result in criminal or administrative monetary penalties.

Glossary

FINTRAC has created a Guidance glossary that defines certain terms used throughout its guidance documents.

Original Source: https://www.fintrac-canafe.gc.ca/re-ed/accts-eng

Categories
Accounting Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Tax

Notice of assessment: Understand your NOA

BOMCAS LTD. Sherwood Park Best Accountant with all 5 Stars from all its customers. We are classified as The Best Accounting Firms in Sherwood Park Alberta With Best Tax Return Preparation Reputation for Personal and Corporate Tax. We also provide all major Accounting Services such as: Payroll, Bookkeeping, Trust Account service, etc

Your notice of assessment (NOA) is an evaluation of your tax return that the Canada Revenue Agency sends you every year after you file your tax return.

Your NOA includes the date we checked your tax return, and the details about how much you may owe, or get as a refund or credit.

The NOA also gives your Registered Retirement Savings Plan (RRSP) deduction limit for that year.

Your NOA is an important document. Keep it with your tax records.

Sections of your notice of assessment (NOA)

Your notice contains your:

  • Account summaryThis section shows you the result of your assessed or reassessed tax return. This may be a refund, a zero balance, or a balance owing. The amount we show includes any outstanding balances you may owe from previous returns.The account summary may also show the result from concurrent assessments or reassessments.Concurrent assessments and reassessmentsWhen you file several consecutive-year returns at the same time (for example, you file your 2015, 2016, and 2017 returns together), we do a concurrent assessment. We assess all your returns at the same time. The result appears in the account summary on the last notice of the series.When you send us new information that changes your returns for several consecutive years, we do a concurrent reassessment.
  • Tax assessment summaryThis section lists the main lines on your assessed tax return. Next to each line are the amounts we used to calculate your balance.Compare these amounts to the ones on your return to see where we made changes, if any.This section also shows any penalty and interest we calculated on your refund or amount owing. If you have a balance owing from a previous assessment, it will also appear here.
  • Explanation of changes and other important informationThis section explains in detail the changes or corrections we made to your tax return.These changes are based on the information sent with your return and the information we have on file.If you have new or additional information you want to send us to change your return, see How to change your return.If you disagree with your assessment or reassessment, and want to register a formal dispute, see Complaints and disputes. You have 90 days from the date of the notice to register your dispute.
  • RRSP deduction limit statementThis statement shows your deduction limit for your Registered Retirement Savings Plan (RRSP).Deduction limitYour deduction limit is the amount of RRSP contributions you can deduct for the next year.Your statement also shows how we calculate your deduction limit, which is based on information you sent us with your previous tax return and information we have on file.Available Contribution RoomThe last line of the statement gives your available contribution room. This is the maximum amount you can contribute for next year.It is your deduction limit minus any unused RRSP contributions you reported in past years. Your unused contributions appear on your statement.If the total RRSP contributions (current and unused) that you claim on your return are less than your deduction limit, you have available contribution room.Excess ContributionIf your RRSP contributions are more than your deduction limit, you have an excess of contributions. You may have to pay tax on this amount.For more information on RRSP contribution and deduction rules, see How contributions affect your RRSP deduction limit.

Your notice may also contain your:

  • Home Buyers’ Plan statementIf you participate in the Home Buyers’ Plan (HBP), you will see your HBP statement on your notice of assessment or reassessment.It shows your remaining balance to repay, and your minimum required repayment for the next year.Your minimum required repayment is a portion of the balance you have left to repay. If you pay less than the minimum amount, you will have to include the difference as RRSP income on your return.For more information about the HBP, see What is the Home Buyers’ Plan?
  • Lifelong Learning Plan statementIf you participate in the Lifelong Learning Plan (LLP), you will see your LLP statement on your notice of assessment or reassessment.It shows the balance left to repay, and the minimum required repayment for the next year.Your minimum required repayment is a portion of the balance you have left to repay. If you pay less than the minimum amount, you will have to include the difference as RRSP income on your return.For more information on the LLP works, see Lifelong Learning Plan (LLP).

Original Source: https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/services/tax/individuals/topics/about-your-tax-return/notice-assessment-understand.html

Categories
Accountant in the Park Accounting Alberta Bookkeeping services Canada Virtual Accounting Firm Incorporate Sherwood Park Accountants Other Accounting Services Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Tax Tax Accountant Sherwood Park Tax Preparation Sherwood Park YEG ACCOUNTANT

Employers' Guide – Filing the T4 Slip and Summary

Table of contents

Is this guide for you?

Use this guide if you are an employer (resident or non-resident) and you have paid your employees any of the following types of income:

  • employment income
  • commissions
  • taxable allowances and benefits
  • retiring allowances
  • payments from a wage loss replacement plan either paid directly by you or paid by a third party on your behalf (see Box 14 – Employment income, for more information)
  • income for special situations such as barbers and hairdressers, taxi drivers and drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles, fishing income, Indians, placement or employment agency workers, and other situations explained in Chapter 6 – Special situations
  • any other remuneration (see Box 14 – Employment income, for a detailed list)

Do not use this guide if:

Throughout this guide, we refer to other guides, forms, interpretation bulletins, and information circulars. If you need any of these, go to Forms and publications. You may want to bookmark this address for easier access to our website in the future.

What’s new?

Elimination of code 68 – Indian (exempt income) – Eligible retiring allowances

For 2019 and subsequent years, the use of code 68 will no longer be needed.

Elimination of code 70 – Municipal officer’s expense allowance

For 2019 and subsequent taxation years, non-accountable allowances paid to members of legislative assemblies and certain municipal officers will be fully included in their income. The use of code 70 will therefore no longer be needed.

Salary overpayments made in error

On January 15, 2019, the Government of Canada released proposed legislative changes to the Income Tax Act, Canada Pension Plan, and Employment Insurance Act. The legislation allows employers who make an overpayment of salary in error in 2016 and subsequent tax years to recover the income tax, Canada Pension Plan (CPP) contributions, and Employment Insurance (EI) premiums withheld and remitted on the overpayment from the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) if certain conditions are met. This will let employees repay only the net amount. The changes to the Income Tax Act, Canada Pension Plan, and Employment Insurance Act are now law and in force.

For more information, see Clerical, administrative, or system error.

Chapter 1 – General information

What are your responsibilities?

As an employer, you must do the following:

  • Deduct Canada Pension Plan/Quebec Pension Plan (CPP/QPP) contributions, employment insurance (EI) premiums, provincial parental insurance plan (PPIP) premiums (also known as the Quebec Parental Insurance Plan or QPIP), and income tax from remuneration or other amounts you pay.
  • Hold the amounts in trust for the government and keep them separate from the operating funds of your business. Make sure the amounts are not part of an estate in liquidation, assignment, receivership, or bankruptcy.
  • Send the CPP contributions, EI premiums, federal and provincial income tax (except Quebec income tax) to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA).
  • Send QPP contributions, PPIP premiums and Quebec provincial income tax directly to Revenu Québec.
  • Report the income and deductions on the T4 slips that you will send to the CRA. To do this, fill out the T4 slips, Statement of Remuneration Paid. If you file on paper, also include the related T4 Summary, Summary of Remuneration Paid. Detailed instructions on how to fill out the T4 slips under Filling out T4 slips and Filling out the T4 Summary.
  • File the T4 Summary, together with the related T4 slips, on or before the last day of February following the calendar year to which the slips apply. See Chapter 4 – T4 information return for information about the filing methods you can use.
  • Give employees their T4 slips on or before the last day of February following the calendar year to which the slips apply.
  • Keep your paper and electronic records for six years after the year to which they relate. If you want to destroy them before the six-year period is over, fill out Form T137, Request for Destruction of Records. For more information, go to Keeping records.

For more information about employer responsibilities, go to:

Penalties, interest, and other consequences

Late filing and failing to file the T4 information return

You have to give your employee their T4 slip and file your T4 information return with the CRA on or before the last day of February following the calendar year to which the information return applies. If the last day of February falls on a Saturday, or a Sunday, your information return is due the next business day.

We consider your return to be filed on time if we receive it or if it is postmarked on or before the due date.

We may assess a penalty if you file your information return late. For T4 information returns, we have an administrative policy that reduces the penalty that we assess so it is fair and reasonable for small businesses. Each slip is an information return, and the penalty we assess is based on the number of information returns you filed late. The penalty is $100 or the amount calculated according to the chart below, whichever is more:

Number of information
returns (slips) filed late
Penalty per day
(up to 100 days)
Maximum
penalty
1 to 5penalty not based on number of days$100 flat penalty
6 to 10$5$500
11 to 50$10$1,000
51 to 500$15$1,500
501 to 2,500$25$2,500
2,501 to 10,000$50$5,000
10,001 or more$75$7,500

Mandatory electronic filing

Failure to file information returns over the Internet

If you file more than 50 information returns for a calendar year and you do not file the returns by Internet file transfer or Web Forms, you may have to pay a penalty as determined in the table below. 

Each slip is an information return, and the penalty we assess is based on the number of information returns filed in an incorrect format. The penalty is calculated per type of information return. For example, if you file 51 NR4 slips and 51 T4 slips on paper, we would assess two penalties of $250, one per type of information return.

Number of information
returns (slips) by type
Penalty
 
51 to 250$250
251 to 500$500
501 to 2,500$1,500
2,501 or more$2,500

For more information about filing electronically, see Electronic filing methods.

Failure to deduct

If you fail to deduct the required CPP contributions or EI premiums from the amounts you pay your employee, you are liable for these amounts even if you cannot recover the amounts from the employee. We will assess you for both the employer’s share and the employee’s share of any contributions and premiums owing. We will also assess a penalty and interest as described in the section Penalty for failure to deduct.

If you failed to deduct the required amount of income tax from the amounts you pay your employee, you may be assessed a penalty as described below. As soon as you realize you did not deduct the proper amount of income tax, you should let your employee know. Your employee can either pay the amount when they file their income tax and benefit return or they can ask you to deduct more income tax at source.

Penalty for failure to deduct

We can assess a penalty of 10% of the amount of CPP, EI, and income tax you did not deduct.

If you are assessed this penalty more than once in a calendar year, we will apply a 20% penalty to the second or later failures if they were made knowingly or under circumstances of gross negligence.

Failure to remit amounts deducted

When you deduct CPP contributions, EI premiums or income tax from the amounts you pay to your employee or other individual, you have to remit them to the Receiver General for Canada. Also, you have to include your share of CPP contributions and EI premiums when you remit.

We will assess you for both the employer’s share and the employee’s share of any CPP contributions and EI premiums that you deducted but did not remit. We will also assess a penalty and interest as described in the section Penalty for failure to remit and remitting late.

Penalty for failure to remit and remitting late

We can assess a penalty when:

  • you deduct the amounts, but do not remit them to us
  • you deduct the amounts, but send them to us late

When the due date falls on a Saturday, a Sunday, or a public holiday recognized by the CRA, we consider your payment to be on time if we receive it on the next business day.

The penalty is:

  • 3% if the amount is one to three days late
  • 5% if it is four or five days late
  • 7% if it is six or seven days late
  • 10% if it is more than seven days late or if no amount is remitted

Generally, we only apply this penalty to the part of the amount you failed to remit that is more than $500. However, we will apply the penalty to the total amount if the failure was made knowingly or under circumstances of gross negligence.

In addition, if you are assessed this penalty more than once in a calendar year, we will assess a 20% penalty on the second or later failures if they were made knowingly or under circumstances of gross negligence. If you send a payment to cover the balance due with your return, it is considered late. Penalty and interest charges may apply.

Whether you file electronically or file a paper return, you can make your payment in several different ways. For more information, go to Make a Payment to the Canada Revenue Agency or see Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

Notes

Regardless of your filing method, if you are a threshold 2 accelerated remitter, you must remit any balance due electronically or in person at your Canadian financial institution. For more information, see Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

We will charge you a fee for any payment that your financial institution refuses to process. If your payment is late, we can also charge you a penalty and interest on any amount you owe.

Interest

If you fail to pay an amount, we may apply interest from the day your payment was due. The interest rate we use is determined every three months, based on prescribed interest rates. Interest is compounded daily. We also apply interest to unpaid penalties. For the prescribed interest rates, go to Prescribed interest rates.

Cancel or waive penalties or interest

The CRA administers legislation, commonly called taxpayer relief provisions, that allows the CRA discretion to cancel or waive penalties or interest when taxpayers cannot meet their tax obligations due to circumstances beyond their control.

The CRA’s discretion to grant relief is limited to any period that ended within 10 calendar years before the year in which a request is made.

For penalties, the CRA will consider your request only if it relates to a tax year or fiscal period ending in any of the 10 calendar years before the year in which you make your request. For example, your request made in 2019 must relate to a penalty for a tax year or fiscal period ending in 2009 or later.

For interest on a balance owing for any tax year or fiscal period, the CRA will consider only the amounts that accrued during the 10 calendar years before the year in which you make your request. For example, your request made in 2019 must relate to interest that accrued in 2009 or later.

To make a request, fill out Form RC4288, Request for Taxpayer Relief – Cancel or Waive Penalties or Interest. For more information about relief from penalties or interest and how to submit your request, go to Taxpayer relief provisions.

When an employee leaves

When an employee stops working for you, we suggest you calculate the employee’s earnings for the year to date and give the employee a T4 slip. Include the information from that T4 slip in your T4 return when you file it on or before the last day of February of the following year.

You must also issue a Record of Employment (ROE) to each former employee. Generally, if you are issuing a ROE electronically, you have five calendar days after the end of the pay period in which an employee’s interruption of earnings occurs to issue it. If you are issuing a paper ROE, you have to issue it within five calendar days of the employee’s interruption of earnings or the date you become aware of the interruption of earnings. However, special rules may apply.

For more information, or to get the publication called How to Complete the Record of Employment Form, go to Service Canada at Access Record of Employment on the Web (ROE Web). You can also call their Employer Contact Centre at 1-800-367-5693 (TTY: 1-855-881-9874).

Changes to your business entity

If your business stops operating, or a partner or the sole proprietor dies

If your business stops operating, or a partner or the sole proprietor dies, you should do the following:

  • Remit all CPP contributions, EI premiums, and income tax deductions you deducted for the former employees to your National Verification and Collection Centre within seven days of the day your business ends. For more information, see Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances. For information on the filing of information slips and the remitting requirements for QPP contributions and PPIP premiums to Revenu Québec, visit Revenu Québec.
  • Calculate the pension adjustment (PA) that applies to your former employees who accrued benefits for the year under your registered pension plan (RPP) or deferred profit sharing plan (DPSP). For information on how to calculate pension adjustments, see Guide T4084, Pension Adjustment Guide.
  • Fill out and file all T4 slips and the T4 Summary using electronic filing methods, or on paper and send them to the Jonquière Tax Centre, within 30 days from the date your business ends (or 90 days from the date a partner or the sole proprietor dies). If you have to prepare more than 50 slips for a calendar year, you must file your return electronically, as explained in Electronic Filing methods.
  • Give copies of the T4 slips to your former employees.
  • Issue a Record of Employment (ROE) for each former employee. You generally have five calendar days after the end of the pay period in which an employee’s interruption of earnings occurs to do so. For more information, go to Service Canada at The Record of Employment on the Web (ROE Web), or get the publication called How to complete the Record of Employment Form. You can also call their Employer Contact Centre at 1-800-367-5693 (TTY: 1-855-881-9874).
  • When the owner of a sole proprietorship dies, a final personal income tax and benefit return has to be filed. This return is due by June 15 of the year following death, unless the date of death is between December 16 and December 31, in which case the final return is due six months after the date of death. For more information, see Guide T4011, Preparing Returns for Deceased Persons.
  • Close the business number (BN) and all CRA business accounts after all the final returns and all the amounts owing have been processed.

To close your payroll program account, you can use the “Request to close payroll account” service in My Business Account. An authorized representative can use this service through Represent a Client.

If you change your legal status, restructure, or reorganize

If you change your legal status, restructure, or reorganize, we consider you to be a new employer. You may need a new business number (BN) and a new payroll program account. Let us know if your business status has changed, or if it will change in the near future.

Note

Amalgamations have different rules. For more information, see If your business amalgamates.

The following are examples of changes to a business status:

  • You are the sole proprietor of a business and you decide to incorporate.
  • You and a partner own a business. Your partner leaves the business and sells his half interest to you, making you a sole proprietor.
  • A corporation sells its property division to another corporation.
  • One corporation transfers all of its employees to another corporation.

When a change happens, a new (successor) employer is created. A successor employer is one who has acquired all or part of a business, and who has immediately succeeded the former (predecessor) employer as the new employer of an employee. The successor employer may, under certain circumstances, take into consideration the CPP/QPP, EI, and PPIP deductions already withheld by the previous employer and continue withholding and remitting those deductions as if there were no change in employer. If employees have already paid the maximum deductions, take no further deductions for the year. For more information, see Employer restructuring/Succession of employers.

If the above situation does not apply, you must continue to deduct CPP/QPP, EI, and PPIP.

As stated in the previous section called If your business stops operating, or a partner or the sole proprietor dies, the predecessor company has to do the following:

  • send us their final remittances
  • calculate any pension adjustment
  • fill out and file all slips and summaries
  • give employees their copies of T4 or T4A slips
  • issue a record of employment (ROE) to their employees
  • deregister their business number
  • close all program accounts

For more information, go to Changing your business status.

If your business amalgamates

If your business amalgamates with another, special rules apply. In this case, you as the successor employer can keep the business number (BN) of one of the companies, or you can apply for a new one. If one of the corporations is non-resident, however, you have to apply for a new BN.

Since no new employer exists for CPP and EI purposes, continue deducting in the normal manner, taking into account the deductions and remittances that occurred before the amalgamation. These remittances will be reported under the payroll program account number of the successor BN.

If you had previously been granted a reduced employer’s EI premium rate, you will need to contact Employment and Social Development Canada to make sure you are still eligible for the reduced rate.

With an amalgamation, the predecessor companies do not have to file T4 returns for the period leading up to the amalgamation. The successor company files the T4 returns for the entire year.

How to appeal a payroll deductions assessment or a CPP/EI ruling

If you receive a payroll assessment for CPP contributions, EI premiums, or income tax that you do not agree with, or you have received a ruling letter and you disagree with the decision, you have 90 days after the date of the notice of assessment or notification of the ruling to appeal.

However, if you receive a payroll assessment because your payment was not applied to your account correctly, before you file an appeal, we recommend that you call Business Enquiries at 1?800?959?5525 or write to your National Verification and Collection Centre to discuss it. Many disputes are resolved this way and can save you the time and trouble of appealing.

To appeal CPP/EI ruling decision or payroll deductions assessment, you can:

CPP/EI Appeals Division
Canada Revenue Agency
451 Talbot Street
London ON  N6A 5E5

Explain why you do not agree with the ruling or payroll deductions assessment and provide all relevant facts. Include a copy of the CPP/EI ruling letter or payroll notice of assessment.

For more information on how to appeal a payroll deductions assessment of income tax, see Booklet P148, Resolving Your Dispute: Objection and Appeal Rights Under the Income Tax Act.

For more information on how to appeal a CPP/EI ruling decision or a payroll deductions assessment of CPP or EI, see Booklet P133, Your Appeal Rights – Canada Pension Plan and Employment Insurance Coverage.

Chapter 2 – T4 slips

When to fill out a T4 slip

Most amounts paid to an individual by an employer are referred to as remuneration. You have to fill out a T4 slip to report the following:

  • salary, wages (including pay in lieu of termination notice), tips or gratuities, bonuses, vacation pay, employment commissions, gross and insurable earnings of self-employed fishers, and all other remuneration (see Box 14 – Employment income, for a detailed list) you paid to employees during the year
  • taxable benefits or allowances
  • retiring allowances
  • deductions you withheld during the year
  • pension adjustment (PA) amounts for employees who accrued a benefit for the year under your registered pension plan (RPP) or deferred profit sharing plan (DPSP)

You have to fill out T4 slips for all individuals who received remuneration from you during the year if:

  • you had to deduct CPP/QPP contributions, EI premiums, PPIP premiums, or income tax from the remuneration
  • the remuneration was more than $500

You have to report income on a T4 slip for the year during which it was paid, regardless of when the services are performed, or if the employee is deceased. For example, you pay your employee in January 2020 for income they earned in December 2019. You will have to report that income on their T4 slip for 2020 since that is the year it was paid.

If you provide employees with taxable group term life insurance benefits, you always have to prepare T4 slips, even if the total of all remuneration paid in the calendar year is $500 or less. If you provide former employees or retirees with such benefits, you have to prepare a T4A slip. For more information, see Guide RC4157, Deducting Income Tax on Pension and Other Income, and Filing the T4A Slip and Summary.

If you provide either an employee, a former employee, or a non-resident employee with security options benefits, you have to prepare a T4 slip. For more information, go to Security options.

Types of T4 slips

Customized T4 slips

For those who fill out a large number of slips, we accept certain slips other than our own. Follow the guidelines for the production of Customized forms or see the current version of Information Circular IC97-2R, Customized Forms.

Slips for filing over the Internet

For information about filling out and filing T4 slips over the Internet, go to Filing Information Returns Electronically (T4/T5 and other types of returns). You can also read the information on Electronic filing methods.

Slips for filing on paper

Whether you print, type, or fill out your slips and summaries by hand, you can order up to 9 copies at Forms and publications.

Filling out T4 slips

Make sure the social insurance number (SIN) and name you enter on the T4 slip for each employee are correct.

An incorrect SIN can affect an employee’s Canada Pension Plan or Quebec Pension Plan benefits if the record of earnings file is not accurate. Also, if the T4 slip has a pension adjustment amount, the employee may receive an inaccurate annual RRSP deduction limit statement and the related information on the employee’s notice of assessment will be inaccurate.

If the individual does not give you their SIN (within three days of starting to work), you must be able to show that you made a reasonable effort to get it. If you do not, you may have to pay a penalty of $100 for each number you did not try to get. If you cannot obtain a SIN from the employee, file your information return, without the SIN, on or before the last day of February.

For more information, see the current version of Information Circular IC82-2R, Social Insurance Number Legislation that Relates to the Preparation of Information Slips, or visit Service Canada.

If you had an employee who had more than one province or territory of employment during the year, prepare a separate T4 slip for the earnings and deductions that apply to each province or territory.

Follow these guidelines to fill out your T4 slips:

  • Clearly fill out the slips.
  • Report, in dollars and cents, all amounts you paid during the year, except pension adjustment amounts, which are reported in dollars only.
  • Report all amounts in Canadian dollars, even if they were paid in another currency. To get the average exchange rates, go to What are the average exchange rates?
  • Do not enter hyphens or dashes between numbers.
  • Do not enter the dollar sign ($).
  • Do not show negative dollar amounts on slips; to make changes to previous years, send us amended slips for the years in question. See Amending or cancelling slips over the Internet.
  • If you do not have to enter an amount in a box, do not enter “nil;” leave the box blank.
  • Do not change the headings of any of the boxes.

Detailed instructions

These instructions are for all employers who fill out T4 slips. Refer to additional guidelines in Chapter 6 – Special situations for:

Employer’s name

Enter your operating or trade name in the space provided on each slip. This should be the same information that appears on your statement of account. If you would like to, you may also add your business address in this space.

Employee’s name and address

Enter the employee’s last name, followed by the first name and initial (all in capital letters). If the employee has more than one initial, enter the employee’s first name followed by the initials in the “First name” space. If you enter only the employee’s initials, enter them at the beginning of the “First name” space. Do not enter the title of office or courtesy title of the employee, such as Director, Mr., or Mrs. Enter the employee’s address, including the province, territory, or U.S. state, Canadian postal code or U.S. ZIP code, and country.

Year

Enter the four digits of the calendar year in which you paid the remuneration to the employee.

Box 10 – Province of employment

Before you decide which provincial or territorial abbreviation to use, you need to determine your employee’s province or territory of employment. This depends on whether you required your employee to report for work at your place of business.

For more information, see “Which tax tables should you use?” in Chapter 1 of Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

Enter one of the following abbreviations:

AbbreviationProvince or territory/Country
ABAlberta
BCBritish Columbia
MBManitoba
NBNew Brunswick
NLNewfoundland and Labrador
NTNorthwest Territories
NSNova Scotia
NUNunavut
ONOntario
PEPrince Edward Island
QCQuebec
SKSaskatchewan
YTYukon
USUnited States
ZZOther
Enter ZZ if an employee worked in a country other than Canada or the United States, or if the employee worked in Canada beyond the limits of a province or territory (for example, on an offshore oil rig).

For any employee who had more than one province or territory of employment in the year, fill out separate T4 slips. For each location, indicate the total remuneration paid to the employee and the related deductions, such as CPP/QPP contributions, EI premiums, PPIP premiums, and income tax.

Box 12 – Social insurance number

Enter the employee’s SIN, as provided by the employee.

Notes

If your employee had a SIN beginning with a nine (9) and later in the year received a permanent SIN, use the permanent SIN in box 12. Do not prepare two T4 slips.

If you do not have the employee’s SIN, enter nine zeros.

See Filling out T4 slips for information on your obligation to provide a valid SIN.

Box 14 – Employment income

Report the total income before deductions. Include all salary, wages (including pay in lieu of termination notice), bonuses, vacation pay, tips and gratuities, honorariums, director’s fees, management fees, and executor’s and administrator’s fees received to administer an estate (as long as the administrator or executor does not act in this capacity in the regular course of business).

Notes

A retiring allowance can be reported on the same T4 slip as employment income, but do not include it in box 14. See the explanations under Code 66 – Eligible retiring allowances and Code 67 – Non?eligible retiring allowances. For more information about the difference between retiring allowances and employment income received as a result of a loss of employment, see Income Tax Folio S2?F1?C2, Retiring Allowances.

If you are paying amounts to placement or employment agency workers, taxi drivers or drivers of other passenger?carrying vehicles, barbers or hairdressers, or fishers (self?employed), see Chapter 6 – Special situations and under Box 29.

Certain Canadian Forces personnel and police officers can claim a deduction from net income for the amount of employment income earned in certain circumstances (including taxable allowance). See the explanation under Code 43.

Director’s fees paid to non-resident directors for services rendered in Canada must also be reported in box 14. However, a non-resident director is not considered to be employed in Canada when they do not attend any meetings or perform any other functions in Canada. For more information, see Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

Include commissions, taxable allowances, the value of taxable benefits (including any GST/HST or other applicable taxes), and any other payments you paid to employees during the year. These amounts may also have to be reported in the “Other information” area at the bottom of the T4 slip.

Include payments made from a wage-loss replacement plan (WLRP) if you had to deduct CPP contributions or EI premiums. For more information, see Guide T4001.

Include amounts paid under a supplementary unemployment benefit plan (SUBP) such as employer-paid maternity, parental, and compassionate care top-up amounts, whether they are registered with Service Canada or not.

Include payments out of an employee benefit plan (EBP) and amounts that a trustee allocated under an employee trust. If the trustee allocates the income, but you do not pay it immediately, include it in the income of the employee. Do not report it when you make the payment. For more information, see archived Interpretation Bulletin IT-502, Employee Benefit Plans and Employee Trusts, and its special release.

If you are a government, a municipality, or a public authority and you hired emergency volunteers (such as firefightersambulance technicians, or search and rescue volunteers), do not include in box 14 the first $1,000. However, if you paid the individual other than as a volunteer for the same or similar duties, the whole amount is taxable and should be included in box 14. More information can be found in Chapter 6 of Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances. Report the exempt amount (up to $1,000) in the “Other information” area of the T4 slip, using code 87.

Include amounts you paid to a member of a religious order who has taken a vow of perpetual poverty. Even if you did not have to deduct CPP, EI, or income tax from the payments, you still have to include these amounts in box 14.

Boxes 16 and 17 – Employee’s CPP/QPP contributions

Enter the amount of Canada Pension Plan (CPP) or Quebec Pension Plan (QPP) contributions you deducted from the employee’s pensionable earnings in box 16 or box 17, depending on the province or territory of employment. For example, if you reported Quebec in box 10, then report the QPP contributions you deducted in box 17. Leave both boxes blank if the employee did not contribute to either plan.

Do not report the employer’s share of CPP or QPP contributions on the T4 slip.

To verify an employee’s CPP contributions at year-end before you fill out and file the T4 slip, see Appendix 3 in Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

Note

If you report an amount in box 16 or box 17, you have to report pensionable earnings in Box 26 – CPP/QPP pensionable earnings.

There are situations when you do not have to deduct CPP contributions from the payments and benefits you give your employee. For example, the employee is age exempt or works in a type of employment or receives a benefit that does not require CPP deductions. For more information, go to Chapter 2 of Guide T4001.

Employment in Quebec

Different contribution rates apply for employees working in Quebec. For information about CPP rates and maximums, go to Chapter 2 of Guide T4001. For information about QPP rates and maximums, see Guide TP-1015.G-V, Guide for Employers: Source Deductions and Contributions, or visit Revenu Québec.

More than one T4 slip for the same employee

If an employee contributed to CPP and QPP during the year, you have to prepare two T4 slips as follows:

  • one showing the province of employment as Quebec, the employee’s QPP pensionable earnings in Quebec and the QPP contributions you deducted
  • one showing the applicable province or territory of employment (other than Quebec), the employee’s CPP pensionable earnings and the CPP contributions you deducted
CPP overpayment

If, during the year, you deducted more CPP contributions from the employee’s earnings than you should have and you could not reimburse the overpayment:

Make this request no later than four years after the end of the year in which the CPP overpayment occurred.

For more information about CPP overpayments, see Chapter 2 in Guide T4001.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Enter the amount of EI premiums you deducted from the employee’s earnings. If you did not deduct premiums, leave this box blank.

Do not report the employer’s share of EI premiums on the T4 slip.

To verify an employee’s EI premiums at year-end before you fill out and file the T4 slip, see Appendix 5 in Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

Note

If you report an amount in box 18, you have to report insurable earnings in box 24. For more information, see Box 24 – EI insurable earnings.

There are situations when you do not have to deduct EI premiums from the payments and benefits you give your employee. For example, the employee works in a type of employment or receives a benefit that is exempt under the Employment Insurance Act. For more information, go to Chapter 3 of Guide T4001.

Employment in Quebec

The requirements for deducting EI and Provincial Parental Insurance Plan (PPIP) premiums for employees in Quebec are different. For more information about deducting EI premiums, see Guide T4001. For information about deducting PPIP premiums, see Guide TP-1015.G-V, Guide for Employers: Source Deductions and Contributions, or visit Revenu Québec.

EI overpayment

If, during the year, you deducted more EI premiums from the employee than you should have and you could not reimburse the overpayment:

  • Do not adjust the amounts you report on the employee’s T4 slip. We will credit the excess EI premiums to the employee when they file their income tax and benefit return.
  • Fill out Form PD24, Application for a Refund of Overdeducted CPP Contributions or EI Premiums, to apply for a refund of your EI overpayment. Send it to us with your paper-filed T4 information return or mail it separately if you have filed your return electronically.

Make this request no later than three years after the end of the year in which the EI overpayment occurred.

For more information about EI overpayments, see Chapter 3 in Guide T4001.

Box 20 – RPP contributions

Enter the total amount the employee contributed to a registered pension plan (RPP). If the employee did not contribute to a plan, leave this box blank. Do not include amounts transferred directly to an RPP from an employee’s registered retirement savings plan (RRSP).

Enter any deductible retirement compensation arrangement (RCA) contributions you withheld from the employee’s income. Do not include amounts that are not deductible. If the amount in box 20 includes RPP contributions and deductible RCA contributions, attach a letter informing the employee of the amounts.

If the amount you report includes current contributions and past service contributions for 1989 or earlier years, enter, in the “Other information” area, the following codes along with the corresponding amount:

  • code 74 for past service contributions while the employee was a contributor
  • code 75 for past service contributions while the employee was not a contributor

To determine if the employee made past-service contributions while a contributor or while not a contributor, see archived Interpretation Bulletin IT-167, Registered Pension Plans – Employee’s Contributions.

Include instalment interest in box 20. This includes interest charged to buy back pensionable service.

Notes

Do not use box 20 to show what you contributed to your employee’s RRSP. Your RRSP contribution is a taxable benefit to the employee. Enter code 40 in the “Other information” area and the corresponding amount in the box. Also include this amount in box 14.

If you have a group RRSP for your employees, the trustee will send the official receipts for tax purposes to you or to your employees. If the trustee sends the receipts directly to you, give these copies to the employees. The receipts will show the employee and employer contribution amounts.

Box 22 – Income tax deducted

Enter the total income tax you deducted from the employee’s remuneration and retiring allowances. This includes the federal, provincial (except Quebec), and territorial taxes that apply. If you did not deduct tax, leave the box blank.

Do not include any amount you withheld under the authority of a garnishee or a requirement to pay that applies to the employee’s previously assessed tax arrears.

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Box 24 must always be completed even if there are no insurable earnings.

Enter the total amount of insurable earnings you used to calculate the employee’s EI premiums that you reported in box 18, up to the maximum insurable earnings for the year ($53,100 for 2019). If there are no insurable earnings for the entire reporting year and box 18 is blank, enter “0” in box 24. In many cases, boxes 14 and 24 will be the same amount.

Reporting the correct EI insurable earnings in box 24 will reduce unnecessary pensionable and insurable earnings review (PIER) reports for EI deficiency calculations, especially if the employee worked both inside and outside of Quebec.

If you paid amounts to the employee for employment, benefits, or other payments that should not have EI premiums deducted (as described in Chapter 3 of Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances), do not report those earnings in box 24.

Do not include the unpaid portion of any earnings from insurable employment that you did not pay because of your bankruptcy, receivership, or non-payment of remuneration for which the employee has filed a complaint with the federal, provincial, or territorial labour authorities.

Special rules may apply when filling in box 24 in certain situations. For more information, refer to Chapter 6 – Special situations, which deals with special situations.

More than one T4 slip for the same employee

When you give the same employee more than one T4 slip for the year, you should report the insurable earnings amount for each period of employment in box 24 of each T4 slip.

Example

An employee earned $28,000 working in Ontario from January 2019 to June 2019 and earned $28,000 working in Quebec for the remainder of the year with the same employer. In addition to any other boxes that need to be completed, fill in boxes 14 and 24 as follows:

  • Ontario T4 slip – box 14 = $28,000 and box 24 = $28,000
  • Quebec T4 slip – box 14 = $28,000 and box 24 = $25,100 (calculated as the maximum insurable earnings for 2019 of $53,100 – $28,000 already reported on T4 slip with Ontario as province of employment = $25,100)
Box 26 – CPP/QPP pensionable earnings

Box 26 must always be completed even if there are no pensionable earnings.

Enter the total amount of pensionable earnings paid to your employee, up to the maximum pensionable earnings for the year ($57,400 for 2019), even if you did not withhold CPP/QPP contributions on all or any of those earnings. This may happen if you give a non-cash taxable benefit to an employee but do not pay cash earnings during the year. If there are no pensionable earnings for the entire reporting year and boxes 16 and 17 are blank, enter “0” in box 26. In many cases, boxes 14 and 26 will be the same amount.

Reporting the correct CPP pensionable earnings in box 26 will reduce unnecessary pensionable and insurable earnings review (PIER) reports for CPP deficiency calculations, especially if the employee worked both inside and outside of Quebec.

For more information, refer to Chapter 6 – Special situations, which deals with special situations.

CPP – Include the following types of remuneration in box 14, “Employment income”. However, do not include in box 26, “CPP/QPP pensionable earnings”:

  1. Remuneration paid to the employee:
  2. Amounts paid to the employee for employment, benefits, or other payments described in Chapter 2 of Guide T4001 and no CPP contributions had to be deducted.
  3. Amounts for a clergy member’s residence from which you did not deduct CPP contributions (if the clergy member gets a tax deduction for the residence, CPP contributions are not required).

Subtract any of the amounts noted above from the amount in box 14, and enter the difference in box 26. Do not change the amount in box 14.

Note

Non?cash taxable benefits (including security option benefits) – If you provide pensionable non?cash taxable benefits in a tax year, include the value of the benefit in box 26 at all times. This applies even if the employee received no other remuneration (for example, an employee is on an unpaid leave of absence and you continue to provide benefits during the leave period).

QPP – Fill in box 26 when you deduct QPP from the employees’ earnings, regardless of their province or territory of residence.

More than one T4 slip for the same employee

When you give the same employee more than one T4 slip for the year, you should report the pensionable earnings amount for each period of employment in box 26 of each T4 slip.

Example

An employee earned $35,000 working in Ontario from January 2019 to June 2019 and earned $35,000 working in Quebec for the remainder of the year with the same employer. In addition to any other boxes that need to be completed, fill in boxes 14 and 26 as follows:

  • Ontario T4 slip – box 14 = $35,000, and box 26 = $35,000
  • Quebec T4 slip – box 14 = $35,000, and box 26 = $22,400 (calculated as the maximum pensionable earnings for 2019 of $57,400 – $35,000 already reported on T4 slip with Ontario as province of employment = $22,400) on the Quebec T4 slip
Benefits and earnings taxable only in Quebec

Revenu Québec considers certain benefits and earnings to be pensionable earnings for employees working in Quebec. These include:

  • employer-paid private health benefit plan premiums
  • assumed earnings – persons 55 years of age or older whose hours of work are reduced by reason of phased retirement may choose, with their employers, to make contributions to the QPP on all or part of the amount of the reduction in remuneration

For more information, see Guide TP-1015.G-V, Guide for Employers: Source Deductions and Contributions, or brochure IN-253-V, Taxable Benefits, which you can get from Revenu Québec.

The following examples show how to fill in boxes 14 and 26 of the employee’s T4 slip when you provide a benefit or earnings to an employee that is only taxable in Quebec. For information on how to fill out the RL-1 slip, consult Guide RL-1.G-V, Guide to Filing the RL-1 Slip: Employment and Other Income.

Examples

Example 1– Quebec taxable benefit, unpaid leave
Marion works for her employer in Quebec and is on an unpaid leave of absence. Her employer pays $750 in premiums to an employer-paid private health benefit plan on her behalf. Since the benefit is not taxable outside of Quebec, it is not income. When preparing Marion’s Quebec T4 slip, her employer will leave box 14 blank. Since the premiums are QPP pensionable, her employer will report $750 in box 26, the QPP contributions withheld on the benefit in box 17, and fill in any other boxes on her T4 slip as applicable.

Example 2 – Quebec taxable benefit, other earnings
During 2019, Julien received wages of $25,000 plus an $875 benefit that is only taxable in Quebec. When preparing Julien’s Quebec T4 slip, his employer will report $25,000 in box 14, $25,875 in box 26, and fill in any other boxes on his T4 slip as applicable.

Note

The T4 slip will still be processed even though box 26 is more than box 14.

Example 3 – Benefit is taxable both federally and in Quebec
Stephane works for his employer in Quebec and did not receive any cash earnings. However, his employer gave him a non cash housing benefit valued at $1,100. When preparing Stephane’s Quebec T4 slip, his employer will report $1,100 in boxes 14 and 26, and fill in any other boxes on his T4 slip as applicable.

Box 28 – Exempt (CPP/QPP, EI, and PPIP)

CPP/QPP (Canada Pension Plan/Quebec Pension Plan) – Leave this box blank if you:

Otherwise, enter an “X” or a check mark if you did not have to withhold CPP contributions from the earnings for the entire reporting period. For more information, go to “Employment, benefits, and payments from which you do not deduct CPP contributions” in Chapter 2 of guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

EI (employment insurance) – Leave this box blank if you reported an amount greater than “0” in box 18 or 24. Enter an “X” or a check mark in the “EI” box only if you did not have to withhold EI premiums from the earnings for the entire reporting period. For more information, go to “Employment, benefits, and payments from which you do not deduct EI premiums” in Chapter 3 of Guide T4001.

PPIP (provincial parental insurance plan) – Leave this box blank if you reported an amount in box 55 or 56. Enter an “X” or a check mark in the “PPIP” box only if you did not have to withhold PPIP premiums from the earnings for the entire period of employment in the province of Quebec. For more information, go to Revenu Quebec.

Box 29 – Employment code

Enter the appropriate code in this box if one of the following situations applies. Otherwise, leave it blank.

Do not fill in box 14, “Employment income,” if you are using employment code 11, 12, 13, or 17.

11 – Placement or employment agency workers
12 – Taxi drivers or drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles
13 – Barbers or hairdressers
14 – Withdrawal from a prescribed salary deferral arrangement plan
15 – Seasonal Agricultural Workers Program
16 – Detached employee – Social security agreement
17 – Fishers – Self-employed

Box 44 – Union dues

Use this box only if you and the union agree that the union will not issue receipts for union dues to employees. Keep the certificate of agreement on file in case we ask to see it.

Enter in box 44 the amount you deducted from employees for union dues. Include amounts you paid to a parity or advisory committee that qualify for a deduction. Do not include initiation fees. Also, do not include strike pay that the union paid to union members in this box.

For more information, see archived Interpretation Bulletin IT-103R, Dues Paid to a Union or to a Parity or Advisory Committee.

Box 46 – Charitable donations

Enter the amount you deducted from the employee’s earnings for donations to qualified donees in Canada.

Box 50 – RPP or DPSP registration number

Enter the seven-digit registration number we issue for a registered pension plan (RPP) or a deferred profit sharing plan (DPSP) under which you report a pension adjustment (PA). Do this even if your plan requires only employer contributions.

However, if you make contributions to union pension funds, you have to indicate the union’s plan number, which the union has to give you.

If an employee is a member of more than one plan, insert only the number of the plan under which the employee has the largest PA.

Box 52 – Pension adjustment

If you have a registered pension plan (RPP) or a deferred profit sharing plan (DPSP), enter, in dollars only, the amount of the employee’s pension adjustment (PA) for the year. If you have to prepare more than one T4 slip for the employee because the employee worked for you in more than one province or territory of employment, report the PA proportionately on each T4 slip. If you cannot apportion the PA, report it on one slip.

If an employee participates in one or more RPPs or DPSPs, you have to calculate their PA using the total amount of all pension credits accumulated by the employee under all these plans for the year.

If an employee is on a leave of absence and is still accruing pensionable service or credits under the plan, you must report the PA on a T4 slip. This is true even if the employee has no employment income in the tax year. Administrators of multi-employee plans (MEPs) should report the PA for the employee on leave on a T4A slip.

Leave box 52 blank if the employee participated in your RPP or DPSP and one of the following applies:

  • the calculated PA is a negative amount or zero
  • the employee died during the year
  • the employee, even if they are still a member of the plan, no longer accrues new pension credits in the year (for example, the employee has accrued the maximum number of years of service in respect of the plan)
Special rules concerning the PA

Special calculation rules apply, in some circumstances, to employees who:

  • left your employment during the year
  • are on, or return from, a leave of absence
  • participate in a salary deferral arrangement
  • work for you part-time

For more information on how to calculate the PA, see Guide T4084, Pension Adjustment Guide. If you need more help calculating a PA, see your pension plan administrator or call our Registered Plans Directorate at 1-800-267-3100 or 613-954-0419 (in Ottawa).

Unregistered retirement plans or arrangements

An individual’s RRSP deduction limit is affected if they are entitled to benefits under any of the following three types of unregistered retirement plans or arrangements:

  • a specified retirement arrangement (SRA)
  • a government-sponsored retirement arrangement (GSRA)
  • a foreign pension plan

For more information about the PA for these types of plans or arrangements, see Guide T4084, Pension Adjustment Guide, or call our Registered Plans Directorate at 1-800-267-3100 or 613-954-0419 (in Ottawa).

Box 54 – Employer’s account number

Enter the 15-character account number that you use to send us your employees’ deductions. This number is your payroll program account number that appears at the top of your PD7A statement of account. Your payroll program account number should not appear on the two copies of the T4 slip that you give to your employees.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Enter the provincial parental insurance plan (PPIP) premiums that you deducted for employees working in Quebec.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

For employees working in Quebec, enter the total amount used to calculate the employee’s PPIP premiums, up to a maximum of $76,500 for 2019.

Leave the box blank if:

  • there are no insurable earnings
  • the insurable earnings are the same as the employment income in box 14
  • the insurable earnings are over the maximum for the year

Other information

The “Other information” area at the bottom of the T4 slip has boxes for you to enter codes and amounts that relate to employment commissions, taxable allowances and benefits, deductible amounts, fishers’ income, and other entries if they apply.

The boxes are not pre-numbered. Enter the codes and amounts that apply to the employee.

Example

Box – CaseAmount – Montant 

40

2400

98

Note

If more than six codes apply to the same employee, use an additional T4 slip. Do not repeat all the data on the additional slip. Enter only the employer’s name and address, and the employee’s SIN and name, and fill in the required boxes in the “Other information” area. Report each code, and amount only once.

Codes 30 to 88 – Taxable allowances and benefits, deductible amounts, employment commissions, and other entries
Code numberDescriptionReport in Box 14
30Board and lodgingYes 
31Special work siteNo 
32Travel in a prescribed zoneYes 
33Medical travel assistanceN/ANote de bas de page1
34Personal use of employer’s automobile or motor vehicleYes 
36Interest-free and low-interest loansYes 
38Security options benefitsYes 
39Security options deduction – 110(1)(d)No 
40Other taxable allowances and benefitsYes 
41Security options deduction – 110(1)(d.1)No 
42Employment commissionsYes 
43Canadian Armed Forces personnel and police deductionYes 
66Eligible retiring allowancesNo 
67Non-eligible retiring allowancesNo 
69Indian (exempt income) – Non-eligible retiring allowancesNo 
71Indian (exempt income) – EmploymentNo 
74Past service contributions for 1989 or earlier years while a contributorN/ANote de bas de page2
75Past service contributions for 1989 or earlier years while not a contributorN/ANote de bas de page2
77Workers’ compensation benefits repaid to the employerNo 
78Fishers – Gross incomeNo 
79Fishers – Net partnership amountNo 
80Fishers – Shareperson amountNo 
81Placement or employment agency workers – Gross incomeNo 
82Taxi drivers and drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles – Gross incomeNo 
83Barbers or hairdressers – Gross incomeNo 
85Employee-paid premiums for private health services plansNo 
86Security options electionNo 
87Emergency services volunteer exempt amountNo 
88Indian (exempt income) – Self-employmentNo 

Footnotes

Footnote 1

Return to footnote1Referrer

Do not include this amount in box 14. It is included under code 32. Footnote 2

Return to footnote2Referrer

For more information, see Box 20 – RPP contributions.

Detailed instructions for taxable allowances and benefits, deductible amounts, employment commissions and other entries

The following instructions explain how to report each of the benefits in the above list. Some of these benefits must include the goods and services tax (GST) and the provincial sales tax (PST, or QST in Quebec) if they apply, or the harmonized sales tax (HST).

Note

See Guide T4130, Employers’ Guide – Taxable Benefits and Allowances, for details on how to calculate the value of these benefits and which taxable benefits must include GST/HST.

Code 30 – Board and lodging

If you provided an employee with free or subsidized housing, or board and lodging, enter code 30 and the corresponding taxable amount. Also include this amount in box 14.

Note

If you pay for utilities (or provide them) for a member of the clergy, add the eligible part of your cost for those utilities to the housing allowance. Report it under code 30. Eligible utilities are electricity, heat, water and sewer. Report all other utilities under code 40.

Code 31 – Special work site

If the employee received a benefit for board and lodging at a special work site in a prescribed zone and you filled out Form TD4, Declaration of Exemption – Employment at a Special Work Site, enter code 31 and the corresponding amount. Do not include this amount in box 14 or under code 30.

Code 32 – Travel in a prescribed zone

If you provided an employee living in a prescribed zone with an amount for travel assistance, enter code 32 and the corresponding amount. Include this amount in box 14. If any part was for medical travel assistance, see code 33.

Code 33 – Medical travel assistance

If you provided an employee living in a prescribed zone with an amount for medical travel assistance, identify only the medical part under code 33. Make sure the total of the travel assistance is reported under code 32.

Note

Employees who are eligible to claim the northern residents deduction for travel benefits will use the information included in boxes 32 and 33 of their T4 slip to correctly calculate their deduction on form T2222, Northern Residency Deductions for 2019. For more information, go to Northern residents or see Travel assistance benefits in Chapter 4 of Guide T4130, Employers’ Guide – Taxable Benefits and Allowances.

Code 34 – Personal use of employer’s automobile or motor vehicle

If you provided an employee with the use of an automobile or motor vehicle, enter code 34 and the amount representing the benefit. Include this amount in box 14.

Code 36 – Interest-free and low-interest loans

If you provided an employee with an interest-free or low-interest loan, including a home-purchase and home-relocation loan, because of an office or employment (or intended employment), enter code 36 and the corresponding taxable benefit. Include this amount in box 14. For more information, see archived Interpretation Bulletin IT-421R, Benefits to individuals, corporations and shareholders from loans or debt.

Code 38 – Security options benefits

If an employee received a taxable benefit under a corporation’s agreement to issue its eligible shares or units of mutual fund trusts to the employee, enter code 38 and the corresponding amount. Include this amount in box 14. For more information, go to Security options.

Code 39 – Security options deduction – 110(1)(d)

If the employee is entitled to a deduction under paragraph 110(1)(d) of the Income Tax Act, enter code 39 and one-half of the amount you reported under code 38 for those shares. Do not include this amount in box 14. For more information, go to Security options.

Code 40 – Other taxable allowances and benefits

If you provided an employee with taxable allowances or benefits that you did not include elsewhere on the T4 slip, enter code 40 and the corresponding amount. Include this amount in box 14. See Guide T4130, Employers’ Guide – Taxable Benefits and Allowances, for details on calculating taxable benefits.

Code 41 – Security options deduction – 110(1)(d.1)

If the employee is entitled to a deduction under paragraph 110(1)(d.1) of the Income Tax Act, enter code 41 and one-half of the amount you reported under code 38 for those shares. Do not include this amount in box 14. For more information, go to Security options.

Code 42 – Employment commissions

If an employee sold property or negotiated contracts for you, enter code 42 and the amount of the employee’s commissions. Include this amount in box 14.

Code 43 – Canadian Armed Forces personnel and police deduction

For 2017 and subsequent taxation years, Canadian Armed Forces personnel and police officers deployed outside Canada can claim a deduction from net income for the amount of employment earnings they receive while serving on international operational missions as determined by the Minister of National Defence or by a person designated by that Minister. This is the case regardless of the risk associated with the mission. Enter code 43 and the amount of those earnings, up to the maximum rate of pay earned by a lieutenant-colonel of the Canadian Armed Forces. Include this amount with the total employment earnings in box 14.

Code 66 – Eligible retiring allowances

Enter the amount of retiring allowances (also called severance pay) that was paid in the year and is eligible for transfer to an RPP or RRSP, even if not transferred. Do not include this amount in box 14. For more information, see Retiring allowances.

Code 67 – Non-eligible retiring allowances

Enter the amount of retiring allowances (also called severance pay) not eligible for transfer to an RPP or RRSP. Do not include this amount in box 14. For more information, see Retiring allowances.

Code 69 – Indian (exempt income) – Non-eligible retiring allowances

Enter the amount of retiring allowances (also called severance pay) that was paid to an Indian in the year and is not eligible for transfer to an RPP or RRSP. Do not include this amount in box 14. For more information on retiring allowances, go to Retiring allowances. For more information on how to report income paid to an Indian, go to Indians – employment.

Code 71 – Indian (exempt income) – Employment

If you are an employer paying tax-exempt salary or wages to an Indian, go to Indians – employment.

Code 74 – Past service contributions for 1989 or earlier years while a contributor

If an employee made past service contributions to a registered pension plan (RPP) for employment in 1989 or earlier years while a contributor to an RPP, see Box 20 – RPP contributions.

Code 75 – Past service contributions for 1989 or earlier years while not a contributor

If an employee made past service contributions to a registered pension plan (RPP) for employment in 1989 or earlier years while not a contributor to an RPP, see Box 20 – RPP contributions.

Code 77 – Workers’ compensation benefits repaid to the employer

Enter the amount of workers’ compensation benefits repaid to the employer that was previously included in the employee’s employment income (box 14 of the T4 slip). This allows employees to claim a corresponding deduction as other employment expenses on their income tax and benefit returns. For more information, see “Workers’ compensation claims” in Chapter 6 of Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

Code 78 – Fishers – Gross income

See Code 78 – Fishers – Gross income.

Code 79 – Fishers – Net partnership amount

See Code 79 – Fishers – Net partnership amount.

Code 80 – Fishers – Shareperson amount

See Code 80 – Fishers – Shareperson amount.

Code 81 – Placement or employment agency workers – Gross income

See Placement or employment agency workers.

Code 82 – Taxi drivers and drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles – Gross income

See Barbers and hairdressers, and taxi drivers and drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles.

Code 83 – Barbers or hairdressers – Gross income

See Barbers and hairdressers, and taxi-drivers and drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles.

Code 85 – Employee-paid premiums for private health services plans

An employee can claim premiums they paid to a private health services plan (PHSP) as a qualifying medical expense (including the applicable GST/HST or PST). The use of code 85 is optional; however, if you do not use this code, we may ask the employee to provide supporting documents. For more information, see archived Interpretation Bulletin IT-339, Meaning of private health services plan (1988 and subsequent taxation years) and go to Private Health Services Plan for the CRA’s position on what qualifies as a PHSP.

Code 86 – Security options election

Enter the total amount of the security option cash-outs that you have elected not to claim as an expense. This amount is already included in box 14.

Code 87 – Emergency services volunteer exempt amount

Enter the exempt amount (up to $1,000) paid by a government, a municipality, or a public authority to an individual who performed firefighter or search and rescue duties as a volunteer. If you employed the individual other than as a volunteer for the same or similar duties, the whole amount is taxable. Include the whole amount in box 14 and do not use code 87.

Code 88 – Indian (exempt income) – self-employment

Enter the amount of tax-exempt self-employment income paid to an Indian who is a fisher, barber or hairdresser, or taxi driver or driver of other passenger-carrying vehicles. For more information, see Tax-exempt self-employment income.

Filing T4 slips

For a description of the filing methods available, see Chapter 4 – T4 information return.

Chapter 3 – T4 Summary

If you are filing your return electronically, do not send us a paper copy of the slips or summary but keep a copy for your records. For information about filing electronically, see Electronic filing methods or go to Filing Information Returns Electronically (T4/T5 and other types of returns).

If you are filing on paper, use the T4 Summary, Summary of Remuneration Paid, to report the totals of the amounts reported on the related T4 slips. Send the original summary and the related slips to the Jonquière Tax Centre.

Filling out the T4 Summary

Report amounts in Canadian dollars and cents, even if they were paid in another currency. To get the average exchange rates, go to What are the average exchange rates?.

Fill out a separate T4 Summary for each of your payroll program accounts. The totals you report on your T4 Summary have to agree with the totals you report on your T4 slips. Errors or omissions can cause unnecessary processing delays.

If you have not reported any amounts on the T4 slip or Summary, there is no need to send us a form.

Detailed instructions

In the area at the top of the T4 Summary, enter the 15-character payroll program account number in the “Employer’s account number” box. It is the number that you use to send us your employees’ deductions. Enter your operating or trade name as well as your address below the payroll program account number.

You cannot change your address using the T4 Summary. To do this, contact your tax centre at the address listed at the end of this guide.

Note

You can also change the address of your business online in My Business Account. An authorized representative can use this service through Represent a Client.

Year

Enter the last two digits of the calendar year for which you are filing the return.

Line 14 – Employment income

Enter the total of box 14 from all T4 slips.

Line 16 – Employees’ CPP contributions

Enter the total of box 16 from all T4 slips.

Line 18 – Employees’ EI premiums

Enter the total of box 18 from all T4 slips.

Line 19 – Employer’s EI premiums

Enter your share of EI premiums (multiply the employees’ total premiums by the employer’s premium rate).

Line 20 – Registered pension plan (RPP) contributions

Enter the total of box 20 from all T4 slips.

Line 22 – Income tax deducted

Enter the total of box 22 from all T4 slips.

Line 27 – Employer’s CPP contributions

Enter your share of CPP contributions.

Line 52 – Pension adjustment

Enter the total of box 52 from all T4 slips.

Lines 74 and 75 – Canadian-controlled private corporations or unincorporated employers

Enter the social insurance numbers of any proprietors or principal owners.

Lines 76 and 78 – Person to contact about this return

Enter the name and telephone number of a person that we can call to get or clarify information on the T4 Summary.

Line 80 – Total deductions reported

Add the amounts reported on lines 16, 27, 18, 19, and 22 of the T4 Summary. Enter the total on line 80.

Line 82 – Minus: remittances

Enter the amount you remitted for the year under your payroll program account number.

Note

A remittance that was due in January of the current year (for deductions made in December of the previous year) is considered late when paid with the previous year’s information return (T4, T4A) and this return is filed after the remittance due date.

Difference

Subtract line 82 from line 80. Enter the difference in the space provided. If there is no difference between the total deductions you reported and the amount you remitted for the year, leave lines 84 and 86 blank. Generally, we do not charge or refund a difference of $2 or less.

Line 84 – Overpayment

If the amount on line 82 is more than the amount on line 80 (and you do not have to file another type of return for this account number), enter the difference on line 84. Attach a note indicating the reason for the overpayment and whether you want us to transfer this amount to another account or another year, or refund the overpayment to you.

Line 86 – Balance due

If the amount on line 80 is more than the amount on line 82, enter the difference on line 86.

Line 88 – Total number of T4 slips filed

Enter the total number of T4 slips that you are including with the T4 Summary.

Chapter 4 – T4 information return

In all instances, you have to file your T4 information return on or before the last day of February following the calendar year that the information return applies to. If the due date falls on a Saturday, or a Sunday, your return is due the next business day.

We consider your return to be filed on time if we receive it or it is postmarked on or before the due date. If you fail to file it on time, we may assess a penalty. See Penalties, interest and other consequences.

If you have more than one payroll program account, you will have to file a separate information return for each account.

If you have overpaid, include a letter explaining the reason for the overpayment and how you want us to apply it. If you owe an amount, send the account information and tax year with your payment.

If your business or activity ceases during the year, you have to file a T4 information return within 30 days of ending your business or stopping your activity.

Service bureaus filing returns

If a service bureau is filing an information return for you, you are still responsible for the accuracy of the information, for any balance owing, and for filing on time.

Branch offices filing returns

If the branch office of a company has sent in CPP contributions, EI premiums, and income tax deductions under a separate account that only that branch uses, file the T4 information return of that branch as a separate return.

Electronic filing methods

Internet filing will be available starting January 6, 2020. You must file information returns by Internet if you file more than 50 information returns (slips) for a calendar year.

For more information, go to Filing Information Returns Electronically (T4/T5 and other types of returns).

Filing by Web Forms

Our Web Forms application is free and secure. To use it, all you need is access to the Internet. With Web Forms you can file an information return easily, following the step-by-step instructions.

Web Forms lets you:

  • file up to 100 slips (original, additional, amended, or cancelled) from our website
  • calculate all of the totals for the summary
  • create an electronic information return containing slips and a summary, which can be saved and imported at a later date
  • print all your slips and your summary
  • validate data in real time

After you submit your information return, you will receive a confirmation number that will be your proof that we received it.

To use the Web Forms application, you must have a business number and its associated web access code. If you do not have a web access code, you can easily get one online or by calling us. For more information, see Web access code.

To start using this application or to get more information, see Filing Information Returns Electronically (T4/T5 and other types of returns).

Filing by Internet file transfer (XML)

Internet file transfer allows you to transmit an original or amended return with a maximum file size of 150 MB. All you need is a web browser to connect to the Internet, and your software will create, print, and save your electronic information return in XML format.

If you use commercial or in-house developed payroll software to manage your business, you can file up to 150 MB by Internet file transfer. Multiple returns can be filed in one submission, as long as the total submission does not exceed the 150 MB restriction.

Note

If your return is more than 150 MB, you can either compress your return or you can divide it so that each submission is no more than 150 MB.

For more information about this filing method, contact your software provider or go to Filing Information Returns Electronically (T4/T5 and other types of returns).

Web access code

To file your return over the Internet using the Internet file transfer or Web Forms services, you will need a business number and its associated web access code (WAC), unless you are filing through My Business Account or Represent a Client. For more information about these services, see the next section Filing without a web access code below. The CRA is no longer mailing WAC letters. As a result, you can use the WAC that was issued for the tax year to file your information returns. If you have misplaced or do not have a WAC, see Filing Information Returns Electronically (T4/T5 and other types of returns) to access our Web access code online service. If you cannot get your WAC online or would like to change it, call the e-Services Helpdesk at 1-800-959-5525.

Filing without a web access code

You can file your T4 information return without a web access code through My Business Account or Represent a Client.

Select the “File a return” option through:

If you are already registered for our online services, you can log in using your CRA user ID and password or the Sign-In Partner option.

To register as a business owner, go to My Business Account and do the following:

  • Select “CRA Register” and create a CRA use ID and password. You can also select “Sign-In Partner Login/Register” and use the same sign-in information you use for other online services such as online banking.
  • To register, you will need to provide all of the following information:
    • your social insurance number (SIN)
    • your date of birth
    • your postal code or ZIP code
    • an amount you entered on your income tax and benefit return (the line we ask for will vary; it could be from the current or the previous tax year)
    • your business number (BN)
  • You must enter a CRA security code to finalize the registration process. You can ask for the CRA security code by paper mail or email.
  • Return to My Business Account to enter your CRA security code.

To register as a representative, including employees of a business, go to Represent a Client and do the following:

  • Select “CRA Register” and create a CRA user ID and password. Or you can select “Sign-In Partner Login/Register” and use the same sign-in information you use for other online services, such as online banking.
  • To register, you will need to provide:
    • your access code from your notice of assessment
    • your postal code or ZIP code
  • Register as the business owner (using your BN) or as yourself and receive a representative identifier (RepID), or create a group of representatives and receive a group identifier (GroupID).
  • Get authorization to have online access to the tax free savings account (TFSA) by doing one of the following:
    • using the “Authorization request” service with Represent a Client
    • giving your BN, RepID, or GroupID to businesses or your employer so they can authorize you using the “Authorize or manage representatives” service in My Business Account

Note
If the business authorizes you online in My Business Account, you will have immediate online access to the business accounts.

Once you are registered as a business owner, or registered and authorized as a representative, an employee, or a group of employees, you will be able to file or amend T4 slips without a Web access code.

Filing on paper

You can file up to 50 slips on paper. However, we strongly encourage you to file online using Internet file transfer or Web Forms. We explain these options under Electronic filing methods

If you need more paper copies, you can order a maximum of 9 single-page slips at Forms and publications or by calling 1-800-959-5525. There are two slips per page intended for printers, for typing, or to be filled out by hand.

If you choose to file your return on paper, mail it to:

Jonquière TC
T4 Program
Post Office Box 1300 LCD Jonquière
Jonquière QC  G7S 0L5

Fill out one copy of the T4 slip for each employee and include it with your T4 Summary when you file. Enter the information for two different employees on one sheet. You must keep the information from the T4 slips and the T4 Summary or a copy of these forms for your files.

How to distribute your T4 slips

You must give employees their T4 slips on or before the last day of February following the calendar year to which the slips apply. If you do not, you may be assessed a penalty. The penalty for failing to distribute T4 slips to recipients is $25 per day for each such failure with a minimum penalty of $100 and a maximum of $2,500.

Employers may distribute T4 slips electronically by making them accessible to their employees on a secured portal and with a secured printer. With written consent from the employee, the employer can distribute T4 slips using email.

In all other cases, where the employee does not have access to a secured portal and printer or when the employee requests it, the employer will provide two copies of the T4 slip, in paper format, to the employee in person or by mail.

Notes

If T4 slips are returned as not deliverable, you may want to keep the copies with the employee’s file.

If you know that the address you have on file for an employee is not correct, do not send the employee’s T4 slip copies to that address. Document why the copies were not sent and your efforts to get the correct address. Keep this information with the T4 slip copies in the employee’s file. You still have to include that T4 slip information in your T4 information return when you file it.

We suggest that you print the two T4 slips that you have to give to each employee on one sheet. For security purposes, do not print your payroll program account number (box 54) on these copies.

For more information on how to fill out the T4 slip and the T4 Summary, see Filling out T4 slips and Filling out the T4 Summary.

Chapter 5 – After you file

When we receive your information return, we check it to see if you have prepared it correctly. After an initial review, we enter your return into our processing system, which captures the information and performs various validity and balancing checks. If there are any problems, we may contact you.

We also verify the calculations you made on the T4 slips to make sure that the pensionable and insurable earnings you reported agree with the CPP and EI deductions you remitted. For more information, see Chapter 4 of Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

If you receive a pensionable and insurable earnings review (PIER) report, do not send us amended slips. Instead, respond to the PIER advising of the changes required for the employees on the listing. For more information, see Chapter 4 of Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

After filing your information return, you may notice that you made an error on a T4 slip. If so, you will have to prepare an amended slip to correct the information.

If you made an overpayment of salary, wages, or other remuneration to an employee, see Salary overpayments for more information on how to correct an error.

Note

You do not have to file an amended T4 slip if the only change is to the employee’s address.

CPP contributions and EI premiums are sometimes deducted in error from exempt income. The employer may report the deduction and the exemption on the original T4 slip. Amendments may be necessary to allow the individual to be credited through an income tax and benefit return.

A T4 slip should be cancelled if it is issued to a proprietor or partner in an unincorporated business. They should report their income as business income on an income tax and benefit return, along with a statement of revenue and expenses.

For information, go to Salary overpayments.

Amending or cancelling slips over the Internet

To amend a slip over the Internet, change only the information that is incorrect and retain all of the remaining information that was originally submitted. Use summary report type code “A” and slip report type code “A.”

To cancel a slip, do not change any information that was contained on the original slip. Use summary report type code “A” and slip report type code “C.”

For more information about amending or cancelling information returns using the Internet, go to Filing Information Returns Electronically (T4/T5 and other types of returns).

If you amend or cancel slips using the Internet, we may contact you to find out why.

Amending or cancelling slips on paper

If you choose to file your amended return on paper, clearly identify the slips as amended or cancelled slips by writing “AMENDED” or “CANCELLED” at the top of each slip. Make sure you fill out all the necessary boxes, including the information that was correct on the original slip. Send two copies of the amended slips to the employee. Send one copy of the amended slips to any national verification and collection centre with a letter explaining the reason for the amendment. The addresses of our national verification and collection centres are listed at the end of this guide.

Do not file an amended T4 Summary.

Adding slips

After you file your information return, you may discover that you need to send us additional slips. If you have original slips that were not filed with your return, file them separately either electronically or on paper.

To file additional slips electronically, see Electronic filing methods.

When submitting additional slips on paper, clearly identify the new slips by writing “ADDITIONAL” at the top of each slip. Send one copy of the additional slips to any national verification and collection centre with a letter explaining the reason for the addition. The addresses of our national verification and collection centres are listed at the end of this guide.

Do not file an amended T4 Summary.

Note

Any additional T4 slips which are filed after the due date may result in a penalty. For more information, go to Late filing and failing to file the T4 information return.

Replacing slips

If you issue paper T4 slips to replace copies that are lost or destroyed, do not send us a copy. Clearly identify them as “DUPLICATE” copies, and keep them with your records.

Pension adjustment (PA)

You have to recalculate a pension adjustment (PA) in a registered pension plan when all of the following conditions are met:

  • an employee returns from a leave of absence or a period of reduced service
  • the service was not previously pensionable service
  • by April 30 of the following year:
    • benefits are retroactively provided under a defined benefit provision for the period concerned and the employee makes the commitment to purchase the benefits
    • retroactive contributions are made by the employee or the employer to a money purchase provision

Note

If the commitment to purchase benefits is made after April 30, a past service pension adjustment (PSPA) will be calculated.

If a recalculated PA applies, you have to report an amended PA for each year after 1989 that is affected by the leave.

You do not have to report an amended PA when the difference between the previously reported PA and the amended PA is less than $250. However, you do have to report one if an employee asks you to accurately report the PA, or if we ask you to report the amended PA.

For the years in which you did not previously report a PA for the employee, you have to file an amended T4 slip showing the correct PA. If you previously reported a PA for the employee in a particular year, you have to show the total PA that applies for that year on an amended T4 slip.

For information on recalculating a PA, see Guide T4084, Pension Adjustment Guide. For information on calculating and reporting PSPA, see Guide T4104, Past Service Pension Adjustment Guide.

Data used by other programs

Other federal government departments use T4 information. For example, Employment and Social Development Canada (ESDC) uses the information on the T4 slip to update a person’s record of earnings file.

The information on CPP contributions that we send to ESDC determines the CPP benefits that a person will receive.

Chapter 6 – Special situations

Barbers and hairdressers, and taxi drivers and drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles

Workers who are your employees

If you employ these types of workers, you have to deduct CPP/QPP contributions, EI premiums, PPIP premiums, and income tax from their pay and prepare a T4 slip for them, as you would for regular employees. For information about the payroll deductions, see Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances. For information about preparing a T4 slip, see Chapter 2 – T4 slips.

Tax?exempt salary or wages you paid to your Indian employee are treated differently. For information about the payroll deductions, see “Chapter 7 – Special situations” in Guide T4001. For information about preparing a T4 slip, see Indians – Employment.

Workers who are self-employed

Even if these types of workers are self-employed, special rules apply to the payroll deductions you have to withhold. For more information, see “Chapter 7 – Special situations” in Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

You still have to prepare a T4 slip for these workers for EI and PPIP purposes as explained below. For information on how to report the tax-exempt earnings of an Indian who is self-employed, see Indians – Self-employment.

For all other self-employed workers, fill in the following fields on their T4 slip:

Employer’s name

Enter your operating or trade name.

Employee’s name and address

Enter the worker’s name and address, including the province or territory and postal code.

Box 10 – Province of employment

Enter the provincial or territorial abbreviation (see the list at Box 10 – Province of employment).

Box 12 – Social insurance number

Enter the SIN, as provided by the worker.

Box 14 – Employment income

Leave this box blank. See Other information.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Enter the EI premiums remitted on behalf of the worker (worker’s share only).

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Enter the amount of the worker’s insurable earnings on which you calculated the EI premiums, up to a maximum of $53,100 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no insurable earnings.

Box 28 – Exempt (CPP/QPPEI, and PPIP)

Enter an “X” or a check mark under CPP/QPP.

Box 29 – Employment code

Enter the appropriate code for the occupation of the worker. Enter code 13 for barbers or hairdresserscode 12 for taxi drivers or drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Enter the PPIP premiums remitted on behalf of the worker (worker’s share only) while they worked in Quebec.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

For workers working in Quebec, enter the total amount used to calculate the worker’s PPIP premiums, up to a maximum of $76,500 for 2019.

Other information

Enter the amount of gross earnings of the worker, using code 83 for barbers or hairdressers and code 82 for taxi drivers and drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles.

If you do not know the actual gross earnings, you still have to report gross income and an amount of insurable earnings, which you can calculate using the method explained in Chapter 7 of Guide T4001.

Certified non-resident employers

A qualifying non-resident employer is not required to file a T4 slip for salary, wages or other remuneration paid to a qualifying non-resident employee, if the employer, after reasonable enquiry, determines that the employee’s total taxable income earned in Canada during the calendar year, including the payment of such salary, wages, or other remuneration is $10,000 or less. For more information, go to Rendering services in Canada.

Employees with power saws or tree trimmers

If you are an employer in the forestry business, you may have employees who, according to their contracts, have to use their own power saws or tree trimmers at their own expense.

In box 14, “Employment income,” include rental payments you made to employees for the use of their own power saws or tree trimmers. You should not reduce the amount in box 14 by the cost or value of saws, trimmers, parts, gasoline, or any other materials the employee supplies.

Employees outside Canada

In situations where you pay CPP on behalf of your employee who is working outside Canada, for all or part of the year, you have to prepare a T4 slip. See Box 29 – Employment code and Box 10 – Province of employment for specific T4 reporting instructions.

Note

When CPP is paid by the employer on behalf of detached employees under employment code 16, leave box 14 blank if no other type of income is reported. Fill in boxes 16 and 26 with the appropriate amounts and leave boxes 18 and 24 blank.

Fishing income

Fishing income is reported on the T4 slip.

Fishing income (for example, proceeds of the catch paid to a self-employed fisher) and employment income (for example, plant income) can be reported on the same T4 slip or on separate T4 slips.

The instructions that follow are for fishing income paid to a self-employed fisher. For instructions on reporting employment income that you paid to an employee, see the Detailed instructions. For instructions on reporting tax-exempt fishing income that you paid to a self-employed Indian, see Tax-exempt self-employment income.

Notes

Do not use code 78, 79, or 80 to report employment income. Use box 14. See Box 14 – Employment income.

Reporting paid or payable self?employed fisher income depends on whether you are using the cash method or accrual method of accounting. For an explanation of these methods, see Chapter 1 of Guide T4002, Self?employed Business, Professional, Commission, Farming, and Fishing Income.

For more information on how to calculate the insurable earnings of a fisher if you are a designated employer, see Guide T4005, Fishers and Employment Insurance. For more information about calculating the fishing income for a sole proprietor, see Chapter 2 of Guide T4002.

Employer’s name

Enter your operating or trade name.

Employee’s name and address

Enter the fisher’s name and address, including the province or territory and postal code.

Box 10 – Province of employment

Enter the provincial or territorial abbreviation (see the list at Box 10 – Province of employment).

Box 12 – Social insurance number

Enter the SIN, as provided by the fisher.

Box 14 – Employment income

Leave blank. Fishing income is reported using codes 78, 79, and 80. See the Other information section.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Enter the EI premiums you remitted on behalf of the self-employed fisher on their gross income.

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Enter the amount of the fisher’s insurable earnings on which you calculated the EI premiums, up to a maximum of $53,100 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no insurable earnings.

Box 28 – Exempt (CPP/QPPEI, and PPIP)

Enter an “X” or a check mark under CPP/QPP (fisher earnings are not pensionable).

Box 29 – Employment code

Enter code 17.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Enter the PPIP premiums you deducted from gross income of fishers working in Quebec.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

For fishers working in Quebec, enter the total amount used to calculate the fisher’s PPIP premiums, up to a maximum of $76,500 for 2019.

Other information

Code 78 – Fishers – Gross income

Enter the amount paid or payable to the fisher from the proceeds of a catch. Do not include this amount in box 14.

In addition, report either the net partnership or owner amount using code 79 or the shareperson amount using code 80.

Note

This income does not include amounts paid for a catch or part of a catch made by other persons who were not members of the crew. For more information, see “Calculating the insurable earnings of a fisher” in Guide T4005, Fishers and Employment Insurance.

Code 79 – Fishers – Net partnership amount

Enter the amount that is the product of the gross income (or gross value of the catch) reported under code 78, minus the 25% prescribed amount and the total amount paid to the shareperson reported under code 80, multiplied by your partnership agreement allocation. See Example 5 in Guide T4005. Include this amount in box 24 (and in box 56 for fishers in Quebec). Do not include this amount in box 14.

Code 80 – Fishers – Shareperson amount

Enter the amount paid or payable to the fisher from the proceeds of a catch based on the sharing arrangement agreed to before embarking on the fishing trip. Include this amount in box 24 (in box 56 for fishers in Quebec) and with code 78. Do not include this amount in box 14.

Indians – Employment

We recognize that many First Nations people in Canada prefer not to describe themselves as Indians. However, we use the term Indian because it has a legal meaning in the Indian Act.

The salary or wages, benefits or allowances you paid to an Indian may be taxable, tax-exempt, or partly tax-exempt. Use Form TD1-IN, Determination of Exemption of an Indian’s Employment Income, to determine the type of exemption that applies to an Indian’s employment income. For more information, you can also refer to Chapter 7 of Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

Taxable employment income

If you are an employer paying taxable salary or wages, benefits or allowances to an Indian employee, you have to deduct CPP/QPP contributions, EI premiums, and income tax, as well as PPIP premiums (for employees working in Quebec). Fill in all boxes of the T4 slips in the usual way.

Note

If you paid a retiring allowance to an Indian, see Retiring allowances and Code 69 – Indian (exempt income) – Non?eligible retiring allowances for more information.

Tax-exempt employment income

If you are an employer paying tax-exempt salary or wages, benefits, or allowances to an Indian employee, you do not have to deduct CPP/QPP contributions; however, you have to deduct EI premiums and PPIP premiums (for employees working in Quebec). For more information, see Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances.

How to fill out the T4 slip

Prepare the T4 slip in the following way when you pay a tax-exempt salary or wages to your Indian employee.

Employer’s name

Enter your operating or trade name.

Employee’s name and address

Enter the employee’s name and address, including the province or territory and postal code.

Box 10 – Province of employment

Enter the provincial or territorial abbreviation (see the list at Box 10 – Province of employment).

Box 12 – Social insurance number

Enter the SIN, as provided by the employee.

Box 14 – Employment income

Leave this box blank. Instead, in the “Other information” area, enter code 71 and the amount of the exempt salary or wages paid to your Indian employee in the year.

Boxes 16 and 17 – Employee’s CPP/QPP contributions

The employment of an Indian whose income is exempt from tax is excluded from pensionable earnings; however, you can elect to provide your Indian employees with optional CPP coverage by filling out and filing Form CPT124, Application for Coverage of Employment of an Indian in Canada Under the Canada Pension Plan Whose Income is Exempt Under the Income Tax Act.

If you did not elect to provide CPP/QPP coverage to all your Indian employees on their tax-exempt employment income, leave this box blank.

If you did elect to provide CPP/QPP coverage, enter the CPP/QPP contributions you deducted from the employee’s earnings.

For more information, see Guide T4001. For optional QPP coverage, fill out and file Form RR-2-V, Election to Participate in the Québec Pension Plan: Indian Employees Whose Employment Is Excepted by Reason of a Tax Exemption. For more information, see Guide TP-1015.G-V, Guide for Employers: Source Deductions and Contributions, which you can get from Revenu Québec.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Tax-exempt salary or wages paid to your Indian employee are insurable earnings and you must deduct EI premiums. Enter the EI premiums you deducted.

Box 20 – RPP contributions

Leave this box blank. Registered pension plan (RPP) contributions made with respect to tax-exempt employment income are not deductible by your employee.

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Enter the amount of insurable earnings on which you calculated the EI premiums, up to a maximum of $53,100 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no insurable earnings.

Box 26 – CPP/QPP pensionable earnings

If you did not elect to provide CPP or QPP coverage to all your Indian employees on their tax-exempt employment income, enter “0.”

If you did elect to provide CPP/QPP coverage, enter the amount of pensionable earnings on which you calculated the CPP/QPP contributions, up to a maximum of $57,400 for 2019.

Box 28 – Exempt (CPP/QPPEI, and PPIP)

Leave this box blank if you entered an amount greater than 0 in box 16, 17, or 26. Enter an “X” or a check mark under CPP/QPP only if the earnings were exempt for the entire period of employment.

Box 44 – Union dues

Leave this box blank. Union dues paid in respect of tax-exempt employment income are not deductible by your Indian employee.

Box 52 – Pension adjustment

Tax-exempt salary is included when determining the pension adjustment amount. See Box 52 – Pension adjustment for details.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Tax-exempt salary or wages paid to an Indian in Quebec are insurable earnings and you must deduct PPIP premiums. Enter the PPIP premiums you deducted from employees working in Quebec.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

For employees working in Quebec, enter the total amount used to calculate the employee’s PPIP premiums, up to a maximum of $76,500 for 2019.

Partly tax-exempt employment income

How to fill out the T4 slip

Prepare the T4 slip in the following way when you pay a partly tax-exempt salary or wages to your Indian employee.

Employer’s name

Enter your operating or trade name.

Employee’s name and address

Enter the employee’s name and address, including the province or territory and postal code.

Box 10 – Province of employment

Enter the provincial or territorial abbreviation (see the list at Box 10 – Province of employment).

Box 12 – Social insurance number

Enter the SIN, as provided by the employee.

Box 14 – Employment income

Enter the taxable salary or wages paid to the Indian employee in box 14. In the “Other information” area, enter code 71 and the amount of the tax-exempt salary or wages paid in the year.

Boxes 16 and 17 – Employee’s CPP/QPP contributions

If you did not elect to provide CPP/QPP coverage to all your Indian employees on their tax-exempt employment income, enter the CPP/QPP contributions you deducted from your employee’s taxable earnings.

If you did elect to provide CPP/QPP coverage, enter the CPP/QPP contributions you deducted from your employee’s earnings.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Taxable and tax-exempt salary or wages paid to your Indian employee are insurable earnings and you must deduct EI premiums. Enter the EI premiums you deducted.

Box 20 – RPP contributions

Registered pension plan (RPP) contributions that have been made for tax-exempt income are not deductible. Do not enter those contributions in box 20. If the employment income that relates to an RPP contribution consists of both taxable and tax-exempt income, you have to prorate the RPP contribution.

You do not have to prorate the amount of pension adjustment (PA). Report the total amount in box 52, “Pension adjustment,” of the T4 slip.

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Enter the amount of insurable earnings on which you calculated the EI premiums, up to a maximum of $53,100 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no insurable earnings.

Box 26 – CPP/QPP pensionable earnings

Enter the amount of pensionable earnings on which you calculated the CPP/QPP contributions, up to a maximum of $57,400 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no pensionable earnings.

Box 44 – Union dues

Annual union, professional, or like dues related to tax-exempt income are not deductible. Do not enter these dues in box 44. If the employment income that relates to union dues consists of both taxable and tax-exempt income, you have to prorate the union dues.

Box 52 – Pension adjustment

Taxable and tax-exempt salary is included when determining the pension adjustment amount. See Box 52 – Pension adjustment for details.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Taxable and tax-exempt salary or wages paid to an Indian in Quebec are insurable earnings and you must deduct PPIP premiums. Enter the PPIP premiums you deducted from employees working in Quebec.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

For employees working in Quebec, enter the total amount used to calculate the employee’s PPIP premiums, up to a maximum of $76,500 for 2019.

Indians – Self-employment

We recognize that many First Nations people in Canada prefer not to describe themselves as Indians. However, we use the term Indian because it has a legal meaning in the Indian Act.

If you pay taxable income to a self-employed Indian who works as a fisher, barber or hairdresser, taxi driver or driver of other passenger-carrying vehicles, you may have to deduct EI premiums (and PPIP premiums for workers in Quebec) and report the amounts on a T4 slip following the instructions below. Payments you made to an Indian who is not your employee may be taxable, tax-exempt, or partly tax-exempt.

Taxable self-employment income

If you pay taxable income to a self-employed Indian who works as a fisher, barber or hairdresser, taxi driver or driver of other passenger-carrying vehicles, you have to pay EI premiums (and PPIP premiums for workers in Quebec). For more information on fishers, see Guide T4005, Fishers and Employment Insurance.

How to fill out the T4 slip

If the Indian’s income was earned while working as a barber and hairdresser, taxi driver or driver of other passenger carrying vehicles, follow the instructions under Barbers and hairdressers, and taxi drivers and drivers of other passenger-carrying vehicles. If the Indian received self-employed fishing income, follow the instructions under Fishing income.

Tax-exempt self-employment income

If you pay tax-exempt income to a self-employed Indian worker who is a fisher, barber or hairdresser, a taxi driver or driver of other passenger-carrying vehicles, you do not have to deduct CPP/QPP contributions; however, you have to pay EI premiums (and PPIP premiums for fishers/workers in Quebec). For more information on fishers, see Guide T4005.

Employer’s name

Enter your operating or trade name.

Employee’s name and address

Enter the fisher or worker’s name and address, including the province or territory and postal code.

Box 10 – Province of employment

Enter the provincial or territorial abbreviation (see the list at Box 10 – Province of employment).

Box 12 – Social insurance number

Enter the SIN, as provided by the fisher or worker.

Box 14 – Employment income

Leave blank. In the “Other information” area, enter code 88 and the amount of the tax-exempt earnings paid to the self-employed fisher or worker in the year. See Other information – code 88.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Enter the EI premiums you remitted on behalf of the self-employed fisher or worker’s gross earnings.

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Enter the amount of the fisher or worker’s insurable earnings on which you calculated the EI premiums, up to a maximum of $53,100 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no insurable earnings.

Box 29 – Employment code

Enter the appropriate code for the occupation of the worker. Enter code 13 for barbers or hairdresserscode 12 for taxi drivers or drivers of another passenger-carrying vehicles or code 17 for a fishers – self-employed.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Enter the PPIP premiums you deducted from the self-employed fisher or worker’s gross income earned in Quebec.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

For self-employed income earned in Quebec, enter the total amount used to calculate the fisher or worker’s PPIP premiums, up to a maximum of $76,500 for 2019.

Other information – code 88

Enter the amount of the fisher or worker’s tax-exempt gross earnings using code 88, Indian (exempt income) – Self-employment. Do not include this amount in box 14.

Partly tax-exempt self-employment income

If part of the income that you pay to a self-employed Indian fisher or worker is tax-exempt you will have to fill out the T4 slip using the instructions under Taxable self-employment income and Tax-exempt self-employment income.

Placement or employment agency workers

These guidelines apply to employees/workers engaged by placement or employment agencies, in the following four situations:

a) Agency that hires a worker as an employee

An agency that hires an employee (even if they are located at a client’s premises) has to deduct CPP/QPP contributions, EI premiums, income tax, and PPIP premiums (for employees working in Quebec) from amounts paid to these employees. The agency also has to report these amounts on a T4 slip for the employee.

b) Agency that pays the worker

Where an agency places a worker (who is not an employee of the agency) in employment under the direction and control of a client of the agency and the agency pays the worker, the agency is not required to deduct income tax, but is required to deduct CPP/QPP contributions, EI premiums, and PPIP premiums (for workers in Quebec), from amounts paid to these workers. The agency also has to report these amounts on a T4 slip for the worker.

c) Agency whose client pays the worker

Where an agency places a worker (who is not an employee of the agency) in employment under the direction and control of a client of the agency and the client of the agency pays the worker, the client is required to deduct CPP/QPP contributions and income tax but is not required to deduct EI premiums (or PPIP premiums for employees in Quebec). The client of the agency has to report these amounts on a T4 slip.

d) Agency that hires a worker under a contract for services

Where an agency places a worker under a contract for services (that is, an independent worker and not an employee of the agency), the agency is not required to deduct CPP/QPP contributions, EI premiums, PPIP premiums, or income tax since the worker is self?employed. Because the worker is self?employed, neither the agency nor the client is required to file a T4 slip. However, you may be required to file a T4A slip. See Guide RC4157, Deducting Income Tax on Pension and Other Income, and Filing the T4A Slip and Summary.

How to fill out the T4-slip

In all cases, except where an agency hires a worker under a contract for services, you (the agency or the client, as the case may be) will fill out the T4 slip as follows:

Employer’s name

Enter your operating or trade name.

Employee’s name and address

Enter the employee’s/worker’s name and address, including the province or territory and postal code.

Box 10 – Province of employment

Enter the provincial or territorial abbreviation (see the list at Box 10 – Province of employment).

Box 12 – Social insurance number

Enter the SIN, as provided by the employee or worker.

Box 14 – Employment income

Report the gross earnings before deductions only if the agency hired the employee. If the agency paid the worker or the agency’s client paid the worker, leave this box blank. See Code 81 below.

Boxes 16 and 17 – Employee’s CPP/QPP contributions

Enter the CPP/QPP contributions you deducted from the employee or worker’s gross earnings.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Enter the EI premiums you deducted from the employee or worker’s gross earnings. If the agency’s client paid the worker, leave this box blank.

Box 22 – Income tax deducted

Enter the total income tax you deducted from the employee or worker’s remuneration. This includes the federal, provincial (except Quebec), and territorial taxes that apply. If the agency paid the worker, leave this box blank.

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Enter the amount of the employee or worker’s insurable earnings on which you calculated the EI premiums, up to a maximum of $53,100 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no insurable earnings. If the agency’s client paid the worker, enter “0.”

Box 26 – CPP/QPP pensionable earnings

Enter the amount of the employee or worker’s pensionable earnings on which you calculated the CPP/QPP contributions, up to a maximum of $57,400 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no pensionable earnings.

Box 28 – Exempt (CPP/QPPEI, and PPIP)

Leave this box blank. If the agency’s client paid the worker, enter an “X” or a check mark under EI, otherwise, leave this box blank.

Box 29 – Employment code

Enter employment code 11 for scenarios “b” and “c” and leave this box blank for scenario “a”.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Enter the PPIP premiums you deducted from the employee or worker’s gross earnings while they worked in Quebec. If the agency’s client paid the worker, leave this box blank.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

For employees or workers working in Quebec, enter the total amount used to calculate the employee or worker’s PPIP premiums, up to a maximum of $76,500 for 2019. If the agency’s client paid the worker, leave this box blank.

Code 81

In the “Other information” area at the bottom of the T4 slip, use code 81 for scenarios “b” and “c” and enter the gross earnings of placement and employment agency workers. If the agency hired the employee, as in scenario “a”, leave this box blank.

For more information, go to Filling out the T4 slip.

Retiring allowances

A retiring allowance (also called severance pay) is an amount paid to officers or employees when or after they retire from an office or employment, in recognition of long service or for the loss of office or employment.

Detailed information about what is and is not a retiring allowance, how to calculate deductions for retiring allowances, and how to determine the amount of retiring allowance that is eligible for transfer, are found in Chapter 6 of Guide T4001, Employers’ Guide – Payroll Deductions and Remittances and in Income Tax Folio S2-F1-C2, Retiring Allowances.

If you paid a retiring allowance to a non-resident of Canada, do not report it on a T4 slip. Instead, fill out an NR4 slip, Statement of Amounts Paid or Credited to Non-Residents of Canada. For more information, see Guide T4061, NR4 – Non-Resident Tax Withholding, Remitting, and Reporting.

Transfer of a retiring allowance – T4 codes

Employees with years of service before 1996 may be able to directly transfer all or part of a retiring allowance to a registered pension plan (RPP) or a registered retirement savings plan (RRSP). This part is commonly referred to as the eligible portion or the amount eligible for transfer. A retiring allowance may include an eligible portion and a non-eligible portion.

The part of the retiring allowance paid in each year that is eligible for transfer should be reported on a T4 slip in the “Other information” area using code 66. Amounts not eligible for transfer are reported in the “Other information” area using code 67 (or code 69 for an Indian). For example, if an employee receives $60,000 payable in instalments of $10,000 over six years and has an eligible amount of $40,000, the employee can choose how they want the eligible and non-eligible parts applied to the instalment payments in each year.

Note

The amounts reported as retiring allowances should not be reported in box 14. For more information, see Code 66 – Eligible retiring allowances.

Salary deferral arrangements

A salary deferral arrangement is a plan or arrangement made between an employee and an employer. Under such an arrangement, an employee postpones receiving salary and wages to a later year. Treat the deferred salary and wages as employment income in the year the employee earns the amount. Report it on the employee’s T4 slip for that year.

Prescribed plans or arrangements

Prescribed plans or arrangements are not covered by the above salary deferral rules. Treat the deferred amounts in these cases as income in the year the employee receives them. Report the income on the employee’s T4 slip for that year.

To find out how to report pension adjustments under these circumstances, see Guide T4084, Pension Adjustment Guide.

Salary paid while the participant is working

How to fill out the T4 slip

Prepare the T4 slip in the following way when you pay a salary to the participant while they are working.

Box 14 – Employment income

Enter the participant’s net salary (the salary minus the deferred amounts) while the person was working.

Boxes 16 and 17 – Employee’s CPP/QPP contributions

Enter the CPP/QPP contributions you deducted from the participant’s net salary (the salary minus the deferred amounts) while the person was working.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Enter the EI premiums you deducted from the participant’s gross salary (including deferred amounts) while the person was working.

Box 22 – Income tax deducted

Enter the total income tax you deducted from the participant’s remuneration. This includes the federal, provincial (except Quebec), and territorial taxes that apply.

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Enter the amount of insurable earnings on which you calculated the participant’s EI premiums, up to a maximum of $53,100 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no insurable earnings.

Box 26 – CPP/QPP pensionable earnings

Enter the amount of the participant’s pensionable earnings on which you calculated the CPP/QPP contributions, up to a maximum of $57,400 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no pensionable earnings.

Box 28 – Exempt (CPP/QPPEI, and PPIP)

Do not fill in the CPP/QPP, EI, or PPIP boxes, unless the earnings were exempt for the entire period of employment.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Enter the PPIP premiums you deducted from the participant’s gross earnings (including deferred amounts) while the person was working in Quebec.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

For participants working in Quebec, enter the total amount used to calculate the participant’s PPIP premiums, up to a maximum of $76,500 for 2019.

Deferred amounts paid to the participant during the leave period

How to fill out the T4 slip

Prepare the T4 slip in the following way when you pay the deferred amounts to the participant during the leave period

Box 14 – Employment income

Enter the total deferred amounts paid to the participant during the leave period.

Boxes 16 and 17 – Employee’s CPP/QPP contributions

Enter the CPP/QPP contributions you deducted from the participant’s deferred amounts you paid during the leave period.

Box 18 – Employee’s EI premiums

Leave this box blank.

Box 22 – Income tax deducted

Enter the total income tax you deducted from the participant’s remuneration. This includes the federal, provincial (except Quebec), and territorial taxes that apply.

Box 24 – EI insurable earnings

Enter “0.”

Box 26 – CPP/QPP pensionable earnings

Enter the amount of the participant’s pensionable earnings on which you calculated the CPP/QPP contributions, up to a maximum of $57,400 for 2019. Enter “0” if there are no pensionable earnings.

Box 28 – Exempt (CPP/QPPEI, and PPIP)

Enter an “X” or a check mark under EI. Do not fill in the CPP/QPP or PPIP boxes, unless the earnings were exempt for the entire period of employment.

Box 55 – Employee’s PPIP premiums

Leave this box blank.

Box 56 – PPIP insurable earnings

Leave this box blank.

Salary overpayments

If you make an overpayment of salary, wages or other remuneration to an employee, how you correct this will often depend on the reason the employee was overpaid and the year in which the employee repaid the amount.

You may need to correct overpayments in the following situations:

  • an employee did not perform their duties
  • there was a clerical, administrative, or system error

Note

If you let your employee repay an overpayment in instalments, you may have to calculate a taxable interest benefit. For more information, see “Loans – interest-free and low-interest” in Guide T4130, Employers’ Guide – Taxable Benefits and Allowances.

Employee did not perform their duties

Your employee should repay you the gross amount of the salary overpayment when all of the following conditions are met:

  • the employee is on a leave of absence (that is, the employee did not work)
  • you paid salary or wages the employee would normally be entitled to receive under the terms of their employment contract or collective agreement during the leave period
  • the employee’s circumstances have changed, and the employee is no longer entitled to the salary or wages you paid

Note

If the salary overpayment is the result of a clerical, administrative, or system error, follow the instructions under Clerical, administrative, or system error.

Examples
  • you paid your employee a maternity leave top-up amount, but she did not return to work as required under the terms of her collective agreement
  • you advanced vacation leave credits, but the employee quits working for you before earning the credits
  • you paid a signing bonus to your employee, but he did not work for the time agreed to in his employment contract

If your employee does not repay you, include the salary overpayment and the deductions withheld on the overpayment on the employee’s T4 slip. No other action is required.

Even if your employee repays you in the same year or a different year, you still have to include the salary overpayment and the deductions withheld on the employee’s T4 slip. You cannot adjust the slip or the payroll records to reduce the total employment income or source deductions by the amount of the repayment.

After your employee has repaid the salary or wages, you can give them a letter confirming the tax year when the overpayment was included in their income, as well as the date, the reason, and the amount of repayment you received. With that letter, the employee will be able to claim a deduction on line 22900 of their income tax and benefit return in the year the amount was repaid.

Note

Your employer’s share of Canada Pension Plan (CPP) contributions and employment insurance (EI) premiums is not refundable.

Example

In September 2019, Peter became ill and could not work. You continue to pay his regular salary. In February 2020, he begins to receive payments from a wage loss replacement plan and repays you the amount of salary he received from September 2019 to February 2020. Do not make any adjustments to his 2019 T4 slip or to his current year pay records to reflect the amount of repayment. Instead, Peter can claim a deduction for the repayment on his 2020 income tax and benefit return by providing a copy of the letter you gave him confirming the date and the amount he repaid you and the year the amount was included in income.

Clerical, administrative, or system error

If you overpaid salary, wages, or remuneration to your employee because of a clerical, an administrative, or a system error, you may elect to have the employee repay the net amount of the salary overpayment to you. The net amount is the gross amount, less the following amounts you withheld on the salary overpayment and sent to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA):

  • income tax
  • Canada Pension Plan (CPP) contributions
  • employment insurance (EI) premiums
Note

If you did not overpay the salary because of a clerical, an administrative, or a system error and the employee did not work, follow the instructions under Employee did not perform their duties.

If you withheld Quebec Pension Plan (QPP) contributions or Quebec Parental Insurance Plan (QPIP) premiums on the salary overpayment, please see Guide TP-1015.G-V, Guide to Filing the RL-1 Slip: Employment and Other Income.

Having your employee repay the net amount of the salary overpayment

You may elect to have your employee repay the net amount of the salary overpayment, if all of the following apply:

  • the overpayment was a result of a clerical, administrative, or system error
  • no later than three years after the end of the year in which you overpaid the salary:
    • you made the election in the prescribed manner
    • the employee repaid or arranged to repay the net amount of the salary overpayment
  • you did not issue a T4 slip with the employee’s correct earnings (that is, with the salary overpayment removed)
  • your business is actively operating

The CRA may ask you to provide supporting documents to verify that you meet the conditions above.

Note

The election is made by either excluding the salary overpayment from an original T4 slip or amending a T4 slip to remove the overpayment and reducing the corresponding income tax you deducted, as well as the CPP contributions and EI premiums you withheld and remitted (when applicable).

Before the original T4 is issued

If the employee repays you or arranges to repay the salary overpayment before you issue the original T4 slip, do not include the salary overpayment or the income tax, CPP contributions, or EI premiums withheld on the overpayment on the employee’s T4 slip.

Note

If the amount of an employee’s corrected earnings are at or above the maximum annual pensionable earnings, you have to include on their T4 slip the CPP contributions withheld on the salary overpayment. Also, if an employee’s corrected earnings are at or above the maximum annual insurable earnings, you have to include on their T4 slip the EI premiums withheld on the salary overpayment.

After the original T4 is issued

If you issued an original T4 slip for the year you made the salary overpayment:

  • prepare an amended T4 slip for that year
  • reduce the total employment income in box 14 by the amount of the salary overpayment
  • reduce box 22 by any income tax deducted on the salary overpayment
  • if the employee’s annual earnings were below the maximum annual pensionable earnings, reduce box 16 by the amount of CPP contributions deducted on the salary overpayment (see example 1)
  • if the employee’s earnings were above the maximum annual pensionable earnings, but are below the maximum pensionable earnings after you correct the salary overpayment, reduce box 16 by the amount of CPP contributions that corresponds withe the part of the salary overpayment that is below the maximum annual pensionable earnings (see example 2)
  • if the employee’s annual earnings were below the maximum annual insurable earnings, reduce box 18 by the amount of EI premiums deducted on the salary overpayment (see example 1)
  • if the employee’s earnings were above the maximum annual insurable earnings but are below the maximum insurable earnings after you correct the salary overpayment, reduce box 18 by the amount of EI premiums that corresponds with the part of the salary overpayment that is below the maximum annual insurable earnings (see example 2)

You may also have to amend the EI insurable earnings in box 24 and CPP pensionable earnings in box 26 to agree with the reduced employment income that you will report in box 14.

After the CRA receives and processes the amended T4, it will credit the income tax, CPP contributions, and EI premiums remitted on the salary overpayment made in error (including your share of CPP contributions and EI premiums) to your payroll program account. You can then reduce, by the credited amount, the next payroll remittance you send to the CRA. The credited amount will be shown on your PD7A statement of account.

Note

If the employee’s corrected earnings are above the maximum annual pensionable earnings, you have to include on the T4 slip the CPP contributions withheld on the salary overpayment.

If the employee’s corrected earnings are above the maximum annual insurable earnings, you have to include on the T4 slip the EI premiums withheld on the salary overpayment.

Examples
Example 1 – Annual pensionable and insurable earnings are below the maximum

In 2019, your employee earned $36,000. One year later, after you issued the original 2019 T4 slip, you discover you overpaid them by $1,000, because of a system error. From the overpayment, you had deducted income tax of $100, CPP contributions of $51, and EI premiums of $16.20.

In 2020, your employee agrees to repay the net amount of the salary overpayment. You should amend their 2019 T4 slip to reduce each of the following amounts by $1,000:

  • total employment income in box 14
  • CPP pensionable earnings in box 26
  • EI insurable earnings in box 24

You should also reduce:

  • the amount of income taxes deducted in box 22 by $100
  • the CPP contributions in box 16 by $51
  • the EI premiums in box 18 by $16.20 

You can reduce your next payroll remittance to the CRA by the following amounts:

  • $100 of income tax deducted on the salary overpayment
  • $51 of CPP contributions deducted on the salry overpayment
  • $16.20 of EI premiums deducted on the salary overpayment
  • your $51 share of CPP contributions
  • your $22.68 share of EI premiums
Example 2 – Annual pensionable and insurable earnings are above the maximum

In 2019, your employee earned $60,000. One year later, after you issued the original 2019 T4 slip, you discover you overpaid them by $10,000, because of a system error. In 2020, your employee agrees to repay the net amount of the salary overpayment.

You should amend their 2019 T4 slip to reduce:

  • total employment income in box 14 by $10,000
  • CPP pensionable earnings in box 26 by $7,400 (maximum pensionable earnings of $57,400 minus corrected earnings of $50,000)
  • EI insurable earnings in box 24 by $3,100 (maximum insurable earnings of $53,100 minus corrected earnings of $50,000)

You should also reduce:

  • income taxes deducted in box 22 by $2,200 (the amount deducted on the salary overpayment of $10,000)
  • CPP contributions in box 16 by $377.40 (the $7,400 difference between the maximum pensionable earnings and the corrected earnings multiplied by the 5.10% employee CPP contribution rate)
  • EI premiums in box 18 by $50.22 (the $3,100 difference between the maximum insurable earnings and the corrected earnings multiplied by the 1.62% employee EI premium rate)

You can reduce your next payroll remittance to the CRA by the following amounts:

  • $2,200 of income tax deducted on the salary overpayment
  • $377.40 of CPP contributions deducted on the salary overpayment
  • $50.22 of EI premiums deducted on the salary overpayment
  • your $377.40 share of CPP contributions
  • your $70.31 share of EI premiums
Having your employee repay the gross amount of the salary overpayment

If you do not elect to have your employee repay the net amount of the salary overpayment or you do not meet the conditions noted above, the employee must repay you the gross amount of the salary overpayment.

In this situation, prepare an amended T4 slip for your employee. Use the CPP contributions, EI premiums, and income tax deductions from the employee’s original T4 slip but reduce the employment income in box 14 by the amount of the salary overpayment. You may also have to amend the EI insurable earnings in box 24 and CPP pensionable earnings in box 26 to agree with the reduced employment income you will report in box 14.

If you had to report the CPP contributions and EI premiums withheld on the salary overpayment on the employee’s T4 slip, you can ask for a refund of your share. Do this by filling out Form PD24, Application for a Refund of Overdeducted CPP Contributions or EI Premiums, and sending it to the CRA.

You can ask for a refund of CPP contributions up to four years after the end of the year in which you deducted them. For EI premiums, you can ask for a refund up to three years after the end of the year you deducted them in.

Example

In 2019, your employee earned $36,000. One year after you issued the original T4 slip, you discover you overpaid them by $500 because of a calculation error. You do not elect to have them repay the net amount, and they agree to repay you the gross amount in 2020.You should amend their 2019 T4 slip to reduce the total employment income in box 14, as well as the CPP pensionable and EI insurable earnings in boxes 26 and 24 by $500. Do not adjust the amount of CPP contributions, EI premiums, or income tax deducted in boxes 16, 18, and 22.

You can then ask for a refund of your share of CPP contributions and EI premiums by filling out Form PD24 and sending it to the CRA. The employee will not be able to claim a deduction from income in the 2020 tax year for the repayment, but they can ask the CRA to adjust their 2019 income tax and benefit return.

Seasonal Agricultural Workers Program

If you employ foreign workers under the Seasonal Agricultural Workers Program, enter code 15 in box 29, “Employment code,” of the T4 slips for your employees. For more information, see Guide RC4004, Seasonal Agricultural Workers Program.

Online services

Handling business taxes online

Use the CRA’s online services for businesses throughout the year to:

  • make payments to the CRA by setting up pre-authorized debit agreements in My Business Account or by using the My Payment service
  • initiate a payment search
  • file or amend information returns without a web access code
  • send documents to the CRA
  • authorize a representative for online access to your business accounts
  • register to receive email notifications and to view mail from the CRA in My Business Account
  • change addresses
  • manage direct deposit information
  • view account balance and transactions
  • provide a nil remittance
  • transfer a misallocated credit
  • download reports

To log in to or register for the CRA’s online services, go to:

For more information, go to E-services for Businesses.

CRA BizApp

CRA BizApp is a mobile web app for small business owners and sole proprietors. The app offers secure access to view accounting transactions, pay outstanding balances, and more.

You can access CRA BizApp on any mobile device with an Internet browser—no app stores needed! To access the app, go to Mobile apps – Canada Revenue Agency.

Receiving your CRA mail online

Sign up for email notifications to get most of your CRA mail, like your PD7A – Statement of account for current source deductions, online.

For more information, go toEmail notifications from the CRA – Businesses.

Authorizing the withdrawal of a pre-determined amount from your Canadian chequing account

Pre-authorized debit (PAD) is a secure online, self-service, payment option for individuals and businesses. This option lets you set the payment amount you authorize the CRA to withdraw from your Canadian chequing account to pay your tax on a specific date or dates you choose. You can set up a PAD agreement using the CRA’s secure My Business Account service, or the CRA BizApp at Mobile apps – Canada Revenue Agency. PADs are flexible and managed by you. You can use My Business Account to view historical records, modify, cancel, or skip a payment. For more information, go to Pay by pre-authorized debit.

Electronic payments

Make your payment using:

  • your financial institution’s online or telephone banking services
  • the CRA’s My Payment service at My Payment
  • your credit card through one of the CRA’s third party service providers
  • PayPal through one of the CRA’s third-party service providers
  • pre-authorized debit at My Business Account for Individuals

For more information on all payment options, go to Payments to the Canada Revenue Agency.

For more information

What if you need help?

If you need more information after reading this guide, visit Taxes or call 1-800-959-5525.

Direct deposit

Direct deposit is a fast, convenient, reliable, and secure way to get your CRA payments directly into your account at a financial institution in Canada. To enrol for direct deposit or to update your banking information, go to Direct deposit – Canada Revenue Agency.

Due dates

When the due date falls on a Saturday, a Sunday, or a public holiday recognized by the CRA, we consider your payment to be on time if we receive it on the next business day. Your return is considered on time if we receive it or if it is postmarked on or before the next business day.

For more information, go to Important dates for payroll.

Forms and publications

To get our forms and publications, go to Forms and publications or call 1-800-959-5525.

Addresses

Tax Centres (TC)

Jonquière TC
Post Office Box 1300 LCD Jonquière
Jonquière QC  G7S 0L5

Prince Edward Island TC
275 Pope Road
Summerside PE  C1N 6A2

Sudbury TC
Post Office Box 20000, Station A
Sudbury ON  P3A 5C1

National Verification and Collection Centres (NVCC)

Newfoundland and Labrador NVCC
Post Office Box 12071 Station A
St?John’s NL  A1B 3Z1

Shawinigan NVCC
4695 Shawinigan-Sud Boulevard
Shawinigan-Sud QC  G9P 5H9

Surrey NVCC
9755 King George Boulevard
Surrey BC  V3T 5E1

Winnipeg NVCC
66 Stapon Road
Winnipeg MB  R3C 3M2

Electronic mailing lists

The CRA can notify you by email when new information on a subject of interest to you is available on the website. To subscribe to the electronic mailing lists, go to Electronic mailing lists.

Teletypewriter (TTY) users

If you have a hearing or speech impairment and use a TTY, call 1-800-665-0354.

If you use an operator-assisted relay service, call our regular telephone numbers instead of the TTY number.

Publications for employers

Service-related complaints

You can expect to be treated fairly under clear and established rules, and get a high level of service each time you deal with the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA); see the Taxpayer Bill of Rights.

If you are not satisfied with the service you received, try to resolve the matter with the CRA employee you have been dealing with or call the telephone number provided in the CRA’s correspondence. If you do not have contact information, go to Contact information.

If you still disagree with the way your concerns were addressed, you can ask to discuss the matter with the employee’s supervisor.

If you are still not satisfied, you can file a service complaint by filling out Form RC193, Service-Related Complaint. For more information and how to file a complaint, go to Make a service complaint.

If the CRA has still not resolved your service-related complaint, you can submit a complaint with the Office of the Taxpayers’ Ombudsman.

Formal disputes (objections and appeals)

If you disagree with an assessment, determination, or decision, you have the right to register a formal dispute.

Reprisal complaints

If you have previously submitted a service-related complaint or requested a formal review of a CRA decision and feel that, as a result, you were not treated impartially by a CRA employee, you can submit a reprisal complaint by filling out Form RC459, Reprisal Complaint.

For more information about complaints and disputes, go toComplaints, objections, appeals, disputes, and relief measures.

Foreign exchange rate

Report foreign income and other foreign Amounts

The Income Tax Act requires generally that foreign currency amounts that are relevant to the computation of a taxpayer’s income must be converted to Canadian dollars using the exchange rate on the day on which the amounts arise. For this purpose, the CRA will accept the exchange rate published by the Bank of Canada on the day. 

The CRA will also generally accept the rate quoted on the day by a source other than the Bank of Canada if it is:

  • widely available
  • verifiable
  • published by an independent provider on an ongoing basis
  • recognized by the market
  • used in accordance with well-accepted business principles
  • used for the preparation of the taxpayer’s financial statements
  • used consistently from year to year by the taxpayer

Each of the above conditions must be met in order for such a rate to be accepted.

Examples of other sources of foreign exchange rates that would be generally acceptable to the CRA include Bloomberg L.P., Thomson Reuters Corporation and OANDA Corporation.

For more information, or to determine when it may be acceptable to use an average exchange rate to convert income items, see Income Tax Folio S5-F4-C1, Income Tax Reporting Currency.

Original Source: https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/services/forms-publications/publications/rc4120/employers-guide-filing-t4-slip-summary.html

Categories
Accounting Canada Virtual Accounting Firm Incorporate Sherwood Park Accountants Payroll Accounting services in Alberta Payroll Accounting services in Edmonton Alberta Personal Income Tax Return Accountant Edmonton Alberta Professional Tax Accounting Services Edmonton & Sherwood Park Alberta Tax

Small Business Accountant in Edmonton: Your Partner for Expert Financial Management

In the vibrant business landscape of Edmonton, small enterprises play a crucial role in driving the local economy. As a small business owner in this dynamic city, efficient financial management is paramount to your success. This is where the expertise of a skilled Small Business Accountant in Edmonton, like Bomcas Edmonton Tax Services, comes into play. In this article, we’ll explore the pivotal role of a Small Business Accountant in Edmonton and how they can assist your venture in navigating the complexities of financial management.

Why Your Small Business Needs an Accountant in Edmonton

  1. Expert Financial Insight: A proficient Small Business Accountant possesses in-depth knowledge of financial regulations, tax codes, and accounting practices specific to Edmonton. This expertise ensures accurate financial records, maximizing your tax deductions and optimizing your financial strategy.
  2. Time-Efficient Operations: By outsourcing your accounting tasks to professionals, you free up valuable time to focus on core business activities. This enhanced productivity translates into growth opportunities for your small business.
  3. Compliance and Risk Management: Edmonton’s financial regulations can be intricate. A skilled Small Business Accountant ensures your business adheres to local financial laws, reducing the risk of penalties or legal issues.
  4. Strategic Financial Planning: Collaborating with an accountant allows you to create a well-structured financial plan that aligns with your business goals. From budgeting to forecasting, their insights can guide your growth trajectory.

Why Choose Bomcas Edmonton Tax Services

  1. Tailored Solutions: Bomcas Edmonton Tax Services understands that each small business is unique. Their team crafts customized financial solutions that cater to the specific needs and goals of your venture.
  2. Local Expertise: With years of experience serving Edmonton’s business community, Bomcas Edmonton Tax Services possesses a deep understanding of the local economic landscape and the challenges small businesses face.
  3. Comprehensive Services: From bookkeeping and tax preparation to financial reporting and advisory services, Bomcas Edmonton Tax Services offers a comprehensive suite of solutions designed to streamline your financial operations.
  4. Personalized Guidance: Bomcas Edmonton Tax Services works closely with you to demystify financial jargon and provide clear, actionable insights. They become a partner in your success journey, offering guidance at every step.

Client Success Story: Growing a Local Retail Business

Bella’s Boutique, a local fashion retailer in Edmonton, faced challenges in managing its finances effectively. Bomcas Edmonton Tax Services stepped in to revamp their accounting processes. Through meticulous financial analysis, Bomcas identified cost-saving opportunities and helped Bella’s Boutique optimize their inventory management. With accurate financial reports, the boutique made informed decisions that led to a 20% increase in revenue within a year.

Conclusion

As a small business owner in Edmonton, partnering with a Small Business Accountant like Bomcas Edmonton Tax Services can be a game-changer. With their localized expertise, comprehensive solutions, and personalized guidance, you can focus on growing your business while leaving the complexities of financial management in capable hands. Embrace the advantage of a skilled Small Business Accountant in Edmonton and set your business on a path to sustainable success.

Categories
Accounting Other Accounting Services Payroll Accounting services in Alberta

Canada’s COVID-19 Economic Response Plan

The Government of Canada is taking immediate, significant and decisive action to support Canadians and businesses facing hardship as a result of the global COVID-19 outbreak.

On this page

Support for individuals

Individuals and families

  • Temporary salary top-up for low-income essential workersWe will work with provinces and territories through a new transfer to cost-share a temporary top up to the salaries of low-income workers (those who earn less than $2,500 per month on a full time basis), that the provinces and territories have deemed essential in the fight against COVID-19.This will provide a much needed boost to those on the front-line in hospitals, those caring for seniors in long-term care facilities, those working so hard to make sure that there that is food on our shelves and tables, and others.More details will be released shortly.
  • Increasing the Canada Child BenefitWe are providing up to an extra $300 per child through the Canada Child Benefit (CCB) for 2019-20. This will mean approximately $550 more for the average family.This benefit will be delivered as part of the scheduled CCB payment in May.Those who already receive the CCB do not need to re-apply.Apply for the Canada Child Benefit
  • Special Goods and Services Tax credit paymentWe are providing a one-time special payment starting April 9 through the Goods and Services Tax credit for low- and modest-income families.The average additional benefit will be close to $400 for single individuals and close to $600 for couples.There is no need to apply for this payment. If you are eligible, you will get it automatically.Learn more about the Goods and Services Tax credit
  • Extra time to file income tax returnsThe filing due date for 2019 income tax returns for individuals has been deferred until June 1, 2020. Any new income tax balances due, or instalments, are also being deferred until after August 31, 2020 without incurring interest or penalties.Consult all tax and payment datesNote: If you expect to receive benefits under the Goods and Services Tax credit or the Canada Child Benefit, we encourage you not to delay filing your 2019 income tax return to ensure that your entitlements are properly determined.
  • Mortgage payment deferralHomeowners facing financial hardship may be eligible for a mortgage payment deferral of up to six months.The deferral is an agreement between you and your lender. Typically, the agreement indicates that you and your lender have agreed to pause or suspend your mortgage payments for a certain amount of time. After the agreement ends, your mortgage payments return to normal and the deferred payments — including principal and accumulated interest – are added to the outstanding principal balance and subsequently repaid throughout the life of the mortgage.To know if you are eligible for a mortgage payment deferral or to learn what options are available, contact your lender — your bank or your mortgage professional.Learn more about mortgage payment deferral

People facing loss of income

  • Canada Emergency Response Benefit (CERB)We will provide a taxable benefit of $2,000 every 4 weeks for up to 16 weeks to eligible workers who have lost their income due to COVID-19.An online questionnaire will help us direct you to the service option that best fits your situation (i.e. eligibility for Employment Insurance benefits or not).Do not apply for the CERB if you have already applied for EI.Apply for the CERBYou can also apply over the phone: 1?800?959?2019 or 1?800?959?2041

Indigenous peoples

  • Addressing immediate needs in Indigenous communitiesWe are providing $305 million for a new distinctions-based Indigenous Community Support Fund to address immediate needs in First Nations, Inuit, and Métis Nation communities.These funds could be used for measures including, but not limited to:
    • support for Elders and vulnerable community members,
    • measures to address food insecurity,
    • educational and other support for children,
    • mental health assistance and emergency response services,
    • preparedness measures to prevent the spread of COVID-19.
    Learn more about the Indigenous Community Support Fund
  • Supporting Indigenous communities public health needs and preparednessWe are providing $100 million to support a range of federal health measures, including support for preparedness in First Nation and Inuit communities. These funds will:
    • respond to identified needs to update and activate pandemic plans
    • support an effective allocation of public health and primary health care capacity to respond to the COIVD-19 outbreak
    • align response efforts with scientific evidence as determined by a medical officer of health
    • address immediate needs in the short term
    Learn more about this support to Indigenous communities
  • Making personal hygiene products and nutritious food more affordableWe are providing an additional $25 million to Nutrition North Canada to increase subsidies so families can afford much-needed personal hygiene products and nutritious food.Learn more about Nutrition North Canada
  • Providing support to Indigenous post-secondary studentsWe are providing $75.2 million to offer additional distinctions-based support to First Nations, Inuit and Métis Nation post-secondary students

In addition to the measures above, Indigenous peoples can also access benefits listed under Support for individuals and Support for businesses.

People who need it most

  • Improving access to essential food supportWe are providing $100 million to national, regional, and local organizations across Canada to:
    • Purchase, transport and distribute food and other basic necessities
    • hire temporary help to fill volunteer shortages
    • implement safety measures, such as the purchase of personal protective equipment, to reduce the spread of COVID-19 among volunteers and clients.
    These organizations – including but not limited to Food Banks Canada, Salvation Army, Second Harvest, Community Food Centres Canada, and Breakfast Club of Canada – will work with partners to meet the urgent food needs of Canadians.
  • Supporting people experiencing homelessnessWe continue to support people experiencing homelessness during the COVID-19 outbreak by providing $157.5 million to the Reaching Home initiative.The funding could be used for a range of needs such as purchasing beds and physical barriers for social distancing and securing accommodation to reduce overcrowding in shelters.Learn more about the Reaching Home initiative
  • Supporting women and children fleeing violenceWe are supporting women and children fleeing violence, by providing up to $50 million to women’s shelters and sexual assault centres, including facilities in Indigenous communities, to help with their capacity to manage or prevent an outbreak in their facilities.Learn more about the funding objectives
  • Delivering essential services to those in needWe invested $350 million to support vulnerable Canadians through charities and non-profit organizations that deliver essential services to those in need.The investment will flow through national organizations that have the ability to get funds quickly to local organizations that serve vulnerable populations. It will support a variety of activities, such as:
    • Increasing volunteer-based home deliveries of groceries and medications
    • Providing transportation services, like accompanying or driving seniors or persons with disabilities to appointments
    • Scaling up help lines that provide information and support
    • Helping vulnerable Canadians access government benefits
    • Providing training, supplies, and other required supports to volunteers so they can continue to make their invaluable contributions to the COVID-19 response
    • Replacing in-person, one-on-one contact and social gatherings with virtual contact through phone calls, texts, teleconferences, or the Internet

Seniors

  • Reduced minimum withdrawals for Registered Retirement Income FundsWe reduced the required minimum withdrawals from Registered Retirement Income Funds (RRIFs) by 25 per cent for 2020.Learn more about Registered Retirement Income Funds
  • Supporting the delivery of items and personal outreachWe are contributing $9 million through United Way Canada for local organizations to support practical services to Canadian seniors. These services could include the delivery of groceries, medications, or other needed items, or personal outreach to assess individuals’ needs and connect them to community supports.Contact your local organization
  • Providing immediate and essential services to seniorsWe announced that organizations who received funding under the 2019-2020 New Horizons for Seniors Program community-based stream will be able to use their funding to provide immediate and essential services to seniors impacted by COVID-19.Activities can start immediately and can include:
    • supporting seniors in staying connected with their community and family by providing electronic devices, virtual activities and remote tutorials;
    • supporting the delivery of food and medication to self-isolated seniors at home;
    • assisting seniors to undertake essential activities, such as visits to the doctor;
    • hiring staff to replace a loss of a senior volunteer due to the outbreak;
    • providing information to seniors regarding how to care for themselves during the pandemic.
    Learn more about the New Horizons for Seniors Program

Youth, post-secondary students and recent graduates

  • Canada Emergency Student Benefit (CESB)We are proposing the Canada Emergency Student Benefit (CESB) that would provide support to students and new graduates who are not eligible for the Canada Emergency Response Benefit or Employment Insurance or unable to work due to COVID-19.This benefit would provide $1,250 per month for eligible students or $2,000 per month for eligible students with dependents or disabilities.This benefit would be available from May to August 2020.More details will be made available soon.
  • Creating new jobs and opportunitiesWe are expanding existing federal employment, skills development, and youth programming to create up to 116,000 jobs, placements, and other training opportunities to help students find employment and develop valuable skills this summer and over the coming months.Learn more about the programs
  • Launching a new national service initiativeWe are launching the Canada Student Service Grant (CSSG), which will help students gain valuable work experience and skills while they help their communities during the COVID?19 pandemic.For students who choose to do national service and serve their communities, the new CSSG will provide up to $5,000 for their education in the fall.More details will be made available on the “I Want to Help” platform soon.
  • Helping students continue their studies in the fallChanges to the Canada Student Loans ProgramWe are proposing changes to the Canada Student Loans Program (CSLP) to allow more students to qualify for support and be eligible for greater amounts.The changes would include:
    • doubling the Canada Student Grants for all eligible full-time students to up to $6,000 and up to $3,600 for part-time students in 2020-21. The Canada Student Grants for Students with Permanent Disabilities and Students with Dependents would also be doubled.
    • broadening eligibility for student financial assistance by removing the expected student’s and spouse’s contributions in 2020-21.
    • raising the maximum weekly amount that can be provided to a student in 2020-21 from $210 to $350.
    Learn more about Canada Student Grants and Loans
    Support for student researchers and post-doctoral fellowsWe are providing $291.6 million to support student researchers and post-doctoral fellows through the federal granting councils.Funding would support a one-semester extension for eligible students whose research scholarships or fellowships end between March and August 2020 and who intend to continue their studies. It would also provide a 3-month extension in funding for holders of federal research grants to support eligible trainees and staff paid out of these awards.Learn more about the Federal Granting Agencies
  • Supporting international students working in an essential serviceWe will remove the restriction that allows international students to work only a maximum of 20 hours per week while classes are in session, provided they are working in an essential service or function, such as health care, critical infrastructure, or the supply of food or other critical goods.This temporary rule change will be in place until August 31, 2020.Consult the Guidance on Essential Services and Functions in Canada during the COVID-19 Pandemic
  • Suspending repayment and interest on student and apprentice loansAll student loan borrowers will automatically have their loan repayments and interest suspended until September 30, 2020.Students do not need to apply for the repayment pause.This moratorium applies to the federal portion of student loans. Borrowers should check with their provincial or territorial student loan provider to see if payment is required on the provincial or territorial portion.Learn more about the moratorium on the repayment
  • Providing youth with mental health supportWe are giving $7.5 million in funding to Kids Help Phone to provide young people with the mental health support they need during this difficult time.Get the support you need

Support for businesses

Avoiding layoffs and rehiring employees

  • Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy (CEWS)The Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy (CEWS) supports employers that are hardest hit by the pandemic, and protect the jobs Canadians depend on.The subsidy generally covers 75% of an employee’s wages – up to $847 per week – for employers of all sizes and across all sectors who have suffered a drop in gross revenues of at least 15% in March, and 30% in April and May.The program will be in place for a 12-week period, from March 15 to June 6, 2020.Employers who are eligible for the CEWS are entitled to receive a 100% refund for certain employer contributions to Employment Insurance, the Canada Pension Plan, the Quebec Pension Plan, and the Quebec Parental Insurance Plan paid in respect of employees who are on leave with pay.For employers that are eligible for both the CEWS and the 10% Temporary Wage Subsidy for a period, any benefit from the Temporary 10% Wage Subsidy for remuneration paid in a specific period will generally reduce the amount available to be claimed under the CEWS in that same period.Apply for the CEWS
  • Temporary 10% Wage SubsidyThe Temporary 10% Wage Subsidy is a three-month measure that will allow eligible employers to reduce the amount of payroll deduction required to be remitted to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA).You are an eligible employer if you:
    • are a(n):
      • individual (excluding trusts),
      • partnership.
      • non-profit organization,
      • registered charity, or
      • Canadian-controlled private corporation (including a cooperative corporation) eligible for the small business deduction;
    • have an existing business number and payroll program account with the CRA on March 18, 2020; and
    • pay salary, wages, bonuses, or other remuneration to an eligible employee.
    Note: Partnerships are only eligible for the subsidy if their members consist exclusively of individuals (excluding trusts), registered charities, or Canadian-controlled private corporations eligible for the small business deduction.Learn more about the Temporary 10% Wage Subsidy for Employers
  • Extending the Work-Sharing programWe are extending the maximum duration of the Work-Sharing program from 38 weeks to 76 weeks for employers affected by COVID-19. This measure will provide income support to employees eligible for Employment Insurance who agree to reduce their normal working hours because of developments beyond the control of their employers.Apply to the Work-Sharing program

Access to credit

  • Business Credit Availability Program (BCAP)We established a Business Credit Availability Program (BCAP) to provide additional support through the Business Development Bank of Canada (BDC) and Export Development Canada (EDC).BDC and EDC are working with private sector lenders to coordinate on credit solutions for individual businesses, including in sectors such as oil and gas, air transportation, exports and tourism.This program includes:
    • Loan Guarantee for Small and Medium-Sized EnterprisesThrough the Business Credit Availability Program, Export Development Canada (EDC) is working with financial institutions to guarantee 80% of new operating credit and cash flow term loans of up to $6.25 million to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).This financing support is to be used for operational expenses and is available to both exporting and non-exporting companies.Learn more about the Loan Guarantee for SMEs
    • Co-Lending Program for Small and Medium-Sized EnterprisesThrough the Business Credit Availability Program, Business Development Canada (BDC) is working with financial institutions to co-lend term loans to SMEs for their operational cash flow requirements.The program offers differing maximum finance amounts based on business revenues.Financed amount:
      • 80 % provided by BDC
      • 20 % provided by your financial institution
      This support is available until or before September 30, 2020.Learn more about the Co-Lending Program for SMEs
    These programs are now available at various financial institutions and credit unions.
  • Canada Emergency Business Account (CEBA)The Canada Emergency Business Account (CEBA) will provide interest-free loans of up to $40,000 to small businesses and not-for-profits, to help cover their operating costs during a period where their revenues have been temporarily reduced.To qualify, these organizations will need to demonstrate they paid between $20,000 to $1.5 million in total payroll in 2019.Business owners can apply for support from the Canada Emergency Business Account through their banks and credit unions.Learn more about the Canada Emergency Business Account
  • Canada Emergency Commercial Rent Assistance (CECRA)We reached an agreement in principle with all provinces and territories to implement the Canada Emergency Commercial Rent Assistance (CECRA) for small businesses. This program will lower rent by 75 per cent for small businesses that have been affected by COVID-19.The program will provide forgivable loans to qualifying commercial property owners to cover 50% of three monthly rent payments that are payable by eligible small business tenants who are experiencing financial hardship during April, May, and June.The loans will be forgiven if the mortgaged property owner agrees to reduce the small business tenants’ rent by at least 75% under a rent forgiveness agreement, which will include a term not to evict the tenant while the agreement is in place. The small business tenant would cover the remainder, up to 25% of the rent.Impacted small business tenants are businesses paying less than $50,000 per month in rent and who have temporarily ceased operations or have experienced at least a 70% drop in pre-COVID revenues. This support will also be available to non-profit and charitable organizations.It is expected that CECRA will be operational by mid-May, and further details will be announced soon.Learn more about CECRA
  • Rural businesses and communitiesWe are providing $287 million to support rural businesses and communities by providing them with much-needed access to capital through the Community Futures Network.Get help through your Regional Development Agency
  • Assisting innovative and early-stage businessesWe are investing $250 million to assist innovative, early-stage companies that are unable to access other COVID-19 business supports through the Industrial Research Assistance Program (IRAP).IRAP provides advice, connections, and funding to help Canadian small and medium-sized businesses increase their innovation capacity and take ideas to market.Learn how to apply
  • Young entrepreneursWe are providing $20.1 million in support for Futurpreneur Canada to continue supporting young entrepreneurs across Canada who are facing challenges due to COVID-19. The funding will allow Futurpreneur Canada to provide payment relief for its clients for up to 12 months.Learn more about Futurpreneur Canada
  • Businesses in the territoriesWe are making available $15 million in non-repayable support for businesses in the territories to help address the impacts of COVID-19. This support will assist businesses with operating costs not already covered by other Government of Canada measures.Apply to the Northern Business Relief Fund
  • Small and medium-sized businesses unable to access other support measuresWe are providing $675 million to give financing support to small and medium-sized businesses that are unable to access other COVID-19 business supports, through Canada’s Regional Development Agencies.Get help through your Regional Development Agency

Creating new jobs and opportunities for youth

  • Youth Employment and Skills StrategyWe are providing $153.7 million for the Youth Employment and Skills Strategy to help youth develop the skills and gain the experience they need to successfully transition into the labour market.Funding will support a range of measures in high-demand sectors such as agriculture, technology, health and essential services, creating over 6,000 additional job placements.Learn more about the Youth Employment and Skills Strategy
  • Student Work Placement ProgramWe are providing $80 million for the Student Work Placement Program to support up to 20,000 post-secondary students across Canada to obtain paid work experience related to their field of study.Find student work placement
  • Mitacs and The Business/Higher Education RoundtableWe are investing $40 million to support Mitacs in order to create 5,000 new job placements. The Business/Higher Education Roundtable (BHER) will also create a further 5,000 to 10,000 new student placements, by reorienting existing federal support and building online tools.Learn more about MitacsLearn more about BHER
  • Temporary changes to Canada Summer Jobs programThe Canada Summer Jobs program provides opportunities for youth to develop and improve their skills within the not-for-profit, small business, and public sectors, and supports the delivery of key community services.We are making temporary changes to the Canada Summer Jobs program to allow employers to:
    • receive an increased wage subsidy, so that private and public sector employers can also receive up to 100 per cent of the provincial or territorial minimum hourly wage for each employee;
    • extend the end date for employment to February 28, 2021;
    • adapt their projects and job activities;
    • hire staff on a part-time basis.
    Learn more about the Canada Summer Jobs program

Deferred payments

  • More time to pay income taxesWe are allowing all businesses to defer, until after August 31, 2020, the payment of any income tax amounts that become owing on or after March 18 and before September 2020. This relief would apply to tax balances due, as well as instalments, under Part I of the Income Tax Act.No interest or penalties will accumulate on these amounts during this period. Consult all the tax and payment dates
  • Deferral of Sales Tax Remittance and Customs Duty Payments until JuneWe are allowing businesses, including self-employed individuals, to defer until June 30, 2020 payments of the GST/HST, as well as customs duty owing on their imports.Any GST/HST payment that becomes owing from March 27 until the end of May can be deferred until the end of June. For GST and customs duty payments for imported goods, deferral will include amounts owing for March, April and May.These amounts were normally due to be submitted to the Canada Revenue Agency and the Canada Border Services Agency as early as the end of March 2020.Learn more about the deferral of GST/HST tax remittances

Support for self-employed individuals

  • Canada Emergency Response Benefit (CERB)We will provide a taxable benefit of $2,000 every 4 weeks for up to 16 weeks to eligible workers who have lost their income due to COVID-19.An online questionnaire will help us direct you to the service option that best fits your situation (i.e. eligibility for Employment Insurance benefits or not).Do not apply for the CERB if you have already applied for EI.Apply for the CERBYou can also apply over the phone: 1?800?959?2019 or 1?800?959?2041
  • Deferral of Sales Tax Remittance and Customs Duty Payments until JuneWe are allowing businesses, including self-employed individuals, to defer until June 30, 2020 payments of the GST/HST, as well as customs duty owing on their imports.Any GST/HST payment that becomes owing from March 27 until the end of May can be deferred until the end of June. For GST and customs duty payments for imported goods, deferral will include amounts owing for March, April and May.These amounts were normally due to be submitted to the Canada Revenue Agency and the Canada Border Services Agency as early as the end of March 2020.Learn more about the deferral of GST/HST tax remittances
  • More time to pay income taxesWe are allowing all businesses to defer, until after August 31, 2020, the payment of any income tax amounts that become owing on or after March 18 and before September 2020. This relief would apply to tax balances due, as well as instalments, under Part I of the Income Tax Act.No interest or penalties will accumulate on these amounts during this period. Consult all the tax and payment dates

Indigenous businesses

  • Funding for small and medium-sized Indigenous businesses, and Aboriginal Financial InstitutionsWe announced up to $306.8 million in funding to help small and medium-sized Indigenous businesses, and to support Aboriginal Financial Institutions that offer financing to these businesses.The funding will allow for short-term, interest-free loans and non-repayable contributions through Aboriginal Financial Institutions, which offer financing and business support services to First Nations, Inuit, and Métis businesses.These measures will help 6,000 Indigenous-owned businesses get through these difficult times.Financial support for Indigenous businesses will be provided through Aboriginal Financial Institutions, and administered by the National Aboriginal Capital Corporations Association and the Métis capital corporations in partnership with Indigenous Services Canada.

In addition to the measure above, Indigenous peoples can also access benefits listed under Support for individuals and Support for businesses.

Supporting financial stability

  • Relief for federally regulated pension plan sponsorsWe are providing immediate, temporary relief to sponsors of federally regulated, defined benefit pension plans in the form of a moratorium, through the remainder of 2020, on solvency payment requirements for defined benefit plans.This relief will help ensure that employers have the financial resources they need to maintain their operations and their pension plans, and to protect the retirement security of their workers and retirees.
  • Launching an Insured Mortgage Purchase ProgramWe launched an Insured Mortgage Purchase Program, in which we will purchase up to $150 billion of insured mortgage pools through the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation.This action will provide long-term stable funding to banks and mortgage lenders, help facilitate continued lending to Canadian consumers and businesses, and add liquidity to Canada’s mortgage market.Learn more about the Insured Mortgage Purchase Program
  • Bank of Canada’s actionsThe Bank of Canada is acting in several ways to support the economy and financial system and stands ready to take any and all actions that it can to protect the well-being of Canadians during this difficult time. The Bank has responded by lowering interest rates, intervening to support key financial markets and providing liquidity support for financial institutions.Learn more about Bank of Canada’s actions
  • Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions actionsThe Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions announced it is lowering the Domestic Stability Buffer by 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. This action will allow Canada’s large banks to inject $300 billion of additional lending in to the economy.

Find the support you need for your business

Answer a few questions to get a personalized list of support

Support for sectors

Agriculture, agri-food, aquaculture, fisheries

  • Keeping workers in the food supply chain safeWe are providing $50 million to help farmers, fish harvesters, and all food production and processing employers, put in place the measures necessary to follow the mandatory 14-day isolation period required of all workers arriving from abroad.We will provide support of $1,500 for each temporary foreign worker, to employers or those working with them to ensure requirements are fully met. The funding is conditional on employers not being found in violation of the mandatory isolation.We granted an exemption for temporary foreign workers from travel restrictions to Canada, along with other foreigners with student and work visas, provided they adhere to a strict 14-day isolation protocol upon arrival.
  • Increasing credit availabilityWe have enabled Farm Credit Canada to provide an additional $5 billion in lending to producers, agribusinesses, and food processors. This will offer increased flexibility to farmers who face cashflow issues and to processors who are impacted by lost sales, helping them remain financially sound during this difficult time.Learn more about increasing credit available for agriculture, fisheries and aquacultureAssisting the fish and seafood processing sectorWe are providing $62.5 million of new assistance to the fish and seafood processing sector through the Canadian Seafood Stabilization Fund.This will help businesses:
    • access short-term financing to pay for maintenance and inventory costs;
    • add storage capacity for unsold product;
    • comply with new health and safety measures for workers;
    • support new manufacturing/automated technologies to improve productivity and quality of finished seafood products; and,
    • adapt products to respond to changing requirements and new market demands.
    More details will be available soon.Helping food producers access more PPE and adapt to health protocolsWe are creating a $77.5 million Emergency Processing Fund to help food producers access more personal protective equipment (PPE), adapt to health protocols, automate or modernize their facilities, processes, and operations, and respond to emerging pressures from COVID-19 so they can better supply Canadians with food during this period.Helping producers faced with additional costs incurred by COVID-19We are launching a national AgriRecovery initiative of up to $125 million in funding to help producers faced with additional costs incurred by COVID-19 such as set-asides for cattle and hog management programs to manage livestock backed-up on farms, due to the temporary closure of food processing plants.This new federal funding will help beef and pork producers and processors adapt to a changing market, and help farmers and ranchers keep their animals longer before marketing.Increasing the Canadian Dairy Commission borrowing limitWe announced the intention to increase the Canadian Dairy Commission’s borrowing limit by $200 million to support costs associated with the temporary storage of cheese and butter to avoid food waste.Helping redistribute existing and unsold inventoriesWe are launching the Surplus Food Purchase Program with an initial $50 million fund designed to help redistribute existing and unsold inventories, which could include products such as potatoes and poultry, to local food organizations who are serving vulnerable Canadians.Increasing interim payments from 50% to 75% through AgriStabilityWe are working with provinces and territories to increase interim payments from 50 per cent to 75 per cent through AgriStability, a federal, provincial and territorial program that supports producers who face significant revenue declines. This change has already been enacted in some provinces.Learn more about the AgriStability programExpanding the AgriInsurance to include labour shortageWe are working with provinces and territories to increase interim payments from 50 per cent to 75 per cent through AgriStability, a federal, provincial and territorial program that supports producers who face significant revenue declines. This change has already been enacted in some provinces.Learn more about the AgriInsurance program

Cultural, heritage and sports

  • Addressing the financial needs of cultural, heritage and sport organizationsWe are establishing a $500 milllion COVID-19 Emergency Support Fund for cultural, heritage and sport organizations that will help address the financial needs of affected organizations so they can continue to support artists and athletes.Learn more about the Emergency Support Fund
  • Waiving payments for Part I licence feesThe Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) will not issue letters requesting payment for Part I licence fees by broadcasters for the 2020–21 fiscal year.We will provide the CRTC with an equivalent amount to the waived Part I licence fees to support CRTC’s operations.

Air transportation

  • Continuing the supply of essential goods and services to remote and fly-in communitiesWe are providing up to $17.3 million to the governments of Yukon, Northwest Territories, and Nunavut to support critical air services to Northern and remote communities, in partnership with investments by the territorial governments, to ensure the continued supply of food, medical supplies, and other essential goods and services to remote and fly-in communities.
  • Waiving ground lease rentsWe are waiving ground lease rents from March 2020 through to December 2020 for the 21 airport authorities that pay rent to the federal government. We are also providing comparable treatment for PortsToronto, which operates Billy Bishop Toronto City Airport and pays a charge to the federal government.Learn more about the support for airports

Tourism

  • Deferring payments on commercial leases and licenses of occupationWe will work with tourism operators in national parks, historic sites, and marine conservation areas to defer payments on commercial leases and licences of occupation without interest until September 1, 2020.

Energy

  • Cleaning up orphan and inactive oil and gas wellsWe are providing up to $1.72 billion to the governments of Alberta, Saskatchewan, and British Columbia, and to the Alberta Orphan Well Association, to clean up orphan and inactive oil and gas wells. This will help maintain approximately 5,200 jobs in Alberta alone.
  • Launching the Emissions Reduction FundWe are providing up to $750 million to create a new Emissions Reduction Fund to support workers and reduce emissions in Canada’s oil and gas sector, with a focus on methane.This fund will provide primarily repayable contributions to conventional and offshore oil and gas firms to support their investments to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Of this amount, $75 million will be allocated to the offshore sector.

Non-profit and charitable

  • Delivering essential services to those in needWe invested $350 million to support vulnerable Canadians through charities and non-profit organizations that deliver essential services to those in need.The investment will flow through national organizations that have the ability to get funds quickly to local organizations that serve vulnerable populations. It will support a variety of activities, such as:
    • Increasing volunteer-based home deliveries of groceries and medications
    • Providing transportation services, like accompanying or driving seniors or persons with disabilities to appointments
    • Scaling up help lines that provide information and support
    • Helping vulnerable Canadians access government benefits
    • Providing training, supplies, and other required supports to volunteers so they can continue to make their invaluable contributions to the COVID-19 response
    • Replacing in-person, one-on-one contact and social gatherings with virtual contact through phone calls, texts, teleconferences, or the Internet
    Learn more about the Emergency Community Support Fund

Related resources

Open chat wizard

COVID-19 Virtual Assistant×Report a problem or mistake on this pageShare this pageDate modified: 2020-05-05

About government

About this site

Original source: https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/economic-response-plan.html